THE SECTOR ON A QUADRANT, OR A Treatise containing the Description and Use of four several QUADRANTS; Two small ones and two great ones, each rendered many ways, both general and particular. Each of them Accommodated for dialing; for the Resolving of all Proportions Instrumentally; And for the ready finding the Hour and Azimuth Universally in the equal Limb. Of great use to Seamen and Practitioners in the MATHEMATICS. Written by JOHN COLLINS Accountant Philomath. Also an Appendix touching Reflected dialing from a glass placed at any Reclination. London, Printed by J.M. for George Hurlock at Magnus' Corner, Thomas Pierrepont, at the Sun in Paul's Churchyard; William Fisher, at the Postern near Tower-Hill, Booksellers; And Henry Sutton, Mathematical Instrument-Maker, at his House in Thredneedle street, behind the Exchange. With Paper Prints of each Quadrant, either loose or pasted upon boards; to be sold at the respective places aforesaid. 1659. To the Reader. Courteous Reader, THou hast in this Treatise, the Description and Uses of three several Quadrants, presented to thy View and Acceptance; and here I am to give thee an account of their Occasion and Original. Being in conference with my loving friend M. Thomas Harvie, he told me, that he had often drawn a Quadrant upon Paper pasteboard, etc. derived by himself, and never done by any man before, as to his knowledge, from the Stereographick Projection, which for a particular Latitude, would give the Hour in the equal Limb, and would also perform the Azimuth very well; and but that it was so particular, was very desirous to have one made in Brass for his own use by an Instrument Maker: whereto replying, that with the access of some other Lines to be used with Compasses, it might be rendered general for finding both the Hour and the Azimuth in the equal Limb: He thereupon intimated his desires to M. Sutton, promising within a fortnight after their conference, to draw up full directions for the making thereof. But M. Sutton having very good practice and experience in drawing Projections, speedily found out the drawing of that Projection, either in a Quadrant or a Semicircle, without the assistance of the promised directions, and accordingly, hath drawn the shape of it for all Latitudes, and also found how the Horizontal Projection might be inverted and contrived into a Quadrant without any confusion, by reason of a reverted tail, and let me further add, that he hath taken much pains in calculating Tables for the accurate making of these and other Instruments, in their construction more difficult than any that ever were before; and the said M. Sutton conceiving that it would be an advancement to their Trade in general, besides satisfactory to the desires of the studious in the Mathematics, to have the uses of a good Quadrant published, prevailed with me, in regard M. Harvey was not at leisure (though willing his Quadrant should be made public) to write two or three sheets of the use of it, which I intended to have given M. Sutton (who very well understood the use as well as the making) to be published in his own name; whereto he being unwilling, and finding that therein many of the uses of one Quadrant, much less of more could not be comprised, at his earnest request, I wrote what is here digested, succisiuè & horis Antelucanis, having little leisure for that purpose, and all this performed before the Instruments were cut, wherefore the description given of them, may not so nearly agree with the Instruments, as if they had been first made, nor possibly some of the examples about finding the hour of the night by the Stars; which examples were fitted from Tables of present right Ascension, whereas the Quadrant is fitted to serve the better for the future, the difference notwithstanding will be but small. And thus hoping thou wilt cover my failings with the mantle of love, and kindly accept of my endeavours, tending to the public advancement and increase of knowledge, I still remain a Well-willer desirous thereof. John Collins. depiction of a quadrant How the Projections on both the Quadrants may be Demonstrated. TO satisfy the inquisitive Reader herein, I shall only in this Edition quote such Latin Authors and Propositions as will evince the truth thereof, the performance whereof in English, is hereafter intended by my loving friend M. Thomas Harvie, in an elaborate Treatise, concerning all the Projections, with their Demonstration and Application, who is accomplished with singular knowledge in that kind, as in general in the Mathematics. Now the Demonstration of these two Projections is as much included in the Demonstration of the Stereographick Projection, which by Aguilonius in his 6 Book is largely insisted upon, as a peculiar question in Trigonometry, is included in a general Case, and both the Projections on these Quadrants being derived from the grounds of the said general Projection, are necessarily involved in one and the same Demonstration. Stofler in his Astrolabe supposeth the eye in the South Pole Stereographically projecting upon the Plain of the Equator those Circles between the North Pole Horizon and Troprick of Capricorn, neglecting that part under the Horizon. But the Projection on the Quadrant, considered as it may be derived from his Astrolabe, supposeth the eye in the same Position, and makes use of one half of the Projection of the other part of the Circles intercepted between the Horizon and Tropic of Capricorn, namely, of that space between the Tropic below our Horizon, only changing the names of Cancer for Capricorn in their use, and using the depressed Parallels to the Horizon, instead of the Parallels of Altitude; so that the Azimuths of the Quadrant made by this inversion, are no other than the Azimuths of Stoflers Projection continued below the Tropic of Capricorn where he breaks them off, and the rule he prescribes to draw the parallel of 18d of Depression for the Twilight serves to draw that, and all the other parallels of Altitude in this Quadrant. In like manner the Horizontal Projection supposeth the eye in the Nadir projecting upon the Plain of the Horizon. That part of the Sphere intercepted between the two Tropics, neglecting that part thereof under the Horizon. But the Projection on the other great Quadrant, considered as derived therefrom, supposeth the eye there projecting that part of the Sphere which is there neglected with the like change of denomination; and the Parallels of Declination are no other than the continuance of the said Parallels of the Horizontal Projection round to the Midnight Meridian, and the Hour circle's the continuance of the said hours, only the Index of Altitudes is fitted to the Depressed Parallels of the Horizon, in stead of the Parallels of Altitude. Now it is evident, either from the Sphere or Analemma, that that part of either of these Projections which falls under the Horizon, will supply the use of that which happened above, admitting only a change of denomination; for in the Horizontal Projection, that Parallel of Declination which was called the Winter Tropic, being no other than the same Circle continued about, now in its use and denomination, becomes the Summer Tropic; and the reason is, because what ever Altitude the Sun hath in any Sign upon any Hour or Azimuth reckoned from the Noon Meridian, he hath the like Depression on the like Hour and Azimuth in the opposite Sign counted from the Midnight meridian. The terms of Noon and Midnight Meridian are afterwards used in relation to some general Proportions: By the Hour in general is meant the Angle between the Meridian of the Sun or Stars, and the Meridian of the place: By the Hour counted from Noon Meridian, is meant the said Angle counted from that part of the Meridian of the place which falls above the Elevated Pole, continued towards the Depressed Pole: and by the Midnight Meridian, the opposite thereto under the Elevated Pole, continued as before. By the Azimuth counted from the Midnight Meridian, is meant an Angle at the Zenith between the Sun's Vertical or Azimuthal circle, and the Meridian of the place, measured by the Horizon, counted from the Intersection of the Horizon with the Meridian under the Elevated Pole; and by the Azimuth counted from the Noon Meridian, is meant the Compliment of the said Angle to a Semicircle, counted from the opposite Intersection of the Horizon with the former Meridian continued above the Elevated, and towards the Depressed Pole, according to which acceptions, the general Proportions are fitted for finding it either way in both Hemispheres, without any restriction to North or South. A more immediate account of these Projections. HItherto we have accommodated our Discourse, to show how these Projections are derived from Stoflers Astrolabe, and from the Horizontal Projection, of which neither Stofler (as to my knowledge) for I have only seen his 8 Book) nor the learned M. Oughtred, give no peculiar Demonstration, as being particular examples of a general case, largely (as such) insisted on; and this we have done for the accommodation of Instrument makers, to whom this Derivation may seem most suitable; whereas such a deduction is not at all necessary to the Demonstration of the Projections so derived. For in the Projection derived from the Inversion of Stofler, let the eye be supposed to be placed in the North Pole, projecting upon the Plain of the Equinoctial, such Circles in the Sphere, as are described in the Quadrant between the two Tropics, a quarter of which Projection will be the same with that on the Quadrant, namely, one of those quarters between the South part of the Meridian and hour of six, which will leave out all the outward part of the Almicanters between it and the Tropic of Cancer, and in stead thereof, there is taken in such a like part of the depressed Parallels to the Horizon between the same Hour of six, and Tropic of Capricorn, which is the reverted tail; for the Parallels of Depression have the same respect to the Tropic of Capricorn, that the Parallels of Altitude have to the Tropic of Cancer, and will work the same in effect. In like manner, the Eye in the other Projection may be supposed in the Zenith, Stereographically Projecting upon the Plain of the Horizon, that part only of the space between the Tropics, which falls without the Projection of the Horizontal Circle, save only the reverted tail, which is the Projection of so much of the Parallels of South Declination, as is intercepted between the prime Vertical Circle and the Horizon, and is taken in to serve in stead of that part of the Parallels of North Declination, which will fall without the Quadrant. In any of these Positions of the Eye, all Circles passing through the same, will be projected in right lines by 91 Prop. 6 Book of Aguilonius, such are the Azimuths on the Horizontal Quadrant, and the Hours on the other Quadrant, represented by the thread lying over any Ark in the Limb, so also in this latter Quadrant is the Parallel of Altitude equal to the Latitude of the place, a right line. All Circles parallel to the Horizon and Equinoctial, will be projected in concentric Circles by 94 Prop. 6. Aguilonius, such are the Parallels of Altitude in the Horizontal Quadrant, and the Parallels of Declination in the other Quadrants, represented by the Bead, when it is rectified to the Index of Altitudes in the one, and to the Ecliptic in the other, carried in a circular trace from one side of the Quadrant to the other. All other Circles in the Sphere, whatsoever and howsoever situated, being projected according to the supposed position of the Plain and Eye, will be represented by Eccentric Circles. by 96 Prop. 6. Aguilonius, and the hours in the Horizontal Projection will (if they be produced) meet with the projected Pole points, so also the Azimuths in the other Projection, which by the like parity of Reason may be denominated The Equinoctial Projection, will (being produced) meet with the projected points of the Zenith and Nadir; and how in particular to project and divide any Circle however situated in the Sphere, is abundantly shown in the 6th Book of the aforesaid Author, and amplified with many examples, though none of them agreeing with the particular Draughts of these Quadrants, yet if put in practice according to the proposed Situation of the Eye, will be found to agree with the prescribed Directions for the making of these Quadrants. See also Clavius his Book of the Astrolabe, Guido Ubaldus his Theoric of the general Planispheres, and M. Oughtreds 2d Scheme B in his late Trigonometry in English. An Appendix to the Description of the Small Quadrant. SInce the Printing of the sheet B, we have thought fit to vary a little from the Description there given of the Small Quadrant. The dialing Scale of Hours described in page 9, near the beginning, which I say in Page 191 may be omitted, is accordingly left out, and instead of it, a line of Versed Sins of 90d put on, the uses whereof are handled in the great Equinoctial Quadrant. Also there is two Scales added to the small Quadrant more than was described; namely, the Scale of Entrance, the same that was placed upon the Horizontal Quadrant, with a Sine of 51d 32′ put through the whole Limb serving to give the Altitude at six, which the thread will intersect, if it be laid over the Declination in the Limb; but enough of the uses of these Scales is said in the Horizontal Quadrant. Lastly, Those that like it best, instead of having on the Small Quadrant one lose fitted Scale for the Hour, and another for the Azimuth, may have the Hour-Scale only divided into two parts, serving to give the Hour and Azimuth for the Sun, and all the Stars in the Hemisphere, the one part for South Declinations, the other for North Declinations, in imitation of the Diagonal Scale. An Advertisement. ALL manner of Mathematical Instruments, either for Sea or Land, are exactly made in Wood or Brass, by Henry Sutton, in Thredneedle-street, near Christopher's Church, or by William Sutton in Upper Shadwel, a little beyond the Church. Pag. Li. Errors to be thus Corrected. 8 33 apply supply 19 25 76 d 54′ 79 d 54′ 20 7 48 d 45 d 23 3 50 d 41′ 50 d 41′ 23 11 58′ 53′ 24 25 a Letter Character. the Character plus + 28 is less if less 55 14 difference of one of differences of 55 17 of the Legs from the Legs of one of the Legs The affections in page 57 line 16, 17. wanting Braces, are expressed at large page 140, 141. also the last affection in that page having a mistake of lesser for greater in the middle brace is reprinted in page 138 60 14 The last term of the 4th Proportion should be the Sine of the angle sought, and not the Cosecant. 92 29 a Leg and its adjacent angle The Hipotenusal and its adjacent angle 30 to find the other angle by 4 to find the side opposite there to by 8 Case Case. See page 138. 103 34 Acquimultiplex Aequimultiplex 35 therefore by therefore by 18 Prop. 7. Euclid. 121 18 Hour 3¼ Altitude 41 d 31′ Altitude for the hour 3¼ is 43 d 31′ 158 1 Line of Line of Sines 159 21 of 90 d at 90 d 164 ●8 any some 174 15 in the Limb in the lesser Sins 181 25 between as also between 27 would find it would in the other Hemisphere find it 184 21 the common as the common 189 1● either it may be found either 192 24 As the second including side As the Sine of the 2d including side 207 1 great Scale great Quadrant 209 7 60 parts 60 equal parts The Angle C in the Scheam page 52 is wrong cut, and should be 113d 22′, See it in page 156. Page 98 a wrong Scheam printed, the true one is in page 93. Page 102 in the under Triangle the Angle D should be 108d 37′ See page 201. The first ten lines of calculation p. 53 are somewhat misplaced, & should stand thus. D●ffs Log ms B C 126 Legs 169 2,2278867 A C 194 101 2,0042214 Sum with double Radius A B 270 Base 25 1,3979400 24,232208● Sum 590 half sum 295 Logarith. 2 4698220 3 8677620 former Rectangle Residue 20,3644461 The half is the tangent of 56 d, 41′ t. 10,1822230 Which Ark doubled is 113, 22 A C B the Angle sought. A Table showing the Contents of the Book. AN account of the original of the Projections, and their Demonstration. In the Preface. The Description and making of the small Quadrant: Page 1. The Use of the perpetual Almanac. 12 The Uses of the Projection on the small Quadrant. 15 Of the Stars inscribed thereon. 24 Of the Projection drawn in a Semicircle. 33 Of the Stars and quadrant of Ascensions drawn on the backside of the quadrant. 34 The Uses of the Quadrat and Shadows. 35 Divers ways to measure the altitude of a Tower or object. 36 Affections of Plain Triangles 45 Proportions for the Cases of right angled plain Triangles 46 Proportions for the Cases of Oblique Plain Triangles 49 Doubtful Cases manifested, and mistakes about them rectified 50 Four several Proportions for finding an angle when three sides are given, not requiring the help of Perpendiculars 52 Affections of Sphoerical Triangles 56 Six several Proportions suited to each of the 16 Cases of right angled Sphoerical Triangles, with all necessary caution 60 Directions for varying of Proportions. 72 Some Cases of oblique Sphoerical Triangles resolved without the help of Perpendiculars 76, 83 When some of the Oblique Cases will be doubtful, and when not 80, 81 Six of those Cases demonstrated to be doubtful 86, 87 Perpendiculars needless in any of those Cases, and not used 88 Some new Proportions applied to the Tables 88 And mistakes about Calculating the distances of places noted 89 And Proportions esteemed improper to the artificial Tables applied for that purpose 96 Proportions both Instrumental and others for finding a Sphoerical angle when 3 sides are given 100, 101 Those Instrumental Proportions how demonstrated and derived from other Proportions in use for the Tables. 103 New Proportions for finding the Hour and Azimuth demonstrated from the Analemma. 108. And applied to the Calculating of a Table of Hours. 117 A Table Calculated thereby, showing the Sun's altitudes on all hours for some Declinations useful for the trial and construction of some Instruments. 121 A Table of the Sun's Altitudes for each 5d of Azimuth fitted to the same Declinations. 122 To Calculate a Table of Azimuths to all Altitudes. 124 And a Table of Altitudes to all Azimuths. 128 And the Proportions used laid down from the Analemma. 132 Affections of some doubtful Cases of Sphoerical Triangles determined. 138 The ground of working Proportions on a quadrant. 144 Proportions is equal Parts resolved instrumentally. 146, 147 All Proportions in Tangents alone resolveable by the tangent line on the quadrant, or by a tangent of 45d. 148 Proportions in Sines and Tangents wrought on the quadrant. 151 Proportions in equal parts and tangents resolved by the quadrant. 152 Proportions in equal Parts and Sines so resolved, being useful in Navigation. 156, 157 Of a line of Sines, and how from it or the Limb to take off a Sine, Tangent or Secant. 158 Proportions in Sines wrought on the quadrant. 161 How to proportion out lines to any Radius from lines inscribed in the Limb. 167 To operate Proportions in Sines and Tangents on the quadrant. 168 A general way for finding the Hour. 173 As also of the Azimuth. 174 Particular Scales fitted for finding the same. 177 Another general way for finding the Hour. 181 And for finding the Sun's Altitudes on all Hours. 183 Another general way for finding the Azimuth. 183 And of distances of places by the quadrant. 188 How from a quadrant to take off Chords▪ 190 The Description of the Diagonal Scale. 193, 194 The said Scale fitted for the ready finding the Hour and Azimuth for all parts of England, Wales, Ireland, and the uses thereof. 195, 196 The description and uses of the particular Scales in dialing. 197 Also the uses of other Scales fitted for finding the Hour and Azimuth near noon. 200 Hitherto the Uses of the small Quadrant. THe Description of the great Equinoctial Quadrant. 2 The Uses of a line of Versed Sins from the Centre. 208 And of Versed Sins in the Limb. 214 The Uses of a fitted particular Scale, with the Scale of entrance, for finding the Hour and Azimuth in the equal Limb. 216 As also for finding the same in the Versed Sins of 90d in the Limb. 220, 221 And of the Diagonal Scale therewith. 222, 223 New general Proportions for finding the Hour and Azimuth. 225 Divers Proportions demonstrated from the Analemma. 227 Several general Proportions for finding the Hour applied. 230 And several Proportions applied for finding the Altitudes on all Hours. 233 General Proportions for finding the Azimuth 237 A new single Proportion in Sines for Calculating a table of hours. 243 The Stars how put on and the hour found by them. 244, 245 The Construction of the Graduated Circle. 248 The line of Latitudes demonstrated. 249 Uses of the graduated Circle and Diameter in resolving of Proportions, and in finding the Hour and Azimuth universally. 253 Uses of other Lines within the said Circle. 261 To prick down a Horizontal Dyal in a Square or a Triangle by the dialing lines on the Quadrants. 262 Proportions for upright Decliners. 265 To prick down upright Decliners in a Square or rather right angled Parralellogram, is likewise in a Triangle from the Substile. 268 To prick them down in a Triangle or Paralellogram from the Meridian. 272 An Advertisement about observing of altitudes. 275 The description and making of the Horizontal quadrant. Page 1 The perpetual Almanac in another form 12 A tide Table with the use of the Epacts in finding the Moon's age. 11 The uses of the Horizontal Projection. 18 The uses of the particular curved line and fitted Scales thereto. 20 Some Proportions demonstrated from the Analemma. 26 A particular Scale for finding the Hour and Azimuth fitted thereto, with its uses. 27 The uses of the Scale of entrance, being another particular fitted Scale for finding the Hour and Azimuth in the Limb. 32 A Chord taken off from the equal Limb and the Hour and Azimuth found universally thereby. 34 A new general Proportion for the Azimuth to find it in the equal Limb. 36 Another for the Converse of the fourth Axiom. 38 The Stars how inscribed, and the hour of the night found by them. 39 Some uses of the dialing Lines. 44, 45 The use of the Line of Superficies. 46, 47 And of the Line of Solids. 48 And of the line of inscribed Bodies and other Sector Lines. 49, 50 A Table of the Latitudes of the most eminent places in England, Scotland, Wales, and Ireland. 52, 53 A Table of the right Ascensions and Declinations of 54 of the most eminent fixed Stars. 53, 54 Lastly, A Table of the Sun's Declination and right Ascension for the year 1666, with a Table of equation to make it serve sooner or longer. An Error Page 248, Line 30 and 31 for so is L N to L F read so is L N to N F. Of the Lines on the foreside of the QUADRANT. ON the right edge from the Centre is placed a Line of equal parts, of 5 inches in length, divided into 100 equal parts. On the left edge a Line of Tangents, continued to two Radii, or to 63d 26m m the Radius whereof is 2½ inches. These two Lines make a right Angle in the Centre, and between them include the Projection, which is no other than a fourth part of Stoflers particular Astrolabe inverted. Next above this Projection, towards the Centre, is put on in the Quadrant of a Circle, the Sun's declinations. And above that in four other Quadrants of Circles, the days of the Month, respecting the four seasons of the year. Underneath the Projection, towards the Limb is put on, in one half of a Quadrant, one of the sides of the Geometrical Quadrat, and in the other half the Line of shadows. All which is bounded in by the equal Limb. There stands moreover on the very edges of the Quadrant, two dialing Scales, which do not proceed from the Centre; that on the right edge is called the Line of Latitudes; and that on the left edge the Scale of Hours (equal in length to the Sins) which is no other than a double Tangent, or two Lines of Tangents to 45d each set together in the middle, and so might, if there were need, be continued, ad infinitum. The Construction and making of such of these Lines as are not commonly described in other Treatises. To inscribe the Line of Declinations, there will be given the Sun's declination to find his right Ascension, which is the Ark of the Limb, that by help of a Ruler, moving on the Centre of the Quadrant, and laid over the same, will in-scribe the Declination proposed. The Canon to find the Sun's right Ascension from the nearest Equinoctial point, correspondent to the Declination proposed, is As the Radius To the Cotangent of the Sun's greatest Declination: So the Tangent of the Declination given: To the Sine of the Sun's right Ascension. The four Quadrants for the days of the month are likewise to be graduated from the Limb, by help of a Table of the Sun's right Ascensions, made for each day in the year. The Geometrical Quadrat is inscribed in half the Quadrant of a Circle, by finding in the Table of natural Tangents, what Arches answer to every equal Division of the Radius, and so to be graduated from the Limb; so 300 sought in the Tangents gives the Ark of 16d 42m m of the Limb against which 3 of the Quadrat is to be graduated. The Line of shadows is no other than the continuance of the Quadrat beyond the Radius, and so the making after the same manner; thus having the length of the shadow assigned, annex the cyphers of the Radius thereto, and seek in he natural Tangents, what Ark corresponds thereto; thus the shadow being assigned thrice as long as the Gnomon, I seek 3000 in the natural Tangents, the Ark answering thereto, is 71d 34′ which being counted from the left edge of the Quadrant, towards the right in the Limb, the Line of shadows may from thence be graduated; the Compliment of this Ark is the Sun's Altitude, answering to that length of the right shadow, being 18d 26′. The Canon to make the Line of Latitudes, will be As the Radius to the Chord of 90d so the Tangents of each respective degree of the Line of Latitudes. To the Tangents of ohter Arks: The natural Sins of which Arks are the numbers that from a Diagonal Scale of equal parts shall graduate the Divisions of the Line of Latitudes to any Radius. To draw the Projection. Those Lines that cross each other, are Arches of Circles, whose Centres fall in two straight Lines. Of the Parallels of Altitude. All those Arks whose Aspect denotes them to be drawn from the right edge of the Quadrant towards the left, are called Parallels of Altitude, and their Centre's fall in the right edge of the Quadrant, continued both beyond the Centre and Limb so far as is needful. To find the Intersections of the Parallels of Altitude, with the Meridian, that is, Points therein limiting the Semidiameters of the Parallels. Assume any Point in the right edge of the Quadrant, (which is called the Meridian Line) near the Limb to be the Tropic of Cancer; the distance of this Point from the Centre of the Quadrant, must represent the Tangent of 56d 46′ which is half the Sun's greatest Declination more than the Radius; the distance of the Equator from the Centre, shall be equal to the Radius of this Tangent. For the finding the Intersections of the other Parallels of Altitude, it will be best to make a Line of Semi-tangents to the same Radius, that is to number each degree of this Tangent with the double Ark, and so every half degree will become a whole one: Out of this Line of Semi-tangents prick off from the Centre of the Quadrant 66d 29′ the Compliment of the Sun's greatest Declination, which will find the Intersection of the Tropic of Capricorn with the Meridian. Now to fit the Projection to any particular Latitude: Out of the said Line of Semi-tangents from the Centre of the Quadrant, prick off the Latitude of the place, and it will find a point in the Meridian Line, where the Horizon, or Parallel of 00d of Altitude will intersect the Meridian; this Point is called the Horizontal Point, and serves for finding the Centres of all the Parallels. To the Latitude of the place add each degree of Altitude successively till you have included the greatest Meridian Altitude; these compound Arks are such as being pricked from the Centre of the Quadrant out of the Line of Semi-tangents will find points in the Meridian Line, limiting the Semidiameters of the parallels of Altitude. Above the Horizon, and between the Circle that bounds the Projection falls a portion thereof called the Reverted Tail, which otherwise would if it had not been there reverted, have excurred the limits of a Quadrant. To find the Intersections for those Parallels of Altitude, subtract successively each degree out of the Latitude of the place, and the remaining Arks prick from the Centre out of the Line of Semi-tangents: The use of this Tail being to find the hour and Azimuth before or after 6 in the Summer time only, it need be continued no further above the Horizon than the Ark of the Sun's greatest Altitude at 6, which at London is 18d 12′. To find the Centres of the Parallels of Altitude. These are to be discovered by help of a Line of natural Tangents, not numbered with the double Arks, whose Radius must be equal to the distance of the Equator from the Centre of the Quadrant, or which is all one to 90d of the Line of Semi-tangents: Out of this Line of Tangents prick off beyond the Centre of the Quadrant the Compliment of the Latitude, the distance between the Point thereby found, and the Horizontal Point is the Semi-diameter wherewith the Horizon is to be drawn. To find the Centres of the rest of the Parallels. To the Compliment of the Latitude add each degree of Altitude successively till you have included the greatest Meridian Altitudes; The Tangents of these Arks prick beyond the Centre, the distance from the Points so discovered to the Horizontal Point, are the Semidiameters of the Parallels of Altitude; the extremities of which Semidiameters being limited in the Meridian Line; these extents thence pricked, finds their Centres. Some of these Compound Arks will exceed 90 degrees, as generally where any Meridian Altitude is greater than the Latitude. In this case subtract those Arkes from 180d and prick the Tangents of the remaining Arks from the Centre of the Quadrant on the Meridian Line continued beyond the Limb, and then as before the distances between those Points and the Horizontal Point, are the Semidiameters of those Parallels, whose Extremities are limited in the Meridian Line. To find the Centres of the Parallels of the reverted Tail. From the Compliment of the Latitude subtract each degree of Altitude in order, till you have included the greatest Altitude of 6 the Tangent of the remaining Arks prick from the Centre of the Quadrant, and you will find such Points the distances between which and the Horizontal Point are the Semidiameters of those Parallels. To find the Centres and Semidiameters of the Azimuths. All those Portions of Arks which issue from the top of the Projection towards the Limb are called Azimuths, the Centres of them all fall upon that Parallel of Altitude which is equal to the Latitude of the place whereto the Projection is fitted, which will always be a straight Tangent Line. Out of the former Line of Tangents, whose Radius is equal to the distance of the Equator from the Centre of the Quadrant, prick down the Latitude of the place on the Meridian Line, and thereto perpendicularly erect the Line for finding the Centres of the Azimuths, which must be continued through and beyond the Projection. Out of the said Line of Tangents and beyond the Centre prick down the Tangent of half the Compliment of the Latitude at London 19d 14m m and it will discover a Point which is called the Zenith Point, because in it all the Azimuths do meet; The distance between this Point and the Point where the Centre Line of the Azimuths intersects the Meridian make the Radius of a Tangent, out of which Tangent prick down each degree successively, both within and beyond the Projection on the Line of Centres, and you have the Centres for all the Azimuths; where note, that the Centres of all Azimuths which exceed 90d will fall within the Projection, and of all others without, the distances of these respective Points from the Zenith Point, are the Semidiameters of the Azimuths, with which extents let them be respectively drawn. To draw the Summer and Winter Ecliptic and to divide them. The Summer Ecliptic is drawn from the Point of the Equator in the left edge of the Quadrant to the Tropic of Cancer, and the Winter thence to the Tropic of Capricorn out of a Line of Tangents to the Radius equal to the distance of the Equator, from the Centre prick down the Tangent of 23d 31′ the Sun's greatest declination from the Centre of the Quadrant on the Meridian Line towards the Limb, and you shall discover the Centre of the Summer Ecliptic with the same extent, being the Semi-diameter thereof, set one foot down at the Tropic of Capricorn, and the other will fall beyond the Centre of the Quadrant on the right edge, and discovers the Centre for drawing the Winter Ecliptic; to divide them use this Canon. As the Radius to Tangent of the Sun's distance from the nearest Equinoctial Point: So the Cousin of the Sun's greatest Declination: To the Tangent of the Sun's right Ascension, which must be counted in the Limb, and from it the Sun's true place graduated on both the ecliptics. To draw the two Orisons, and to divide them. One of the Orisons is the Parallel of 00d of Altitude, which being intersected by the Azimuth Circles, is thereby divided into the degrees of the Sun's Amplitude; this is the upper Horizon, and the drawing hereof was showed already. The other Horizon is but this inverted, and the Divisions transferred from that, the Centre of it is found by pricking the Tangent of the Compliment of the Latitude on the Meridian Line from the Centre of the Quadrant, the distance of the Equator being Radius. But it may be also done from the Limb by the Proportion following. As Radius, to Tangent of the Latitude; So the Tangent of the Sun's greatest Declination, to the sine of the greatest Ascensional difference (which converted into Time, gives the time of the Suns rising or setting before or after 6) by which Ark of the Limb the Horizon is limited; Then to divide it say As the Radius, to the Tangent of the assigned Amplitude: So is the Sine of the Latitude: To the Tangent of the Ascensional difference agreeing thereto, which counted in the Limb, from it the Amplitudes may be divided on both the Orisons; and note, if these Amplitudes be not coincident with those the Azimuths have designed, then are the said Azimuths drawn false. To inscribe the Stars on the Projection. Such only, and no other as fall between the two Tropics, may be there put on. Set one foot of the Compasses in the Centre of the Quadrant, and extend the other to that place of either of the ecliptics, as corresponds to the given declination of the Star, and therewith sweep an occult Ark: I say then that a Thread from the Centre of the Quadrant laid over the Limb to the Stars right Ascension where it intersects, the former occult Ark is the place where the proposed Star must be graduated. Of the Almanac. There is also graved in a Rectangular Square, or Oblong, a perpetual Almanac, which may stand either on the foreside or back of the Quadrant, as room shall best permit. On the Backside of the Quadrant there is, 1. On the right edge a Line of Signs issuing from the Centre, the Radius whereof is in length 5 inches. 2. On the left edge a Line of Chords issuing from the Centre. 3. On the edges of the Quadrant there are also two Scales for the more ready finding the Hour and Azimuths in one Latitude; the Hour Scale is no other than 62d of a Line of Sines, whose Radius is made equal to half the Secant of the Latitude being fitted for London) to the common Radius of the Sins; the pricked Line of Declination annexed to it, and also continued beyond the other end of it, to the Sun's greatest Declination is also a portion of a Line of Sines, the Radius whereof is equal to the Sine of the Latitude taken out of the other part of the Scale, or which is all one the Sine of the Sun's greatest declination is made equal to the Sine of the greatest Altitude at the hour of 6 taken out of the other part of the Scale, which at London is 18d 12m m 4. The Azimuth Scale is also 62d of a Line of Sines, whose Radius is made equal to half the Tangent of the Latitude to the common Radius of the Sins, the Line of the Declination annexed to it, and continued beyond it: To the Sun's greatest Declination is also a portion of a Line of Sines of such a length whereof the Sine of the Latitude is equal to the Radius of the Sins of the other part of this fitted Scale; or which is all one, the length of the Sun's greatest Declination is made equal to the Sun's greatest Vertical Altitude, which in this Latitude is 30d 39′ of the other Sine or Line of Altitudes. The Limb is numbered both with degrees and time, from the right edge towards the left. Between the Limb and the Centre are put on in Circles, the Scales following. 1, A Line of Versed Sins to 180 degrees. 2. A Line of Secants to 60d the graduations whereof begin against 30d of the Limb, to apply which Vacancy, and for other good uses, there is put on a Line of 90 Sins, ending where the former graduations begin; this is called the lesser Sins. 3. A Line of Tangents graduated to 63d 26′ 4. A Line of Versed Sins to 60d through the whole Limb, called the Versed Sins quadrupled, because the Radius hereof is quadruple to the Radius of the former Versed Sines. 5. A Line of double Tangents, or Scale of hours, being the same dialing Scale as was described on the foreside. 6. A Tangent of 45d or three hours through the whole Limb for dialing, which may also be numbered by the Ark doubled to serve for a Projection Tangent, alias a Semi-tangent. 7. In another Quadrant of a Circle may be inscribed a portion of a Versed Sine to eight times the Radius increased, of that of 180d called the Occupled Versed Sine, and at the end of this from the other edge, another portion of a Versed Sine to 12 times the Radius increased may be put on. 8. Lastly, above all these is the Scale of Hours or Nocturnal with Stars names graved within it towards the Centre; this is divided into 12 equal hours and their parts, and the Stars are put on from their right Ascensions, only with their declination figured against them. All the Lines put on in Quadrants of Circles must be inscribed from the Limb by help of Tables, carefully made for that purpose; an instance shall be given how the Line of Versed Sins to 180d was inscribed, and after the same manner that was put on, must all the rest: Imagine a Line of Versed Sins to 180d to stand upon the left edge of a Quadrant from the Centre with the whole length thereof upon the Centre sweep the Arch of a Circle, and then suppose Lines drawn through each graduation or degree thereof continued parralel to the right edge till they intersect the Arch formerly swept which shall be divided in such manner as the Line of Versed Sins on this Quadrant is done. But to do this by Calculation, A Table of natural Versed Sins must first be made, which for all Arks under 90d are found by substracting the Sine Compliment from the Radius, so the Sine of 20d is 34202 which substracted from the Radius rests 65798, which is the Versed Sine of 70d: And for all Arks above 90d are got by adding the Sine of the Arks excess above 90d unto the Radius: thus the Versed Sine of 110d is found by adding the Sine of 20d to the Radius, which will make 134202 for the Versed Sine of the Said Ark. This Table, or the like of another kind, being thus prepared, the proportion for inscribing of it will hold. As the length of the Line supposed to be posited on the left edge, Is to the Radius, So is any part of that length To the Sine of an Arch, which sought in the Tables, gives the Arch of the Limb against which the degree of the Line proposed must be graduated. But in regard the Versed Sine of 180d is equal to the double of the Radius; the Table for inscribing it will be easily made by halfing the Versed Sine proposed, and seeking that half in the Table of natural Sins, so the half of the Versed Sine of 70d is 32899 which sought in the Table of natural Sins, gives 19d 13′ fore of the Limb against which the Versed Sine aforesaid is to be graduated, and so the half of the Versed Sine of 110d is 67101 which answers to 42d 9′ of the sins or Limb. So likewise the Table for putting on the lesser Sins was made by halfeing the natural Sins, and then seeking what Arks corresponded thereto in the natural Sins aforesaid; those that think these Lines to many may very well want the Versed Sins so oft repeated; And they that will admit of a Radius of 6 or 7 inches, may have the Line of Lines Superficies and Solids, put on in the Limb on the foreside, and the Segments Quadrature, Equated Bodies, Metals, and inscribed Bodies, or other Lines at pleasure put on upon the backside, as hath been already done upon some Quadrants. Now to the Use. The Uses of the PROJECTION. Of the Almanac. BEfore the Projection can be used, the day of the Month, the Sun's place or Declination must be known; but these are commonly given by the knowledge thereof: Now this Almanac will as much help to the obtaining hereof, as any other common Almanac. It consists of a Rectangular Oblong, or long Square divided into 7 Columns in the breadth to represent 7 days of the week, accounting the Lord's day first; and length ways into 9 Columns, the two uppermost represent the months of the year, accounting March the first, the five middlemost the respective days of each Month, and the two undermost some certain leap years, posited in such Columns, as that thereby may be known by Inspection, what day of the Week the first of March happened upon in the said Leap years; the contrivance hereof owns its original from my Worthy Friend Mr. Michael Darie, for the due placing of the Months over the Columns of days, take the following Rule in his own words. First having March assigned to lead the round, The rest o'th' Months are easily after found; If that you take the compliment in days To 35 of a placed Month always, And count it from its place with due Progression It shows you where the next Month takes possession. Thus placing the Month of March first, then if I would place April, or the second Month, March having 31 days, the Compliment thereof to 35 is 4 then counting four Columns from the place of March, it falls upon the 5 Column, where the figure 2 is placed for the 2d Month, than April being placed; if I would place May I take 30, the number of days in April, from 35 there rests 5, and counting 5 Columns from the place of April where it ends, which is in the 3d Column, the figure 3 is placed for the 3d Month or Month of May. The next thing to be known is on what day of the Week the first day of March falleth upon, which is continually to be remembered in using the Almanac. This for some Leap years to come, may be known by counting in what Column the said Leap year is graved, thus in Anno 1660, the first of March falls upon a Thursday, because 60 is graved in the 5 Column, that being the fifth day of the Week: But for a general Rule take it in these words. To the number two add the year of our Lord, and a fourth part thereof, neglecting the odd remainder, when there is any; the Amount divide by 7 the remainder, when the Division is finished, shows the number of Direction, or day of the week, on which the first day of March falleth, accounting the Lord's day the first; but if nothing remain, it falls on a Saturday. 2 Example for the year 1657 The even fourth thereof 414 2073 (296 quotient. 7) 1 remaining. By this Rule there will be found to remain one for the year of our Lord 1657 whence it follows that the first day of March fell on the first day of the Week, alias, the Lords day in that year; so in Anno 1658, there remains 2 for Monday: in 1659., rests 3 for Tuesday; in 1660 rests 5 for Thursday; so that hence it may be observed, that every 4 years the first of March proceeds 5 days: Upon which supposition the former Rule is built; say then As 4 to 5, or as 1 to 1¼ so is the year of the Lord propounded, to the number of days, the first of March hath proceeded in all that Tract, caused by the odd day in each year, and the Access of the days for the Leap years; this number divided by 7, the remainder shows the fractionate part of a Week above whole ones, which the said day hath proceeded, which will not agree with the day of the Week the first of March falls upon, according to common tradition, unless the number two be added thereto, which argues that the first of March, as we now account the days of the week fell upon Monday, or the second day of the week in the year of our Lord's Nativity: This is only for Illustration of the former Rule, being to show that the adding of the even fourth part of the year of our Lord thereto, works the proportion of 4 to 5. The Use of this Almanac is to know for ever on what day of the Week any day of the Month falls upon. Remembering on what day of the Week the first day of March fell upon in the year propounded (which doth then begin in the use of this Almanac, and not sooner or later, as upon New-year's day, or Quarter day) all the figures representing the days of the Month do also represent the same day of the week in the respective Months under which they stand; and the converse, the Month being assigned, all the figures that stand as days under it, inform you what days of the said Month the Week day shall be the same, as it was upon the first day of March, and then by a due Progression it will be easy to find upon what day of the Month any day of the week falleth, as well as by a common Almanac, without the trouble of always one, and sometimes two Dominical Letters quite shunned in this Almanac, by beginning the year the first of March, and so the odd day for Leap year is introduced between the end of the old, and the beginning of the new-year. Example. In Anno 1657. looking for the figure 10 in the Column for Months, for the Month of December; under it I find 6, 13, 20, 27, now the first of March being the Lord's day, I conclude also that these respective days in December, were likewise on the Lord's day; and from hence collect, that Christmas day, which is always the 25 of that Month, happened on a Friday. Uses of the Projection. THis Projection is no other than a fourth part of Stoflers particular Astrolabe, fitted for the Latitude of London inverted, that is, the Summer Tropic and Altitudes, etc. turned downwards towards the Limb, whereas in his Astrolabe they were placed upwards, towards the Centre; thus the Quadrant thereof made, is rendered most useful and accurate when there is most occasion for it; before the projection can be used, the Bead must be rectified, and because the Thread and Bead may stretch, there may be two Beads, the one set to some Circle concentric to the Limb, to keep the other at a certainty in stretching, and the other to be rectified for use. To rectify the Bead. LAy the Thread over the day of the Month in its proper Circle, and if the season wherein the Quadrant is to be used, be in the Winter half year, set the Bead by removing it to the Winter Ecliptic; but in Summer let it be set to the lower or Summer Ecliptic, and then it is fitted for use, One Caution in rectifying the Bead is to be given; and that is in Summer time if it be required to find the hour and Azimuth of the Sun by the Projection, before the hour of 6 in the morning, or after it in the evening, or which is all one, when the Sun hath less Altitude than he hath at 6 of the clock; then must the Bead be rectified to the Winter Ecliptic, and the Parallels above the Horizon in the Reverted Tail, are those which will come in use. To find what Altitude the Sun shall have at 6 of the clock in the Summer half year. This will be easily performed by bringing the Bead that is rectified to the Summer Ecliptic to the left edge of the Quadrant, and-there among the Parallels of Altitude it shows what Altitude the Sun shall have at 6 of the clock: It also among the Azimuths shows what Azimuth the Sun shall have at the hour of 6. Example, So when the Sun hath 17 degrees of North Declination, as about the 27 of April, his Altitude at the hour of 6 will be found to be 13d 14m m and his Azimuth from the Meridian 79d 14m m whence I may conclude if his observed Altitude be less upon the same day, and the Hour and Azimuth sought, the Bead must be set to the Winter Ecliptic, and the Operation performed in the reverted Tail. Here it may be noted also that the exactest way of rectifying the Bead, will be either from a Table of the Sun's Declination, laying the Thread over the same in the graduated Circle, or from his true place, laying it over the same in the proper Ecliptic, or from his right Ascension counted in the Limb. Or Lastly from his Meridian Altitude on the right edge of the Quadrant, for these do mutually give each other the Bead, being rectified to the respective Ecliptic as before. for Example. To find the Sun's Declination. The Thread laid over the day of the Month, intersects it upon that Circle whereon it is graduated, which in the Summer half year is to be accounted on this side the Equinoctial, North, and in the Winter-half year, South; so laying the Thread over the 27th. day of April, it intersects the Circle of Declination at 17 degrees, and so much was the Sun's Declination. To find the Sun's true place. The Thread lying as before, shows it on the respective Ecliptic, So the Thread lying over the 17 of April, will cut the Summer Ecliptic, in 17d 7m m of Taurus; or in 12d 53m m of Leo, which agrees to the 26 day of July, or thereabouts, the Thread intersecting both these days at once; and the opposite points of the Ecliptic hereto, are 17d● ᵐ in Scorpio, about the 20 of October; and 12d 53m m of Aquarius, about the 22d of January, all showed at once by the Threads position. To find the Sun's right Ascension. Lay the Thread over the day of the Month as before, and it intersects it in the equal Limb; whence taking it in degrees and minutes of the Equator, whilst the Sun is departing from the Equator towards the Tropics, it must be counted as the graduations of the Limb, from the left edge towards the right; but when the Sun is returning from the right edge towards the left; the right Ascension thus found, must be estimated according to the season of the year. From June 11 to Sept. 13 It must have 90 degrees added to it. Sep. 13 to Dec. 11 It must have 180 degrees added to it. Dec. 11 to Mar. 10 It must have 270 degrees added to it. But in finding the Hour of the night by the Quadrant, we need no more than 12 hours of Ascension, for either Sun or Star, and the Limb is accordingly numbered from the left edge towards the right, from 1 to 6 in a smaller figure, and thence back again to 12, and the other figures are the Compliments of these to 12. so that when the Sun is departing from the Equator towards the Tropics; his right Ascension is always less than 6 hours, and the Compliment of it more; but when he is returning from the Tropics towards the Equator, it is always more than 6 hours, and the Compliment of it less; the odd minutes are to be taken from the Limb, where each degree being divided into 4 parts, each part signifies a Minute of time, and to know whether the Sun doth depart from, or return towards the Equator, is very visible, by the progress and regress of the days of the month, as they are denominated on the Quadrant. Example. So the Thread laid over 17d of Declination, which will be about the 27 April The Sun's right Ascension will be 44d 37m m In time 2h 58′ 26 July The Sun's right Ascension will be 135 23 In time 9 2 20 October The Sun's right Ascension will be 224 37 In time 2 58 22 January The Sun's right Ascension will be 315 23 In time 9 2 But here the latter 12 hours are omitted. Such Propositions as require the use of the Bead, are, To find the Sun's Amplitude, or Coast of rising and setting from the true East or West. Bring the Bead, being rectified to either of the ecliptics, it matters not which, to either of the Orisons, and the Thread will intersect the Amplitude sought, upon both alike: Example; The Sun's Declination being 17 North, or South, the Sun's Amplitude, will be found to be 28● 2m. The Amplitude before found for the Summer half year, is to be accounted from East or West Northwards; and in the Winter half year from thence Southwards. To find the time of the Suns rising or setting. The Thread lying in the same Position, as in the former Proposition, intersects the Ascensional difference in the Limb, which may there be counted either in degrees or Time. Example. So the Bead lying upon the Horizon, being rectified to 17● of Declination, the Thread intersects the Limb at 22d 38m m, which is 1h 30 m of time, and so it shows the time of Suns rising in Summer, or setting in Winter, to be at half an hour past 4; and his rising in Winter, and setting in Summer, to be at half an hour past 7. To find the length of the Day or Night. The time of the Suns rising and setting are one of them; the Compliment of the other to 12 hours; so that one of them being known, the other will be found by Substraction; the time of Suns setting is equal to half the length of the day; and this doubled gives the whole length of the day; in reference to the Sun's abode above the Horizon, the time of setting converted into degrees, is also called the Semi-diurnal Ark; the time of Sun rising (so converted is called the Seminocturnal Ark) doubled gives the whole length of the Night; so upon the 27th day of April, the Sun having 17d of Declination, the length of the day is 15 hours, and the length of the night 9 hours. To find the Sun's Altitude on all Hours; or at any time proposed. In Summer time, if the hour proposed be before 6 in the morning, or after it in the evening▪ lay the Thread to the hour in the Limb, the Bead being first rectified to the Winter Ecliptic, and amongst the Parallels of Altitude above the upper Horizon, it shows the Altitude sought. Example. So the Sun having 16d of declination Northwards, as about the 24th of April, laying the Thread over the Declination, I set the Bead to the Winter Ecliptic, and if it were required to find what Altitude the Sun shall have at 36 minutes past 6 in the afternoon, lay the Thread over the same in the Limb, and the Bead among the Parallels of Altitude will fall upon 7d, At all other times the Operation is alike; the Bead being rectified to that Ecliptic that is proper to the season of the year: Lay the Thread over the proposed hour in the Limb, and the Bead amongst the Parallels of Altitude, showeth the Altitude sought. Example. So if it were required the same day to find what Altitude the Sun should have at 19m m past 2 in the afternoon; Lay the Thread in the Limb over the time given, and the Bead among the Parallels of Altitude will fall upon 45d for the Altitude sought. To find the Sun's Altitude on all Azimuths. IN the Summer half year, if the Azimuth propounded be more Northward than the Azimuth of the Sun shall have at the hour of 6; The Bead must be rectified to the Winter Ecliptic, and brought to the Azimuth proposed above the upper Horizon, and there among the Parallels of Altitude, it showeth the Altitude sought. So about the 24th of April, when the Sun's Declination is 16d his Azimuth at 6 of the clock will be found to be 76d 54m m from the South; Then if it were required to find the Sun's Altitude upon an Azimuth more remote, as upon 107d from the South, laying the Thread over the Declination, I set the Bead to the Winter Ecliptic, and afterwards carrying it to the Azimuth proposed among the Parallels of Altitude above the upper Horizon, it falleth upon 7d for the Sun's Altitude sought. In all other Cases bring the Bead rectified to the Ecliptic proper to the season of the year, to the Azimuth proposed; and among the Parallels of Altitude it showeth the Altitude sought; So far the same day, I set the Bead to the Summer Ecliptic, and if it were required to know what Altitude the Sun shall have when his Azimuth is 50d 48′ from the Meridian carry the Bead to the said Azimuth, and among the Parallels of Altitude it will fall upon 45d for the Altitude sought. The Hour of the night Proposed to find the Sun's Depression under the Horizon. IMagine the Sun to have as much Declination on the other side the Equinoctial, as he hath on the side proposed; and this Case will be co-incident with the former of finding the Sun's Altitude for any time proposed; the reason whereof is because the Sun is always so much below the Horizon at any hour of the night, as his opposite Point in the Ecliptic is above the Horizon at the like hour of the Day. Such Propositions as depend upon the knowledge of the Sun's Altititude, are to find the Hour of the Day, and the Azimuth (or true Coast) of the Sun. THe Sun's Altitude is taken by holding the Quadrant steady, and letting the Sun Beams to pass through both the Sights at once, and the Thread hanging at liberty shows it in the equal Limb, if this be thought unsteady, the Quadrant may rest upon some Concave Dish or Pot, into which the Plummet may have room to play; but for great Quadrants there are commonly Pedistalls made. The Altitude supposed to find the Hour of the Day, and the Azimuth of the Sun in Winter. Rectify the Bead to the Winter Ecliptic, and carry it along amongst the Parallels of Altitude till it cut or intersect that Parralel of Altitude on which the Sun was observed, and the Thread in the Limb showeth the hour of the Day, and the Bead amongst the Azimuths showeth the Azimuth of the Sun. Example. So about the 18 of October, when the Sun's Declination is 13d 20′ South if his observed Altitude were 18d the true time of the day would be found to be either 36 minutes after 9 or 24 minutes past 2 and his Azimuth would be 37 degrees from the South. To find the Hour of the Day, and the Azimuth of the Sun at any time in the Summer half year. IT was before intimated, That if the question were put when the Sun hath less Altitude than he hath at the hour of 6 of the clock, that then the Operation must be performed among those Parallels above the upper Horizon, in the reverted Tail, the Bead being rectified to the Winter Ecliptic; and that it might be known what Altitude the Sun shall have at 6 of the clock, by bringing the Bead rectified to the Summer Ecliptic, to the left edge of the Quadrant. So admitting the Sun to have 16d of North Declination, which will be about the 24 April, I might find his Altitude at 6 of the Clock by bringing the Bead rectified to the Summer Ecliptic to the left edge of the Quadrant; to be 12d 28m m whence I conclude, if his Altitude be less, the Bead must be rectified to the Winter Ecliptic, and be brought to those Parallels above the upper Horizon; and it may be noted, that the Sun's Altitude at 6 is always less than his declination. Example. Admit the 24th of April aforesaid the Suns observed Altitude were 7d laying the Thread over the Sun's Declination, or the day of the month; I rectify the Bead to the Winter Ecliptic, and bring it to the said Parralel of Altitude above the upper Horizon; and the Thread intersects the Limb at 9d 3m m showing the hour of the day to be 24 minutes past 5 in the morning, or 36′ past 6 in the evening, and the Bead amongst the Azimuths shows the Azimuth or Coast of the Sun to be 107d from the South. Another Example. But admitting the Sun to have more Altitude than he hath at the hour of 6, the Operation notwithstanding differs not from the former, but only in rectifying the Bead, which must be set to the Summer Ecliptic, and then carried to the Parralel of the Suns observed Altitude, and the Thread will intersect the Limb at the true time of the day, and the Bead amongst the Azimuths showeth the true Coast of the Sun. So upon the 24th of April aforesaid, the Suns observed Altitude being 45d, I bring the Bead rectified to the Summer Ecliptic, to the said Parralel of Altitude, and the Thread intersects the Limb at 55d 15m m showing the hour to be either 41m m past 9 in the morning, or 19m m past 2 in the ofternoon; to be known which by the increasing or decreasing of the Altitude, and the Bead amongst the Azimuths shows the Azimuth or true Coast of the Sun to be 50d 40● from the South: Another Example. Admit when the Sun hath 19d 13m m of North Declination which will be about the 6th of May, his observed Altitude were 56d the Bead being set to the Summer Ecliptic, and brought to that Parralel of Altitude amongst the Azimuths shows the Sun's true Coast to be 23d from the South, Eastwards in the forenoon, and Westwards in the afternoon, and the Thread in the Limb showeth the true time of the day to be either 7′ past 11 in the forenoon, or 5● ᵐ past 12. The Depression of the Sun supposed to find the true time of the night with us, or the hour of the day to our Antipodes; As also the true Coast of the Sun upon that Depression. THis Proposition may be of use to know when the Twilight begins or ends, which is always held to be when the Sun hath 18d of Depression under the Horizon, to perform this, Imagine as much Declination on the contrary side the Equinoctial, as the Declination given, and find the time of the Day, as if the Sun's Altitude were 18d So when the Sun's Declination is 16d North, as about the 24th of April, laying the Thread over it I rectify the Bead to the Winter Ecliptic, and bringing it to the Parralel of 18d the Thread in the Limb show the Twilight to begin at 54m m past 1 in the morning, and ends at 6′ past 10 at night, and the Azimuth of the Sun to be 28d 58′ which in this Case is to be accounted from the North. But if the Sun's greatest Depression at night be less than 18d as that it may be in any Latitude where the Meridian Altitude at any time in Winter or the opposite Sign is less than 18d there is no dark night which in our Latitude of London will be from the 12th of May to the 11th of July. Of the Stars graduated on the PROJECTION. SUch Stars as are between the two Tropics only, are there inscribed, and such have many things common in their Motion with the Sun when he hath the like Declination, as the same Amplitude, Semidiurnal, Ark, Meridian, Altitude, Ascentional difference, etc. These Stars have Letters set to them to direct to the Circle of Ascensions on the back of the Quadrant, where the quantity of their right Ascension, is expressed from one of the Equinoctial points; those that have more Ascension than 12 hours from the point of Aries, are known by the Character plus + set to them; many more Stars might be there inserted, but if they have more than 23d 31′ of Declination, the Propositions to be wrought concerning them are to be performed with Compasses, by the general Lines on the Quadrant. To find the true time of the Day or Night when any Star cometh to the Meridian. In the performing of this Proposition we must make use of the Sun's whole right Ascension in time, which how that might be known hath been already treated of, as also of the Stars whole right Ascension, which may be had from the Circle of Ascensions on the back of the Quadrant if 12 hours be added to the right Ascension of a Star taken thence that hath a Letter Character † affixed to it. Subtract the Sun's whole right Ascension from the Stars whole right Ascension, increased by 24 hours when Substraction cannot be made without it, the remainder is less than 12 shows the time of the afternoon or night when the Star will be upon the Meridian; but if there remain more than 12, reject 12 out of it and the residue shows the time of the next morning when that Star will be upon the Meridian. Example. The 23d of December the Sun's whole right Ascension is 18 hours' 53′ which substracted from 4 ho: 16′ the right Ascension of the Bulls eye increased by 24 there remains 9h 23′ for the time of that Stars coming to the Meridian, and being substracted from 6 ho: 30′ the right Ascension of the great Dog, there rests 11 ho: 37′ for the time of that Stars coming to the Meridian at night. This Proposition is of good use to Seamen, who have occasion to observe the Latitude by the Meridian Altitude of a Star, that they may know when will be a fit time for observation. In finding the time of the Night by the Stars, we use but 12 ho: of right Ascension, nor no more in finding the time of their rising or setting, so that when it is found whether it be morning or evening is left to judgement, and may be known by comparing it with the former Proposition, if there be need so to do. To find the Declination of any of these Stars. This is engraven or annexed to the Stars names, yet it may be found on the Projection, by rectifying a Bead to the proposed Star, and bringing the Thread and Bead to that Ecliptic it will intersect; and in the same Position the Thread will intersect the said Stars declination in the Quadrant of Declinations; if the Bead meet with the Summer Ecliptic the Declination is North, if with the Winter South. To find the Amplitude and Ascensional difference of any of the Stars on the Projection. BRing the Bead rectified to the Star to either of the Orisons, the Thread being kept in its due Extent, and where it intersects the same it shows that Stars Amplitude which varies not, and is Northward if the Star have North declination, otherwise Southwards, the Thread likewise intersecting the Limb, showeth the Stars Ascensional difference. Example. So the Bead being rectified to the Bull's eye, and brought to the lower Horizon, shows the Amplitude of that Star to be 25d 54′ Northwards because the Star hath North Declination; And the Thread lieth over 20′ 49′ of the Limb which is this Stars Ascensional difference, which in Time is 1 ho 23m m The Thread in the Limb lieth over 4 ho 37m m from midnight for the Stars hour of rising, and over 7 ho 23m m from the Meridian for the Stars hour of setting always in this Latitude which with the Amplitude varies not, except with a very small allowance in many years. To find a Stars Diurnal Ark, or the Time of its continuance above the Horizon. When the Star hath North Declination add the Ascensional difference of the Star before found in Time to 6 hours, the Sum is half the time. South Declination Subtract. the Ascensional difference of the Star before found in Time from 6 hours, the Residue is half the time. Of that Stars continuance above the Horizon, which doubled, shows the whole time, the Compliment whereof to 24 ho is the time of that Stars durance under the Horizon. Example. So the Ascensional difference of the Bull's eye being in time 1 ho: 23 added to 6 hours, and the Sum doubled makes 14 hours 46m m for the Stars Diurnal Ark or abode above the Horizon, the residue whereof from 24 is 9 ho: 14m m for the time of its durance under the Horizon. To find the true time of the Day or night, when the Star riseth or setteth. THe Stars hour of rising or setting found as before, being no other but the Ascensional difference of the Star added to, or substracted from 6 hours; which the Thread showeth in the Limb the Bead being rectified to a Star, and brought to that Horizon it will intersect; is not the true time of the night; but by help thereof that may be come by; this we have denominated to be the Stars hour, and is no other but the Stars horary distance from the Meridian it was last upon; If a Star have North Declination the Stars hour of rising must be reckoned to be before 6 and the time of its setting after 6 South Declination the Stars hour of rising must be reckoned to be after 6 and the time of its setting before 6 Now the time of the Stars rising or setting found by this and the former Propositions must be turned into common time by this Rule. To the Compliment of the Sun's Ascension add the Stars Ascension, and the Stars hour from the Meridian it was last upon, the Amount if less than 12 shows the the time of Stars rising or setting accordingly; but if it be more than 12 reject 12 as oft as may be, and the remaind-sheweth it. So upon the 23d of December for the time of the Bull's eye rising. h m The Compliment of the Sun's Ascension found by the foreside of the Quadrant is— 5 7 And the said Stars Ascension on the backside is— 4 16 The Stars hour of rising is— 4 37 14 hours. From which 12 rejected rests 2 hours for the time of that Stars rising, which I conclude to be at 2 in the afternoon, because that Star was found to come to the Meridian at 23m m past 9 at night, the like Operation must be used to get the time of that Stars setting, which will be found to be at 4 ho 46m m past in the morning. h m Compliment ☉ Ascension— 5 7 Stars Ascension— 4 16 Stars hour of setting— 7 23 16 h. 46′ To find what Altitude and Azimuth a Star that hath North Declination shall have when it is 6 hours of Time from the Meridian. Rectify the Bead to the Star, and bring the Bead and Thread to the left edge of the Quadrant, and there among the Parallels of Altitude and Azimuths it showeth what Altitude and Azimuth the Star shall have. Example. So the Bead being set to the Bull's eye, and brought to the left edge of the Quadrant it will be found to have 12′ 17′ Altitude, and 80d 3′ Azimuth from the South, when it is 6 hours of time from the Meridian, which Proposition is afterwards used to know to which Ecliptic in some Cases to rectify the Bead as hath likewise been intimated before. The Azimuth of a Star proposed, To find what time of the Night the Star shall be upon that Azimuth, and what Altitude it shall then have. SUpposing the Azimuth proposed to be nearer the South Meridian then that Azimuth the Star shall have when it is 6 hours from the Meridian: Bring the Bead rectified to the Star, to the proposed Azimuth, and among the Parallels of Altitude it shows that Stars Altitude, and the Thread in the Limb shows that Stars hour to be turned into common time to attain the true time sought. Example. If the question were What Altitude the Bull's eye shall have when his Azimuth is 62d 48′ from South, this being less Azimuth than he hath at 6 hours from the Meridian, the rectified Bead being brought to the Azimuth showeth among the Parallels the Altitude to be 39d and the Stars hour shown by the Thread in the Limb is either 8 ho: 56′ or 3 ho: 4′ from the Meridian; then if upon the 23 of December you would know at what time the Star shall have this Altitude on this Azimuth, Change the Stars hour into common time by the former Rule. Decemb. 23 Compliment of ☉ Ascension 5h 7′ 5h 7′ Stars Ascension— 4 16 4 16 Stars hour— 8 56 3 4 18 19 12 27 And you will find it to be at 19′ past 6 in the evening, or at 27m m past midnight. For Stars of South Declination being they have no Altitude above the Horizon at 6 ho: distance from the Meridian, the operation will be the same, void of Caution. But for Stars of North Declination when the proposed Azimuth is more remote from the South Meridian then the Azimuth of that Star 6 ho from the Meridian, another Bead must be rectified to the Winter Ecliptic, and carried to the Azimuth proposed above the upper Horizon, where amongst the Parallels it shows the Altitude sought; and the Thread in the Limb showeth the Stars hour to be converted into common time. Example. The Azimuth of the Bull's eye being 107d 53′ from South, which is more than the Azimuth of 6 hours, the other Bead set to the Winter Ecliptic, and carried to that Azimuth in the Tail, shows the Altitude to be 6d and the Stars hour to be 5 ho: 18′ Or 6 ho: 42′ which converted into common time, as upon the 23d of December, will be either 41m m past 2 in the afternoon, or 5m m past 4 in the morning following. h ' h ' December 23 Compliment Suns Ascension 5 7 5 7 Stars Ascension— 4 16 4 16 Stars hour— 5 18 6 42 Rejecting 12 the Total is— 2 41 Or 4 5 The Hour of the night proposed to find what Altitude and Azimuth any of the Stars on the Projection that are above the Horizon shall have at that time. FIrst turn common time into the Stars hour, the Rule to do it is, To the Compliment of the Stars Ascension add the Sun's Ascension, and the time of the night proposed, the Aggregate if less than 12 is the Stars hour; if more reject 12 as oft as may be, and the remainder is the Stars hour sought. So the 23 of December, at 8 a Clock 59 minutes passed at night what shall be the horary distance of the great Dog from the Meridian Compliment of great Dogs h ' Ascension— 5 30 Suns Ascension— 6 53 Time of the night— 8 59 The Sum is, 12 rejected— 9 22 Then for Stars of South Declination, rectify the Bead to the Star proposed, and lay the Thread over the Stars hour in the Limb, and the Bead amongst the Parallels and Azimuths, shows the Altitude and Azimuth of the Star sought. Example. So the Bead being rectified to the great Dog, and the Thread laid over 9 ho 22′ in the Limb, the Bead will show the Altitude of that Star at that time of the night to be 14d and its Azimuth 39d from the South. The Operation is the same for Stars of North Declination when the Stars hour found as before is not more remote from the South Meridian then 6 hours on either side. But if it be more than 6 ho distance from the Meridian as before 6 after its rising, or after it before its setting, then as before suggested, one Bead must be rectified to the Star, and brought to the Summer Ecliptic, where the Thread being duly extended, another must be set to the Winter Ecliptic, and afterwards the Thread laid over the Stars hour in the Limb, this latter Bead will show the Stars Azimuth and Parralel of Altitude in the reverted Tail above the upper Horizon. Example. So upon the 23 of December, I would know what Azimuth and Altitude the Bull's eye shall have at 4 a Clock 5 minutes past the morning following. Time proposed 4h 5′ Compliment of Bull's eye Ascension— 7 44 Suns Asce●sion 23 of December— 6 53 12 rejected rests— 6h 42′ Proceed then and lay the Thread over 42′ past 6 and the Bead among the other Parallels in the Tail showeth the Stars Altitude to be 6d and its Azimuth from the Meridian 107d 53′ These two Propositions have a good tendency in them to discover such Stars as are upon the Projection if you know them not, but supposing them known the Proposition of chiefest use is By having the Altitude of a Star given to find out the true Time of the night, and the Azimuth of that Star. If the Stars observed Altitude be less than its Altitude at 6 ho: distance from the Meridian; Bring the Bead, rectified to the Star, to the Summer Ecliptic and set another Bead to the Winter Ecliptic, Then carry it to the Parallel of Altitude above the upper Horizon in the Reverted tail and there it will show the Azimuth of that Star; and the thread in the Limb shows the hour. Example. So if the observed Altitude of the Bull's eye were 6d its Azimuth would be found to be 107d 53′ from the South, and its hour 42′ past 6 from the Meridian the true time would be found to be 5 minutes past 4 in the morning the 24 of December. ho: Compliment of ☉ Ascension the 23 of December— 5 7 Stars hour— 6 42 Stars Ascension— 4 16 4 5 But for Stars that have South declination or north, when their Altitude is more than their Altitude being 6 hours from the Meridian, this trouble of rectifying two Beads is shunned; in this Case only bring the Bead that is rectified to the Star to the Parralel of Altitude, and there among the Azimuths it will show the Stars Azimuth, and the Thread in the Limb intersects the Stars hour sought. Example. December 11th Bulls eye Altitude 39● Azimuth from the South 62d 48 Hours from the Meridian— 8 h 56′ Compliment of ☉ Ascension— 6 00 Ascension of Bull's eye— 4 16 The true time of the night was 12′ past 7 of the Clock 7 12 Another Example. The great Dogs observed Altitude being 14d his Azimuth from the South would be 39d. h m And the Stars hour from the Meridian— 9 22 Stars Ascension— 6 30 If this Observation were upon the 31 of December, the Compliment of the Sun's Ascension would be— 4 30 8 22 And the true time of the night 22 minutes past eight of the Clock. For variety's sake there is also added to the Book a Draught of the Projection for the Latitude of the Barbados; in the use whereof the Reader may observe that every day when the Sun comes to the Meridian between the Zenith and the Elevated Pole, he will upon divers Azimuths in the forenoon (as also in the afternoon) have two several Altitudes, and so be twice before noon, and twice afternoon, at several times of the day, upon one and the same Azimuth, viz. only upon such as lie between the Sun's Coast of rising and setting, and his remotest Azimuth from the Meridian, which causeth the going forward and backward of the shadow; but of this more hereafter, when I come to treat of Calculating the Sun's Altitude on all Azimuths; It may also be observed that the Sun for the most part in those Latitudes hath no Vertical Altitude or Depression, and so comes not to the East or West. Moreover there is added a Draught of this Projection for the Latitude of Greenland, in the use whereof it may be observed that the Sun, a good part of the Summer half year comes not to the Horizon, and so neither riseth nor sets. And that no convenient Way that this Projection can be made should be omitted, there is also one drawn in a Semicircle for our own Latitude, which in the use will be more facile than a Quadrant, there being no trouble before or after six in the Summer time, with rectifying another Bead to perform the Operation in the reverted Tail, neither doth the Drawing hereof occupy near the Breadth, as in a Quadrant, and so besides the ease in the use is more exact in the performance; there being no other Rule required for rectifying the Bead, but to lay the Thread over the day of the Month, and to set the Bead to that Ecliptic the Thread intersects. A Semicircle is an Instrument commonly used in Survey, and then it requires a large Center-hole; however this Projection may be drawn on a Semicircle for Survey, but when used at home there must a movable round Bit of brass be contrived to stop up that great Center-hole, in which must be a small Center-hole for a Thread and Plummet to be fastened, as for a Quadrant and some have been so fitted. The Reader will meet with variety of Lines and furniture in this Book to be put in the Limb, or on other parts of the Semicircle, as he best liketh. The Projection for the Barbados & Greenland, are drawn by the same Rules delivered in the Description of the Quadrant, and so also is the Summer part of this Semicircle, and the Winter part by the same Rules that were given for drawing the Reverted Tail. Of the Quadrant of Ascensions. The turning of the Stars hour into the Sun's hour and the the converse may be also done by Compasses upon the Quadrant of Ascensions on the back side. To turn the Stars Hour into common time, called the Sun's hour. THe Arithmetical Rule formerly given is nothing but an abridgement of the Rule delivered by Mr. Gunter, and others, and the work to be done by Compasses, differeth somewhat from it, though it produce the same Conclusion which is: To get the difference between the Ascension of the Sun and the Star by substracting the less from the greater; this remainder is to be added to the Stars hour, when the Star is before, or hath more Ascension than the Sun, but otherwise to be substracted from it, and the Sum or remainder is the true time sought. To do this with Compasses, take the distance between the Star and the Sun's Ascension, and set the Sun's foot to the observed hour of the Star from the Meridian it was last upon, letting the other foot fall the same way it stood before, and it showeth the time sought, if it doth not fall off the Quadrant. If it doth, the work will be to find how much it doth excur, and this may be done by bringing it to the end beyond which it falleth, letting the other foot fall inward, the distance then between the place where it now falleth, and where it stood before, which was at the Stars hour, is equal to the said excursion, which being taken, and measured on the other end of the Scale, shows the time sought. This trouble may be prevented in all Cases, by having 12 hours more repeated after the first 12, or 6 hours more may serve turn if the whole 18 hours be also double numbered, and Stars names being set to the Additional hours, possibly the Sun's Ascension and Star do not both fall in the same 12 hours, yet notwithstanding the distance is to be taken in the same 12 hours between the quantity of the Sun's Ascension and the Stars, and to proceed therewith as before, and the Compasses will never excur; in the numbering of these hours, after 12 are numbered they are to begin again, and are numbered as before, and not with 13, 14, etc. And this trouble may be shunned when there is but 12 hours by assuming any hour to be the Stars hour, with such condition that the other foot may fall upon the Line; and the said assumed hour representing the Stars hour; count from it the time duly in order, till you fall upon the other foot of the Compasses, and you will obtain the true time sought. To turn common time, or the Sun's hour into the Stars hour. THis is the Converse of the former; take the distance between the Star and the quantity of the Sun's Ascension, and set the Star foot to the Sun's hour, letting the other fall the same way it stood before, and it shows the time sought. Of the Quadrat and Shadows. Both these as was showed in the Description of the Quadrant, are no other than a Table of natural Tangents to the Arks of the Limb and may supply the use of such a Cannon, though not with so much exactness, all the part of the Quadrate are to be estimated less than the Radius, till you come against 45● of the Limb, where is set the figure of 1, and afterwards amongst the shadows is to be accounted more than the Radius, and so where the Tangent is in length 2 Radii as against 63d 26m m of the Limb. 3 Radii as against 71 34 of the Limb. 4 Radii as against 75 58 of the Limb. 5 Radii as against 78 42 of the Limb. are set the figures 2, 3, 4, 5, and because they are of good use to be repeated on the other side of the Radius in the Quadrat, there they are not figured, but have only full points set to them, falling against the like Arks of the Limb from the right edge towards the left, as they did in the shadows from the left edge towards the right. To find a height at one Observation. LEt A B represent a Tower, whose Altitude you would take, go so far back from it that looking through the sights of the Quadrant, the Thread may hang upon 45 degrees of the Limb, or upon 1, or the first prick of the Quadrat, and the distance from the foot of the Tower will be equal to the height of the Tower above the eye, which accordingly measure, and thereto add the height of the eye above the ground, and you will have the Altitude of the Tower. So if I should stand at D and find the Thread to hang over 45d of the Limb, I might conclude the distance between my Station and the Tower to be equal to the height of the Tower above my eye, and thence measuring it find to be 96 yards, so much would be the height of the Tower above the eye. If I remove farther in till the Thread hang upon the second point of the Quadrat, then will the Altitude of the Tower above the level of the eye be third point of the Quadrat, then will the Altitude of the Tower above the level of the eye be fourth point of the Quadrat, then will the Altitude of the Tower above the level of the eye be fifth point of the Quadrat, then will the Altitude of the Tower above the level of the eye be twice thrice four times as much as the distance from the Tower is to the Station. five times as much as the distance from the Tower is to the Station. So removing to C; ay find the Thread to hang upon the second point of the Quadrat, and measuring the distance of that Station from the Tower, I find it to be 48 yards, whence I may conclude the Tower is twice as high above my eye, and that would be 96 yards. So if I should remove so much back that the Thread should hang upon 2 of the shadows etc. as E the distance between 3 of the shadows etc. at F the distance between 4 of the shadows etc. 5 of the shadows etc. the Station and the foot of the Tower would be twice thrice four times five times as much as the height of the Tower above the eye, and consequently if I should measure the distance between D and E where it hung upon 1 and 2 of the Shadows, or between E and F, where it hung upon 2 and 3 of the shadows, &c I should find it to be equal to the Altitude; but other ways of doing it when inaccessible will afterwards follow. A Second way at one Station. WIth any dimension whatsoever of a competent length, measure off from the foot of the Object, whether Tower or Tree, just 10 or 100, etc. of the said Dimensions, as suppose from B to K, I measure of an hundred yards; there look through the sights of the Quadrant to the Top of the Object at A, and what parts the Thread hangs upon in the Quadrat or Shadows, shows the Altitude of the Object in the said measured parts, and so at the said Station at K the Thread will hang upon 96 parts, showing the Altitude A B to be 96 yards above the Level of the eye, and so if any other parts were measured off, they are to be multiplied by the Tangent of the Altitude, or parts cut by the Thread, rejecting the cyphers of the Radius, as in the next Proposition. A third way by a Station at Random. TAke any Station at Random as at L, and looking through the sights observe upon what parts of the Quadrat or Shadows the Thread falls upon, and then measure the distance between the Station and the foot of the object, and the Proportion will hold. As the Radius To the Tangent of the Altitude, or to the parts cut in the Quadrat or shadows, So is the distance between the Station and the Object To the height of the Object above the eye. So standing at L, the Thread hung upon 30d 58m m of the Limb, as also upon 600 of the Quadrat, the Tangent of the said Ark and the measured distance L B was 160 yards, now then to work the former Proportion, multiply the distance by the parts of the Quadrat, and from the right hand of the product cut off three places, and you have the Altitude sought. In this Work the Radius or Tangent of 45d is assumed to be 1000 To measure part of an Altitude, as suppose from a window in a Tower to the top of the Tower, may be inferred from what hath been already said; first get the top of the Tower by some of the former ways, and then the height of the window which subtract from the former Altitude and the remainder is the desired distance between the window and the top of the Tower. The former Proportion may also be inverted for finding of a distance by the height, or apprehending the Tower to lie flat on the ground, and so the height to be changed into a distance and the distance into a height, the same Rules will serve only the height of a Tower being measured, and from the top looking to the Object through the sights of the Quadrant, what Angle the Thread hangs upon is to be accounted from the right edge of the Quadrant towards the left; but in taking out the Tangent of this Ark, after I have observed it, the Thread must be laid over the like Ark of the Quadrant from the left edge towards the right, and from the Quadrat or Shadows the Tangent taken out by the Intersection of the Thread, and so to measure part of a distance must be done by getting the distances of both places first, and then subtract the lesser from the greater. To find the Altitude of any Perpendicular, by the length of its shadow. THis will be like the first Proposition, with the Quadrant take the Altitude of the Sun, if in so doing the Thread hang over the 1st pricks in the Quadrat, the length of the Shadow is equal to the height of the Object Tree, or Perpendicular 2d pricks in the Quadrat, the length of the Shadow is double the height of the Object Tree, or Perpendicular 3d pricks in the Quadrat, the length of the Shadow is triple the height of the Object Tree, or Perpendicular 4th pricks in the Quadrat, the length of the Shadow is four times the height of the Object Tree, or Perpendicular 5th pricks in the Quadrat, the length of the Shadow is five times the height of the Object Tree, or Perpendicular whatever it be; But if it hang 1 in the shadows 2 in the shadows 3 in the shadows 4 in the shadows 5 in the shadows the height of the object is equal to the length of the double the length of the triple the length of the four times the length of the five times the length of the Shadow which may happen where the Sun hath much Altitude, as in small Latitudes, and so the length of the Shadow being forthwith measured, the height of the Gnomon may be easily attained. If the Thread in observing the Altitude hang on any odd parts of the Quadrant or Shadows, the Proportion will hold as before. As the Radius To the length of the Shadow, So the Tangent of the Sun's Altitude, or the parts cut by the Thread To the height of the Gnomon to be wrought as in the third Proposition; if the length of the Gnomon, and the length of its shadow were given; without a Quadrant we might obtain the Sun's Altitude, for As the length of the Gnomon Is to the Radius So is the Length of its Shadow To the Tangent of the Compliment of the Sun's Altitude. And the height of the Sun, and the length of the Gnomon assigned; We may find the length of the Shadow by inverting the Proportion aforesaid. As the Radius To the length of the Gnomon So the Cotangent of the Sun's Altitude To the Length of the Shadow. To find an innaccessible Height at two Stations. To work this with the Pen, Out of the Line of Sines take the Sine of 70d with Compasses, and measure it on the equal parts, where admit it reach to 94 parts, Then multiply the said number by the distance 102, 1 and the Product will be 95, 974 from which cutting off three figures to the right hand the residue being 95, 974, is the Altitude sought feré, but should be 96 caused by omitting some fractionate parts in the distance which we would not trouble the Reader withal. Another more general way by any two Stations taken at random. ADmit the first Station to be as before at G where the observed Altitude of the Object was 70d and from thence at pleasure I remove to H, where observing again I find the Object to appear at 48d 29m m of Altitude, and the measured distance between G and H to be ●0 yards, a general Proportion to come by the Altitude in this case will hold. As the difference of the Cotangents of the Arks cut at either Station. Is to the Distance between the two Stations, So is the Radius To the Altitude of the Object or Tower. To save the substracting of the two Arks from 90d to get their Compliments, I might have accounted them when they were observed from the right edge of the Quadrant towards the left, and have found them to have been 20d and 41d 31m m; to work this Proportion lay the Thread over these two Arks in the Limb from the left edge towards the right, and take out their Tangents out of the Quadrat and Shadows, then subtract the less from the greater, the remainder is the first term of the Proportion, being the Divisor in the Rule of three to be wrought by annexing the cyphers of the Radius to the Distance; or as Multiplication in decimals; and then dividing by the first term the Quotient shows the Altitude sought, 41d 31′ Tangent from the Shadows is— 885 20d Tangent from the Quadrat is— 364 Difference— 521 By which if I divide 50000— the distance increased by annexing the cyphers of the Radius thereto, the Quotient will be 96 fear the Altitude sought. This may be performed otherwise without the Pen, as shall afterwards be shown; If the distance from the Stations either to the foot or the top of the Tower be desired, the Proportions to Calculate them will be As the difference of the Cotangents of the Arks cut at either Station Is to the distance between those Stations, So is the Cotangent of the greater Ark to the lesser lesser Ark to the greater distance from the Station to the foot of the Tower: And so is the Cosecant of the greater Ark to the lesser distance lesser Ark to the greater distance from the top of the Tower to the eye, Or having first obtained the Height, we may shun these Secants, for As the Sine of the Ark of the Towers observed Altitude at the first Station. Is to the height of the Tower or Object above the eye, So is the Radius To the distance between the Eye and the Top of the Tower; and by the same Proportion using the Ark at the second Station, the distance thence between the Eye and the Top of the Tower may be likewise found. If any one desire to shun this Proportion in a difference, as perhaps wanting natural Tables, it may be done at two Operations: The first to get the distance from the eye to the Top of the Tower at first Station, in regard the difference of two Arks is equal to the difference of their Compliments, it will hold As the Sine of the Ark of difference between the Angles observed at each Station Is to the distance between the two Stations, So is the Sine of the Angle observed at the furthest Station, To the distance between the eye and the Top of the Object at the first Station, which being had, it than holds, As the Radius To the said Distance, So the Sine of the Angle observed at the first Station, To the Altitude of the Object. The rest of the Lines on the Quadrant are either for working of Proportions, or for Protractions, and dialing depending thereon; wherefore I thought fit to reduce all the common Cases of Plain and Sphoerical Triangles to settled Cannons, and to let them precede their Application to this or other Instruments, which shall be endeavoured; it being the chief aim of this Book to render Calculation facile, in shunning that measure of Triangular knowledge hitherto required, and to keep a check upon it. Some Affections of Plain TRIANGLES. THat any two sides are greater than the third. That in every Triangle the greater side subtendeth the greater Angle, and the Converse. That the three Angles of every Triangle are equal to two right Angles, or to 180. That any side being continued, the outward Angle is equal to the two inward Opposite ones. That a Plain right angled Triangle hath but one right Angle, which is equal to both the other Angles, and therefore those two Angles are necessarily the Compliments one of another. By the Compliment of an Arch is meant the residue of that Arch taken from 90d unless it be expressed the Compliment of it to 180d, to save the rehearsal of these long Words, The Tangent of the Compliment, The Secant of the Compliment; others are substituted, namely the Cotangent and the Cosecant. An Obutses angular Triangle hath but one Obtuse angle, an Acutangular Triangle hath none. If an Angle of a Triangle be greater than the rest, it is Obtuse, if less Acute. The Side subtending the right Angle is called the Hipotenusal and the other two the Sides or Legs. 1. To find a side. Given the Hipotenusal, and one of the Acute Angles, and consequently both. As the Radius, To the Sine of the Angle opposite to the side sought: So is the Hipotenusal, To the side sought. 2. To find a Side. Given the Hipotenusal and the other side. As the Hipotenusal To the given side: So is the Radius to the Sine of the Angle opposite to the given side. Then take the Compliment of that Angle for the other Angle. As the Radius, to the Hipotenusal: So is the Sine of the Angle opposite, To the side sought, To the side sought 3. To find a Side. Given a Side, and one Acute Angle, and by consequence both As the Radius, To Tangent of the Angle opposite to the side sought: So is the given side, To the side sought. Or, As the Sine of the Angle opposite to the given side Is to the given side: So is the sine of the other Angle To the Side sought. 4. To find the Hipotenusal. Given one of the Sides, and an Acute Angle consequently both, As the Sine of the Angle opposite to the given side, Is to the Radius: So is the given Side, To the Hypothenusal Or, As the Radius, To Secant of the Angle adjacent to the given Side: So is the given side, To the Hipotenusal. 5. To find the Hipotenusal. Given both the Sides. As one of the given Sides. To the other given Side: So is the Radius, To the Tangent of the Angle opposite to the other side, Then take the Compliment of the Angle found for the other Angle. Then, As the Sine of the Angle opposite to one of the given Legs, or Sides, Is to the given Sides: So is the Radius, To the Hipotenusal. 6. To find an Angle. Given the Hipotenusal, and one of the Sides. As the Hipotenusal, Is to the given Side: So is the Radius, To the Sine of the Angle opposite to the given side; The Compliment of the angle found, is the other Angle. 7. To find an Angle. Given both the Sides. As one of the given sides, To the other given Side: So is the Radius, To the Tangent of the angle opposite to this other Side. The Compliment of the angle found is the other Angle. Because the Sum of the Squares of the Legs of a right angled Triangle is equal to the Square of the Hipotenusal by 47 1 Euclid. Therefore the 2d and 5th Case may be otherwise performed. 2. Case, To find a Side or Legg. Given the Hipotenusal, and other Leg. To do it by Logarithmes, Add the Logarithm of the Sum of the Hipotenusa and Legg, to the Logarithm of their difference, the half Sum is the Logarithm of the Side sought. Which in natural Numbers is to extract the Square root of the Product of the Sum and difference of the two Numbers given, namely, the Hipotenusal and Leg, which said root is equal to the side sought. 5. Case, When both the Sides are given to find the Hipotenusal. To do it by Logarithmes, Subtract the Logarithm of the lesser side from the doubled Logarithm of the greater, and to the absolute number answering to the remaining Logarithm add the lesser side the half sum of the Logarithmes of the Sum thus composed, and of the lesser side, is the Logarithm of the Hypotenusa sought. Which work was devised, that the Proposition might be performed in Logarithmes; The same Operation by natural numbers, would be to Divide the Square of the greater of the Sides by the lesser, and to the Quotient to add the lesser Side, then multiply that Sum by the lesser Side, and extract the Square root of the Product for the Hipotenusal sought. Cases of Oblique Plain Triangles. 1. Data To find an Angle, TWo sides with an Angle opposite to one of them to find the Angle Opposed to the other side. As one of the Sides, To the Sine of its opposite Angle: So the other side; to the Sine of the angle opposed thereto. If the Angle given be Obtuse, the Side opposite to it will be greater than either of the rest, and the other two Angles shall be Acute; But if the given Angle be Acute, it will be doubtful whether the angle opposed to the greater side be Acute or Obtuse, yet a true Sine of the 4 ●h Proportional. The Sine found will give the angle opposite to the other given side, if it be Acute, and it will always be Acute when the given angle is Obtuse, But if it be fore known to be Obtuse, the Arch of the Sine found subtract from a Semicircle, and there will remain the Angle sought. In this Case the quality or affection of the angle sought must be given, and fore-known, for otherwise it is impossible to give any other than a double answer, the Acute angle found, or its Compliment to 180d, yet some in this Case have prescribed Rules to know it, supposing the third Side given which is not, if it were then in any Plain Triangle it would hold, That if the Square of any Side be equal to the Sum of the Squares of the other two Sides, the angle it subtends is a right angle, if less Acute, if greater Obtuse; but if three Sides are given we may with as little trouble by following Proportions come by the quantity of any angle, as by this Rule to know the affection of it. Two Sides with an Angle opposite to one of them, to find the third Side. In this Case as in the former, the affection of the angle opposite to the other given side, must be fore-known, or else the answer may be double or doubtful. In the Triangle annexed there is given the sides A B and A C with the angle A B C to find the angle opposite to the other given side, which may be either the angle at C or D, and the third side, which may be either B C, or B D, the reason hereof is because two of the given terms the Side A B, and the angle at B remain the same in both Triangles, and the other given side may be either A C or A D equal to it, the one falling as much without as the other doth within the Perpendicular A E. The quality of the angle opposite to the other given side being known; by the former Case get the quantity, and then having two angles the Compliment of their Sum to 180d is equal to the third angle, the Case will be to find the said side, by having choice of the other sides, and their opposite angles as follows. 2. Two Angles with a Side opposite to one of them given to find the Side opposite to the other. As the Sine of the angle opposed to the given Side, Is to the given Side; So is the Sine of the angle opposite to the side sought▪ To the side sought. Ricciolus in the Trigonomerical part of his late Almagestum Novum, suggests in the resolution of this Case, that if the side opposite to the Obtuse angle be sought, it cannot be found under three Operations; as first to get the quantity of the Perpendicular falling from the Obtuse angle on its Opposite side, and then the quantity of the two Segments of the side, on which it falleth, and so add them together to obtain the side sought; But this is a mistake, and if it were true by the like reason a side opposite to an Acute angle, could not be found without the like trouble; for in the Triangle above, As the Sine of the angle at B Is to its Opposite side A C or A D, So is the Sine of the angle B C A, or B D A, To its opposite Side B A, where the Reader may perceive that the same side hath opposite to it both an Acute and an Obtuse angle, the one the Compliment of the other to 180d, the same Sine being common to both, for the Acute angle A C E is the Compliment of the Obtuse angle B C A; but the angle at C is equal to the angle at D being subtended by equal Sides, and the Proportion of the Sins of Angles to their opposite Sides is already demonstrated in every Book of Trigonometry. 3. Two Sides with the angle comprehended to find either of the other Angles. Subtract the angle given from 180d, and there remains the Sum of the two other Angles, then As the Sum of the Sides given, To tangent of the half sum of the unknown Angles: So is the difference of the said Sides, To Tangent of half the difference of the unknown Angles. If this half difference be added to half sum of the angles, it makes the greater, if substracted from it, it leaves the lesser Angle 4. Two Sides with the Angle comprehended, to find the third side. By the former Proposition one of the Angles must be found, and then As the Sine of the angle found, is to its Opposite side: So is the Sine of the angle given, To the Side opposed thereto, If two angles with a Side opposite to one of them be given, to find the side opposite to the third Angle is no different Case from the former, because the third angle is by consequence given, being the Compliment of the two given angles to 180d, and the like if two angles with the side between them were given. 5. Three Sides to find an Angle. The Side subtending the Angle sought is called the Base. As the Rectangle or Product of the half Sum of the three sides, and of the difference of the Base therefrom, Is to the Square of the Radius: So is the Rectangle of the difference of the Legs, or containing Sides therefrom, to the Square of the Tangent, to half the Angle sought. And by changing the third term into the place of the first. As the Rectangle of the Differences of the Legs from the half Sum of the 3 sides, Is to the Square of the Radius: So is the Rectangle of the said half sum, and of the difference of the Base there from, To the Square of the Tangent of an angle, which doubled is the Compliment of the angle sought to 180d, Or the Compliment of this angle doubled is the angle sought. To Operate the former Proportion by the Tables. From the half Sum of the three Sides subtract each Side severally then from the Sum of the Logarithmes of the Square of the Radius (which in Logarithms is the Radius doubled) and of the differences of the Sides containing the angle sought. Subtract the Sum of the Logarithms of the half sum of the three sides, and of the difference of the Base therefrom the half of the remainder is the Logarithm of the Tangent of half the angle sought Example. In the Triangle A B C let the three sides be given to find the Obtuse angle at C. Differences from the half sum. B C 126 Legs— 101— 2,0043214 A C 194 Legs— 169— 2,2278867 A B 270 Base— 25 Logarithms — — — 1,3979400 Sum with double Radius 24,2322081 Sum 590 half sum 295— 2,4698220 — 3,8677620 3,8677620 — — 20,3644461 Tangent of 56d 41′ which doubled is 113d 22′ the angle sought. 10,1822230 half For the 2d Proportion for finding an Angle the Operat on varies; to the former sum add the double Radius, and from the Aggregate subtract the latter sum, the half of the Relic is the Logarithm of the Cotangent of half the Angle sought. Tangent of 33d 19′ the Compliment whereof is 56d 41′ which doubled makes 113d 22′ as before The Tables here made use of are Mr. Gellibrands. It may be also found in Sines. As the Rectangle of the Containing Sides or Legs Is to the Square of the Radius: So the Rectangle of the differences of the said Legs from half Sum of the three Sides, To the Square of the Sine of half the Angle sought. Or, We may find the Square of the Cousin of half the Angle sought by this Proportion. As the Rectangle of the containing Sides, Is to the Square of the Radius: So the Rectangle of the half sum of the three Sides, and of the difference of the Base there from, To the Square of the Cousin of half the Angle sought, viz. To the Square of the Sine of such an Ark, as being doubled is the Compliment of the Angle sought to 180d, or the Compliment of the found Ark doubled is the angle sought. All these Proportions hold also in Spherical Triangles if instead of the bare names of Sides you say the Sins of those Sides, and this Case may also be resolved by a Perpendicular let-fall; but the Reader need not trouble himself with name nor thing in no Case of Plain or Sphoerical Triangles, but when two of the given Sides or Angles are equal. If the Square of the Radius and the Square of the Sine of an Ark be both divided by Radius the Quotients will be the Radius, and the half Versed Sine of twice that Arch, and in the same Proportion that the two terms propounded, as will afterwards be showed, upon this Consideration may any of these Compound Proportions be reduced to single Terms for Instrumental Operations, by placing the two Terms of the first Rectangle, as two Divisors in two single Rules of three, and the terms of the other Rectangle as middle terms. An Example in that Proportion for finding an Angle in the Sineés: As one of the Legs or including Sides, Is to the difference thereof from the half sum of the three Sides: So is the Difference of the other Leg therefrom, To a fourth Number. Again. As the other Leg, To that fourth Number: So is the Radius, To the half Versed Sine of the Angle sought; And so is the Diameter or Versed Sine of 180d Or Secant of 60d To the Versed Sine of the Angle sought. And upon this Consideration, that the fourth Term in every direct Proportion bears such Proportion to the first Term, as the Rectangle or Product of the two middle Terms doth to the Square of the first Term, as may be demonstrated from 1 Prop. 6. Euclid. We may place the Radius or Diameter in the first place of the first Proportion, and still have the half or the whole Versed Sine in the last place as before, therefore As the Radius, To one of the given Legs: So the other given Leg, To a fourth Number, which will bear such Proportion to the Radius, as the Rectangle of the two given Legs doth to the Square of the Radius, than it holds, As that fourth number, To the Radius: So the Rectangle of the difference of 〈…〉 the Legs from the half sum of the three sides; To the Square of the Sine of half the Angle sought, and omitting the Raidius, it will hold; As that fourth Number, To the differences of the Legs from the Legs from the half sum of the three Sides: So is the difference of the other Leg therefrom, To the half Versed Sine of the Angle sought. And if the Diameter had been in the first place, than would the whole Versed Sine have been in the last. This Case when 3 Sides are given to find an Angle is commonly resolved by a Perpendicular let-fall, it shall be only supposed and the Cannon will hold, As the Base or greater Side, To the sum of the other Sides: So is the difference of the other Sides, To a fourth Number, which taken out of the Base, half the remainder is the lesser Segment, and the said half added to this fourth Number is the greater Segment. Again. As the greater of the other Sides, To Radius: So is the greater Segment, To the Cousin of the Angle adjacent thereto, Or, As the Lesser of the other Sides, To Radius: So is the lesser Segment, To the Cousin of its adjacent Angle: This for either of the Angles adjacent to the Base or greatest side but for the angle opposite to the greatest side, which may be sometimes Obtuse, sometimes Acute; not to multiply Directions, the Reader is remitted to the former Cannons, or to find both the Angles at the Base first, and by consequence the third angle is also given, being the residue of the sum of the former from a Semicircle. In right angled Spherical Triangles. By the affection of the Angles to know the Affection of the Hipotenusal, and the Converse. If one of the angles at the Hipotenusal be a right angle The Hipotenusal will be A Quadrant. If both be of the same kind, The Hipotenusal will be lesser than a Quadr. If of a different kind, The Hipotenusal will be greater than a Quadr. By the Hipotenusal to find the affection of the Legs▪ and the Converse: If the Hipotenusal be A Quadrant one of the Legs will be a Quadrant If the Hipotenusal be Less than A Quadrant The Legs, and their Opposite Angles will be less than Quadrant If the Hipotenusal be Greater, than A Quadrant One Legg will be greater, & the other less than the Quadrant: The Legs of a right angled Sphoerical Triangle are of the same Affection as their Opposite Angles and the Converse: If a Leg be a Quadrant the Angle opposite thereto will be a Quadr. If a Leg be less than a Quadrant the Angle opposite thereto will be Acute If a Leg be greater than a Quadrant the Angle opposite thereto will be Obtuse. All these Affections are Demonstrated in Snellius; I shall add some more from Clavius de Astrolabio, and the Lord Nepair. The three Sides of every Sphoerical Triangle are less than a Whole Circle. In an Oblique angular Triangle, If two Acute Angles be equal the Sides opposite to them shall be lesser than Quadrants. Obtuse Angles be equal the Sides opposite to them shall be greater than Quadrants. Reg. 10▪ 11, 4 If an Oblique angular Triangle, if two Acute Angles be unequal the side opposite to the lesser shall be lesser than a Quadrant Obtuse Angles be unequal the side opposite to the greater shall be greater than a Quadrant Reg. 12, 13.4. An Acute angular Triangle hath all its Angles Acute, and each side less than a Quadrant. Two sides of any Spherical Triangle are greater than the third. If a Sphoerical Triangle be both right angled and Quadrantal, the sides thereof are equal to their Opposite Angles. If it hath three right Angles, the three sides of it are Quadrants. If it have two right Angles, the two sides subtending them are Quadrants and the contrary, and if it have one right angle, and one side a Quadrant, it hath two right angles, and two Quadrental sides. Any side of a Sphoerical Triangle being continued, if the other sides together are equal to A Semicircle the outward angle will be equal to the inward opposite angle on the side continued. lesser than A Semicircle the outward angle will be lesser than the inward opposite angle on the side continued. greater than A Semicircle the outward angle will be greater than the inward opposite angle on the side continued. If any Sphoerical Triangle have two Sides equal to lesser then greater than a Semicircle, the two angles at the Base or third Side will be equal to lesser then greater than two right Angles. In every right angled Spherical Triangle having no Quadrantal Side, the angle Opposite to that Side that is less than a Quadrant is Acute, and greater than the said Side; But that angle which is Opposite to the Side, that is greater than a Quadrant, is Obtuse; and less than the said Side. In every right angled Spherical Triangle all the three angles are less than 4 right angles, that is the two Oblique angles are less than 3 right angles, or 270d. In a right angled equicrural Triangle, if the two equal angles be Acute, either of them will be greater than 45d, but if Obtuse less than 135d. In every right angled Sphoerical Triangle either of the Oblique angles is greater than the Compliment of the other, but less than the difference of the same Compliment from a Semicircle. Two angles of any Sphoerical Triangle are greater than the difference between the third angle and a Semicircle, and therefore any side being continued, the outward angle is less than the two inward opposite angles. The sum of the three Angles of a Sphoerical Triangle is greater than two right angles, but less than 6. In Spherical Triangles, that angle which of all the rest is nearest in quantity to a Quadrant, and the side subtending it are doubtful, Whether they be of the same, or of a different affection, unless foreknown, or found by Calculation; But the other two more Oblique angles are each of them of the same kind as their Opposite Sides, which Mr Norwood thus propounds, Two Angles of a Spherical Triangle, shall be of the same affection as their Opposite Sides, and to this purpose, If any Side of a Triangle be nearer to a Quadrant than its opposite Angle, two Angles of that Triangle (not universally any two) shall be of the same kind, and the third greater than a Quadrant. But if any Angle of a Triangle be nearer to a Quadrant than its opposite side, two Sides of that Triangle (not universally any two) shall be of the same kind, and the third less than a Quadrant. In any Sphoerical Triangle, if one of the angles be substracted from a Semicircle, and the residue so found substracted from a Whole Circle, the Ark found by this latter Substraction, will be greater than the Sum of the other two Angles. In every Sphoerical Triangle the difference between the sum of two angles howsoever taken, and a whole Circle or 4 right angles is greater than the difference between the other Angle and a Semicircle; The demonstration of most of these Affections are in Clavins his Comment on Theodosius, or in his Book de Astrolabio, where showing how to project in Plano all the Cases of Sphoerical Triangles, and so to measure the sides and Angles, he delivers these Theorems to prevent such Fictitious Triangles as cannot exist in the Sphere. The 16 Cases of right Angled Sphoerical Triangles, Translated from Clavius de Astrolabio. 1. To find an Angle. Given the Hipotenusal and side opposite to the Angle sought. As the Sine of the Hipotenusal, To Radius: So the Sine of the given side To the Sine of the Angle sought. Or, As Radius, To sine of the Hipotenusal: So the Cosecant of the side, To the Cosecant of the Angle. As Radius, To sine of the side: So Cosecant of the Hipotenusal, To sine of the angle. As Cosecant of the side, To Radius: So Cosecant of the Hipotenusal, To Cosecant of the angle. As Cosecant Hipotenusal, To Radius: So Cosecant of the side, To Cosecant of the angle. As the Sine of the side to Radius: So sine of the Hipotenusal, To Cosecant of the Angle. The Angle found will be Acute if the Side given be less than a Quadrant, Obtuse if greater. 2. To find an Angle. Given the Hipotenusal and side adjacent to the Angle. As Radius, To Cotangent Hipotenusal: So tangent of the side, To Cousin of the angle. As tangent Hipotenusal. To Radius, So tangent of the Side. To Co-sine of the angle. As the Cotangent of the side, To Radius: So Cotangent Hipotenuse, To Cousin of the angle. As Radius, To Cotangent side: So tangent Hipotenusa, To Secant of the angle. As Cotangent Hipotenusal: To Radius: So Cotangent side, To Secant of the angle. As the tangent of the side, To Radius: So tangent Hipot: To Secant of the angle. The Angle found will be Acute, if both the Hipotenusal and the given side be greater, or less than a Quadrant, but Obtuse if one of them be greater, and the other less. 3. To find an Angle. Given the Hipotenusal, and either of the Oblique Angles As the Radius, To Cousin Hippolito: ∷ So Tangent of the given angle: To the Cotang of sought angle As the Cotangent of the given angle: To Radius ∷ So Cousin of: the Hipot: To the Cotang of the sought angle. As the Cousin of the Hipot: To Radius ∷ So Cotang: of the given angle: To the tang. of the ang: sought As the Radius, To Secant Hippolito: ∷ So Cotangent of the given angle: To the tang of the angle sought As Secant of the Hipotenusal: To Radius ∷ So the tangent of the angle given: To the Cotan: of the angle sought As the tangent of the given angle: To Radius ∷ So Secant of the Hipotenusal: To tangent of the angle sought. The angle found will be Acute, if the Hipotenusal be less than a Quadrant, and the given angle Acute; or if the Hipotenusal be greater than a Quadrant, and the given angle Obtuse; And the said angle will be Obtuse, if the Hipotenusal be less than a Quadrant, and the given angle Obtuse; Of if the Hipotenusal be greater than a Quadrant, and the given angle Acute. 4. To find an Angle. Given the Side opposite to the Angle sought, and the other Oblique Angle. As the Radius: To sine of the angle given ∷ So is the cousin of the given side: To the Cousin of the angle sought As the Radius: To Cosecant of the given angle ∷ So Secant of the side given: To Secant of the angle sought As the sine of the given angle: To Radius ∷ So the Secant of the given side: To the Secant of the angle As the Cousin of the given side: To Radius ∷ So the Cosecant of the given angle: To the Secant of the angle sought As the Cosecant of the given angle: To Radius: So Cousin of the given side: To the Cousin of the angle sought As the Secant of the given side: To Radius ∷ So sine of the given angle: To the Cousin of the angle sought The angle found will be Acute, if the side given be less than a Quadrant, Obtuse if greater. 5. To find an Angle. Given a side adjacent to the angle sought, and the other Oblique angle, if it be foreknown whether the angle sought be Acute or Obtuse, or whether the Base or other side not given be greater, or lesser than a Quadrant. As the Cousin of the given side: To Radius ∷ So Cousin of the given angle: To the sine of the angle sought As the Radius: To Secant of the given side ∷ So Cousin of the given angle: To Sine of the angle sought As the Radius: To Secant of the given angle ∷ So Cousin of the given side: To Cosecant of sought angle As the Cousin of the given angle: To Radius ∷ So Cousin of the given side: To the Cosecant of the angle sought As the Secant of the given side: To Radius ∷ So is the Secant of the given angle: To the Cosecant of the angle sought As the Secant of the given angle: To Radius ∷ So is the Secant of the given side: To the Sine of the angle sought The angle found will be Acute, if the side not given be less than a Quadrant, Obtuse if greater. In like manner if the Hipotenusal be less than a Quadrant, and the given angle Acute; Or if the Hipotenusal be greater than a Quadrant, and the given angle Obtuse, the angle found will be Acute. But if the Hipotenusal be less than a Quadrant, and the given angle Obtuse, or if the Hipotenusal be greater than a Quadrant, and the given angle Acute, the angle found will be Obtuse, 6. To find an Angle. Given both the Legs. As Radius: To sine of the side adjacent to sought angle ∷ So Cotang of the side opposite to the angle sought: To Cotang of the angle sought As the sine of the side adjacent to sought angle: To Radius ∷ So the tangent of the side opposite to the sought angle: To the tang of the angle sought: As the Tangent of the side opposite to sought angle: To Radius ∷ So the sine of the side adjacent to the sought angle: To Cotang of the angle sought: As the Radius: To Cosecant of the side adjacent to sought angle ∷ So the tangent of the side opposite thereto: To the tang of the angle sought: As the Cosecant of the side adjacent to the angle sought To Radius ∷ So is the Cotang of the side opposite to the angle sought: To Cotang of the sought angle: As the Cotangent side opposite to the sought angle: To Radius ∷ So Cosecant of the side adjacent to the angle sought: To the tang of the angle sought The Angle found will be Acute, if the side opposite to the angle sought be less than a Quadrant, but Obtuse if greater. 7, To find a Side or Legg. Given the Hipotenusal and the other Leg. As the Cousin of the given side: To Radius ∷ So Cousin of the Hipotenusal: To Cousin of the side sought As Radius: To Secant of the side ∷ So Cousin of the Hipotenusal: To Cousin of the side sought As Cousin Hipotenusal: To Radius ∷ So Cousin of the given side: To Secant of the side sought As Radius: To Secant of the Hipotenusal ∷ So Cousin of the given side: To Secant of the side sought As the Secant of the Hipotenusal: To Radius ∷ So Secant of the given side: To Cousin of the side sought As the Secant of the given side: To Radius ∷ So Secant of the Hipotenusal: To the Secant of the side sought The side sought will be less than a Quadrant, if both the Hipotenusal and given sides be less than Quadrants, but greater than a Quadrant if either the Hipotenusal be greater, and the given side less, Or if the Hipotenusal be less, and the given side greater. 8. To find a Side. Given the Hipotenusal, and an Angle opposite to the side fought. As the Radius: To sine of the Hipotenusal ∷ So sine of the given angle: To the sine of the side sought As Radius: To Cosecant of the Hipotenusal ∷ So the Cosecant of the given angle: To Cosecant of the side sought As the sine of the Hipotenusal: To Radius ∷ So Cosecant of the given angle: To Cosecant of the side sought As the Cosecant of the given angle▪ To Radius ∷ So the sine of the Hipotenusal: To the sine of the side sought As the sine of the given angle: To Radius ∷ So the Cosecant of the Hipotenusal: To the Cosecant of the side sought The side found will be less than a Quadrant, if the Angle opposite thereto be Acute, but greater if Obtuse. 9 To find a Side. Given the Hipotenusal and Angle adjacent to the Side sought As the Radius: To Cousin of the given angle ∷ So tangent of the Hipotenusal: To the tangent of side sought As the Cousin of the given angle: To Radius ∷ So Cotangent of the Hipotenusal: To Cotang of the side sought As the Cotangent of Hipotenusal: To Radius ∷ So the Cousin of the given angle: To tangent of the side sought As the Radius: To Secant of the angle ∷ So Cotangent of the Hipotenusal: To Cotang of the side sought As the Secant of the given angle: To Radius ∷ So tangent of the Hipotenusal: To the tangent of the side sought As the tangent of the Hipotenusal: To Radius ∷ So Secant of the given angle: To Cotang: of the side sought The Side sought will be less than a Quadrant, if the Hipotenusal be less than a Quadrant, and the given angle Acute: Or if the Hipotenusal be greater than a Quadrant, and the given angle Obtuse; But it will be greater than a Quadrant, if the Hipotenusal be less than a Quadrant, and the given angle Obtuse: Or if the Hipotenusal be greater than a Quadrant, and the given angle Acute. 10. To find a Side. Given a Side, and an Angle adjacent to the sought side. Provided it be foreknown whether the side sought be greater or less than a Quadrant, or whether the other angle not given be Acute or Obtuse; or finally whether the Hipotenusal be greater or less than a Quadrant. As the Radius: To the Cotangent of the given angle ∷ So tangent of the given side: To the Sine of the side sought As the tangent of the given angle: To Radius ∷ So tangent of the given side: To the sine of the side sought As the Cotang of the given side: To Radius ∷ So the Cotang of the given angle: To the sine of the side sought As Radius: To Cotangent of the given side: So tangent of the given angle: To Cosecant of the side sought As the tangent of the given side: To Radius ∷ So tangent of the given angle: To the Cosecant of the side sought As the Cotangent of the given angle: To Radius ∷ So Cotang of the given side: To the Cosecant of the side sought The Side found will be less than a Quadrant, if the angle opposite thereto and not given be Acute, but greater if it be Obtuse; In like manner it will be less, if the Hipotenusal be less than a Quadrant, and the side given also less than a Quadrant: Or if the Hipotenusal be less than a Quadrant, and the given side greater, the side found will be greater than a Quadrant; Lastly, if both the Hipotenusal, and the side given be greater than a Quadrant, the side found will be less than a Quadrant, but greater if the Hipotenusal be greater than a Quadrant, and the given side less. 11. To find a Side. Given a Side, and an Angle opposite to the Side sought As Radius: To sine given side ∷ So tangent given angle: To tangent of the side sought As the sine of the given side: To Radius ∷ So Cotangent of the given angle: To Cotangent of the side sought As the Cotangent of the given angle: To Radius ∷ So sine of the given side: To the tangent of the side sought As the tangent of the given angle: To Radius ∷ So Cosecant of the given side: To Cotangent of the side sought As the Radius: To Cosecant of the given side ∷ So Cotang of the given angle: To Cotangent of the side sought As the Cosecant of the given side: To Radius ∷ So tangent of the given angle: To tangent of the side sought The side found will be less than a Quadrant, if the given Angle opposite thereto be Acute, but greater if Obtuse. 12. To find a Side. Given both the Oblique Angles. As the sine of the angle adjacent to side sought: Is to Radius ∷ So Cousin of the angle opposite to side sought: To Cousin of the side sought As the Radius: To Secant of the angle opposite to side sought ∷ So sine of the angle adjacent to the side sought: To Secant of the side sought As Radius: To Cosecant of the angle adjacent to side sought ∷ So Cousin of the angle opposite to side sought: To Cousin of the side sought As the Cousin of the angle opposite to side sought: To Radius ∷ So side of the angle adjacent to the side sought: To Secant of the side sought As the Secant of the angle opposite to side sought: To Radius ∷ So Cosecant of the angle adjacent to the side sought: To Cousin of the side sought As Cosecant of the angle adjacent to side sought: To Radius ∷ So Secant of the angle opposite to side sought: To Secant of the side sought The side found will be less than a Quadrant, if the given angle Opposite thereto be Acute, but greater if Obtuse. 13. To find the Hipotenusal. Given a side and an Angle adjacent thereto. As the Radius: To Cousin of the given angle ∷ So Cotangent of the given side To Cotang of the Hipotenusal As the Cousin of the given angle: To Radius ∷ So tangent of the given side: To tangent of the Hipotenusal As the tangent of the given side To Radius ∷ So Cousin given angle: To Cotangent of the Hipotenusal As Radius: To Secant of the given angle ∷ So tangent of the given side; To the tangent of the Hipotenusal As the Secant of the given angle: To Radius ∷ So Cotang of given side: To the Cotang of the Hipotenusal As the Cotangent of given side: To Radius ∷ So Secant of the given angle: To tangent of the Hipotenusal The Hipotenusal found will be less than a Quadrant, if the given side be less than a Quadrant, and the angle given adjacent thereto Acute; As also if the given side be greater than a Quadrant, and the given angle adjacent thereto be Obtuse. But it will be greater than a Quadrant, if the given side be greater than a Quadrant, and the given Angle adjacent thereto Acute; As also when the given side is less than a Quadrant, and the given Angle Obtuse. 14. To find the Hipotenusal Given a Side, and an angle Opposite thereto. If it be fore-known whether the Hipotenusal be greater or less than a Quadrant, or whether the other angle not given be Acute or Obtuse; Or lastly, whether the other side not given, be greater or less than a Quadrant. As the sine of the given angle: To Radius ∷ So sine of the given side: To the sine of the Hipotenusal As the Radius: To Cosecant of angle given ∷ So sine of the given side: To the sine of the Hopotenusal As Radius: To Cosecant given side ∷ So sine of the given angle: To Cosecant of the Hipotenusal As the sine of the given side: To Radius ∷ So sine of the given angle: To Cosecant of the Hipotenusal As Cosecant of given side: To Radius ∷ So Cosecant of the given angle: To sine of the Hipotenusal As Cosecant of the given angle: To Radius ∷ So the Cosecant of the given side: To Cosecant of the Hipotenusal The Hipotenusal found will be less than a Quadrant, if both the Oblique Angles be Acute or Obtuse, or if both the sides be greater or less than Quadrants. It will also be greater than a Quadrant, if one of the Oblique Angles be Acute, and the other Obtuse, or if one of the sides be less and the other greater than a Quadrant: 15. To find the Hipotenusal, Given both the sides, distinguished by the names of first and second. As Radius: To Cousin 1st side ∷ So Cousin 2d side: To Cousin of the Hipotenusal As Radius: To Secant 1st side ∷ So Secant 2d side: To Secant of the Hipotenusal As Secant 1st side: To Radius ∷ So Cousin of the 2d side: To Cousin Hipotenusal As Secant 2d side: To Radius ∷ So Cousin 1st side: To Cousin of the Hipotenusal As Cousin 1st side: To Radius ∷ So Secant 2d side: To Secant of the Hipotenusal As Cousin 2d side: To Radius ∷ So Secant 1 side: To the Secant of the Hipotenusal The Hipotenusal found will be less than a Quadrant, if both the Sides are less or greater; But otherwise, it will be greater, if one be less and the other greater. 16. To find the Hipotenusal. Given both the Oblique Angles, distinguished by the names of the first and second. As Radius: To Cotangent 1st angle ∷ So Cotangent 2d angle: To Cousin of the Hipot: As the tangent 1st angle: To Radius ∷ So Cotangent 2d angle: To Cousin of Hipoten: As tangent of 2d angle: To Radius ∷ So Cotangent 1st angle: To Cousin Hipotenusal As the Radius: To tangent 2d angle ∷ So tangent 1st angle: To Secant of the Hipot: As Cotangent 2d angle: To Radius: So tangent 1st angle: To Secant of the Hipotenus; As the Cotangent 1st angle: To Radius ∷ So Tangent 2d angle: To Secant Hipotenus: The Hipotenusal found will be less than a Quadrant, if both the Oblique angles be Acute or Obtuse, but greater if one of them be Acute, and the other Obtuse. I shall not spend time to show Examples of all these Cases, but shall only instance in an Example or two. In the Right angled Sphoerical Triangle P S N, let the side P N represent the Poles height, the side S P the Compliment of the Sun's declination, the side S N the Sun's Amplitude of rising from the North Meridian, the Angle S P N the time of Suns rising from Midnight, and the angle P S N the angle of the Sun's Position; and in it let there be given the side P N 51d 32′, and the side P S the Compliment of the Sun's Declination to find the angle S P N the time of the Suns rising; then in this Case there is given the Hipotenusal, and the side adjacent to the angle sought to find the said angle; and this is the 2d Case, whence the Proportion taken is, As Radius, To Cotangent of the Hipotenusal: So the Tangent of the given side, To the Cousin of the angle sought; and so the Proportion to find the time of Suns rising will be As the Radius, To the tangent of the Sun's declination: So the tangent of the Latitude, To the Sine of the time of Suns rising before 6 in Summer or after it in Winter, the Compliment whereof is the time of its rising from Midnight. Tangent 13d Sun's declination— 936336 Tangent 51d 32′ the Latitude— 1,009922 Sine 16d 53′—, 946328 the Compl: of which Ark is 73, 6, which converted into time shows that the Sun riseth in our Latitude when he hath 13d of North Declination at 52● and a half past 4 in the morning ferè. By the same Data we may find the Side S N the Sun's Amplitude of rising or setting, and this will agree with the 7 ●h Case; for here is given the Hipotenusal, and one of the Legs to find the other Leg the Proportion will be, As the Cousin of the given side: To Radius: So the Cousin of the Hipotenusal, To the Cousin of the side sought; that is in this Cass, As the Cousin of the Latitude, To Radius: So is the Sine of the Sun's Declination, To the Sine of his Amplitude from the East or West. Example, Logme. Sine 13d † Radius is— 1,935208 Sine 38d 28′— 979383 Sine 21d 12′— 955825 the Compliment whereof, viz 68d 48′ is the side S N sought, and this Proportion is of good use to obtain the Variation of the Compass at Sea by the Sun's Coast of rising; More Examples need not be given, the Reader may try over all the Cases by the Calculated Triangle annexed. Some may say here are more Proportions than needs, especially seeing there are no Logarithmical Tables of Secants; but Alterna amant Camenae, they have not hitherto been published in English; the Instruments to be treated of will have Secants; besides in some Cannons there are Tables of the Arithmetical Compliments of the Logarithmical Sins and Cosines, which augmented by Radius, are the Logarithmical Secants of the Compliments of those Arks to which they do belong; and for Instruments, especially Quadrants, a Proportion having Tangents or Secants many times cannot be Operated on the Quadrant without changing the Proportion, by reason those Scales cannot be wholly brought on, being infinite; Now the chief Grounds for varying Proportions, are built upon a few Theorems. 1. That the Rectangle or Product of a Tangent, and its Compliment is equal to the Square of the Radius, or which is all one, that the Radius is a mean Proportional between the Tangent of an Arch, and the Tangent of its Compliment, that is, As the Tangent of an Arch, To Radius: So Radius, To tangent of that Arks Compliment, And by Inversion. As the Cotangent of an Arch, To Radius: So Radius, To tangent of that Arch, that is, As the 4h term to 3d, So second to first. 2. That the Radius is a mean Proportional between the Sine of an Arch, and the Secant of that Arks Compliment. That is, As the Sine of an Arch, To Radius: So is the Radius, To Secant of that Arks Compliment, and the Converse. 3. That the Rectangles of all Tangents and their Compliments, being respectively equal to the Square of the Radius, are Reciprocally Proportional, That is, As the Tangent of an Arch or Angle: Is to the Tangent of another Arch or Angle: So is the tangent of the Compliment of the latter Arch: To the tangent of the Compliment of the former, And by varying the Second Term into the place of the Third, we may compare the Tangent of one Ark to the Cotangent of another, etc. that is, As the tangent of an Ark or Angle: Is to the Cotangent of another Ark ∷ So is the tangent of this latter Ark To the Cotangent of the former. 4. That the Sins of Arches, and the Secants of their Compliments are reciprocally proportional, that is, As the Sine of an Arch: To the Sine of another Arch or Angle: So is the Cosecant of the latter Arch, To the Cosecant of the former, And by changing the 2 and 3 Terms, a Sine may be compared with a Secant. Now hence to be directed to vary Proportions, observe that if 4 Terms or Numbers are Proportional, it is not material which of the two middle Terms be in the second or third place; for instance if it be, As 2 to 4 ∷ So is 3 to 6: It will also hold, As 2 to 3 ∷ So 4 to 6. Secondly, that when 4 Terms are in direct Proportion, if a question be put concerning a fifth Term not ingredient in the Proportion, it is not material whether the two former, or the two latter Terms be taken: As if it should be demanded; When 2 yards of Linen cost 4sh. What shall 8 yards? Answer, 16. It might as well be said, If 3 cost 6, What 8? Answer, 16. Hence then in any Proportion, if the two first Terms be, As the Tangent of an ark, To Radius, to bring the Radius into the first place, it may be said, As the Radius, Is to the Cotangent of that Ark, because there is the same Proportion between these two latter Terms, as between two former; Now in all the former Theorems, the two latter Terms consist either of the parts, or of the Compliments of the parts of the two former, whence it will not be difficult to vary any Proportion propounded. 1. From whence it will follow, that a Proportion wholly in Tangents may be changed into their Compliments without altering the Order of the Terms, and the Converse. If it were As Tangent 10d, To tang 20d: So tang 52d, To tan 69d 15′ It would also be, As tang 80d, To tan 70d: So tan 38d, To tan 20d 45′ 2. That if the two latter Terms of any Proportion being Tangents are only changed into their Compliments, it infers a Transportation of the first Term into the second place. That is in the first Example, As Tangle 20d, To Tangent 10d: So Tangent 38d, To Tangent 20d 45′. 3. That if the two former Terms of a Proportion being Tangents are changed into their Compliments, it likewise infers a changing of the third Term into the place of the fourth. And then if the fourth Term be sought, it will hold, As the second Term, To the first: So is the third Term, as at first propounded to the fourth. In the first Example, as tangent 70d to tangent 80d: So tang ●2 to tang 69d 15′. 4. That a Proportion wholly in Secants may be changed into a Proportion wholly in Sines, without altering the Order of the places, only by taking their Compliments, and the Converse. If it were, As Secant of 80 To Secant 70d ∷ So Secant 60d To Secant 10d It would also hold in Sines, As the Sine 10 to Sine 20d ∷ So the Sine of 30d To Sine 80d 5. That if the two latter Terms being Secants, should be changed into Sines, and the Converse, if they were Sines to be turned into Secants, it will be done only by taking their Compliments, but then must the second and first Terms change places one with another. If the Proportion were, As Sine 12d to Sine 42d ∷ So is the Secant of 36d to Secant of 75d 26′. It would also hold, As Sine 42d to Sine 12d ∷ So Sine of 54d to the Sine of 14d 34′. 6. That if the two former Terms of a Proportion in Secants, should be changed into Sines and the Converse; this would infer a changing of the fourth Term of that Proportion into the place of the Third: But the third Term not being that which is sought: The Rule to do it, would be to imagine the two first Terms to change places, and then to take their Compliments. If the Proportion were: As Secant of 39d to Secant of 75d 26′ So is the Sine of 12d to the Sine of 42d. It would also hold, As Sine 14d 34′, to Sine of 52d. So is the Sine of 12d, to the Sine of 42d. 7 Two Terms whether the former or latter in any Proportion being as a Sine to a Tangent, may be varied. For, As the Tangent of an Arch, To the Sine of another Arch: So is the Cosecant of the latter Arch, To the Cotangent of the former. And by transposing the Order of the Term. As a Sine, To a Tangent: So the Cotangent of the latter Arch, To the Cosecant of the former. This will be afterwards used in working Proportions on the Instrument, and there Instances shall be given of it. 8. Lastly, Observe that if 4 Terms or Numbers are Proportional, their Order may be so transposed, that each of those Terms may be the last in Proportion; and so of any 4 Proportional Terms, if there be given, the other that is unknown may be found, Thus, As first to second ∷ So third to fourth. As second to the first ∷ So the fourth to the third: As the third to the fourth:, So the first to the second. As the fourth, To the third ∷ So the second, To the first. Cases of Oblique Sphoerical Triangles. 1. TWo Sides together less than a Semicircle with the Angle comprehended given to find one of the other Angles. At two Operations they may be both found by a Proportion demonstrated in the late Trigonometry of the Learned Mr. Oughtred. As the Sine of half the sum of the sides, To Cotangent of half the contained angle: So the sine of half the difference of the sides, To the Tangent of half the difference of the other angles. Again, As the Cousin of half the sum of the sides, To Cotangent of half the contained angle: So the Cousin of half the difference of the sides, To the Tangent of half the sum of the other angles. Add the half difference to the half sum, and you have the greater Angle; but substracted from it, and there remains the lesser angle. If the sum of the two given Sides exceeds a Semicircle, the Opposite Triangle, must be resolved instead of that propounded. Here note that every Sphoerical Triangle hath opposite to each angular Point, another Triangle, having the side that subtends the said Angle common to both, and the angle opposite thereto equal, the other parts of it are the Compliments of the several parts of the former to a Semicircle. So if in the Triangle B C D there were given the sides B C, and C D with their contained Angle B C D to find the Angle C B D because these two sides are greater than a Semicircle, resolve the opposite Triangle C A D, in which there will be given C A, which may be the Compliment of the Latitude 38d 28″, and C D the Compliment of the Altitude 83d with the angle A C D, the Sun's Azimuth from the North 73d to find the angle C A D the hour from Noon. C A 38d: 28′ Sides, C D 83: 00 Sides, 121: 28′ sum 60: 44 half sum Logarithms Logarith. 44: 32 difference 22: 16 difference, Sine 957854 Cousin— 996634 36: 30 half the Angle 53: 30 Compliment, Tangle: 1013079 Idem— 1013079 1970933 2009713 Sine of 60d 44′ half sum 994069 Cousin 968919 Tangle: of 30d 24′ ½— 976864 tan 68d 39′ 1040794 Sum 99: 3 hour, in Time 36′ before 6 in the morning, or as much after it in the afternoon, difference 38d 15′ Angle of ☉ position. 2, Two Angles together less than a Semicircle with the side between them, alias, the Interjacent side, To find one of the other sides. This is but the Converse of the former to be performed at two Operations to get them both, and the Proportion thence applied by changing the sides into Angles. As the Sine of the half sum of the angles, To the Sine of half their difference: So is the Tangent of half the interjacent side, To the Tangent of half the difference of the other sides. Again. As the Cousin of the half sum of the angles, To the Tangent of half the interjacent side: So the Cousin of half their difference, To the Tangent of the half sum of the other sides. If half the difference of the sides be added to half the sum of the sides, it makes the greater side; but substracted from it, leaves the lesser. If the Sum of the two given Angles exceeds a Semicircle, then, as in the former Case, resolve the Opposite Triangle. So in the Triangle Z P ☉ if there were given the angle ☉ Z P, the Sun's Azimuth from the North 63d 54′, and the hour from Z P ☉ 105● in time 5 in the morning, or 7 in the evening, and the Compliment of the Latitude Z P 38d 28′, to find the Compliment of the Altitude Z ☉ 80d 31′, or the Compliment of the Declination ☉ P 66● 29′, two Operations finds both, and neither with less. Example. Angle Z P ☉— 105d, 00d P Z ☉— 63: 54 difference— 41d 6′ half difference— 20: 33 Sine— 954533 Cousin 997144 half the side Z P— 19: 14 Tangle— 954268 Idem 954268 Sum of the 〈…〉— 168: 54 1908801 1951412 half sum— 84: 27 Sine— 999796 Cousin 898549 Tangent— 7: 1′ 909005 ta 73● 30′ 1052863 73: 30 Sum— 80 31 the greater side Z ☉ Difference— 66 29 the lesser side ☉ P 3. Two sides with an Angle opposite to one of them given, To find the Angle opposite to the other, its Affection being fore-known. As the Sine of the side opposite to the angle given Is to the Sine of its Opposite angle: So is the sine of the side opposite to the angle sought, To the sine of its opposite angle. Here note, that the same Sine is common to an Arch, and to its Compliment to 180, if the Angle sought be foreknown to be Obtuse, subtract the Arch found from 180● and there remains the angle sought. Example. So in the former Triangle, if there were given the side ☉ P 66d 29′ the Compliment of the Declination with its opposite angle P Z ☉ 63d 54′, the Sun's Azimuth from the North, and the side Z ☉, the Compliment of the ☉ Altitude 80 31′, the Angle Z P ☉ the hour from Noon would be found to be 105. Sine 63d 54′— 995329 80 31— 999402 1994731 Sine 66d 29′— 9906234 Sine 75d— 998497 The Compliment of 75d is the angle sought, being 105d, and so much is the hour from Noon. In some Cases the Affection of the angle sought cannot be determined from what is given; Such Cases are, When the given Angle is Acute, and the opposite Side less than a Quadrant, and the adjacent or other Side greater than the opposite Side, and its Compliment to a Semicircle also greater than the opposite Side. Also when the given Angle is Obtuse, and the opposite Side greater than a Quadrant, and also greater than the other side, and greater than the Compliment of the said other Side to a Semicircle. In all other Cases the Affection of the Angle sought may be determined from what is given; in these it cannot without the help of the third side (or something else given) Where Cases are thus doubtful, there can be but a double answer, and both true; wherefore find the Acute Angle and its Compliment to 180d and the like answer give in Case 4 ●h, 5 ●h, 6th, 7th and 8th following. 4, Two Angles with a Side opposite to one of them being given, To find the Side opposite to the other, its Affection being foreknown. As the Sine of the angle opposite to the given side, Is to the Sine of the given Side: So is the Sine of the angle opposite to the side sought, To the Sine of the side sought. If the side sought be foreknown to be Obtuse, the Compliment of the Ark found to 180 will be the side sought. Example. So in the former Triangle, if there were given the angle at Z the Sun's Azimuth from the North 63d 54′, and the Compliment of the Sun's Declination ☉ P 66d 29′ with the hour from Noon Z P ☉ to find the Side Z ☉ the Compliment of the Sun's Altitude, it would be found to be 80d 31′, and the Altitude itself 9d 29′. Sine 66d 29′— 996234 Sine 105 that is of 75d is— 998497 1994731 Sine 63d 54′ is— 995329 Sine 80d 31′— 999402 In some Cases the Affection of the Side sought cannot be determined from what is given; Such Cases are, When the given Angle is Acute, and the opposite Side less than a Quadrant, and the other Angle greater than the former Angle, and its Compliment to a Semicircle also greater than the said former Angle. Also when the given Angle is Obtuse, and the opposite Side greater than a Quadrant, the other Angle being less than this Angle, and its Compliment to a Semicircle also less than this Angle: What Snellius hath spoke concerning these doubts, is in some Cases false, in others impertinent, however I conceive not that Learned Author mistakes, but the Supervisors after his death. In all other Cases the determination is certain, as may be hereafafter showed. 5. Two sides with an Angle opposite to one of them being given, To find the third side, the kind of the angle opposite to the other side being foreknown. First find the Angle opposite to the other side by 3d Case, and then you have two Sides and their opposite Angles. To find the third side by the Inverse of either of the Proportions used in the 2d Case, the former will be, As the Sine of half the difference of the angles given, To tangent of half the difference of the sides given: So is the sine of half the sum of those angles, To the tangent of half the side required. In the latter Case, if the sum of the given Angles exceed a Semicircle, the opposite Triangle must be resolved. Example. If in the former Triangle there were given the side ☉ P, the Compliment of the Declination 66d 29′ and angle ☉ Z P, the Azimuth from the North 63d 54′ with the side Z P, the Compliment of the Latitude 38d 28′, to find the side ☉ Z, the Compliment of the Sun's Altitude on the Proposed Azimuth: The first Operation will be to find the Sun's angle of Position Z ☉ P 37d 32′, which is always Acute when the Sun or Stars do not come to the Meridian between the Zenith and the elevated Pole. The said angle being found by the former Directions, we proceed to the second Operation. Sides 66 29 difference 28d 1′ half 14d 00′ 30′ Tangle— 939705 Sides 38 28 difference 28d 1′ half 14d 00′ 30′ Tangle— 939705 Angles 63 54 Sum 101d 26, half 50d 43 Sine— 988875 Angles 37 32 Sum 101d 26, half 50d 43 Sine— 988875 1928580 26 22 difference, half 13d 11′ Sine— 935806 Tangent of 40d 15′ 30″— 992774 doubled is 80d 31′ the side sought being the Compliment of the Sun's Altitude. 6. Two sides with an angle opposite to one of them being given, To find the angle included, or between them, the species of the opposite to the other side being foreknown. First find the angle Opposite to the other side by 3d Case, and then we have two angles and their opposite sides to find the other angle, by the Inverse of either of the Proportions used in the first Case, the former will be, As the sine of half the difference of the sides, To the Tangent of half the difference of the angles: So is the sine of half the sum of the sides. To the Cotangent of half the angle required; That is, to the Tangent of an Ark, whose Compliment is half the angle inquired. If the sum of the given sides be more than a Semicircle, in the resolution of this latter Case resolve the Opposite Triangle. Example. In the former Triangle given ☉ P Comple: Declination 66d 29′ Z P Comple: Latitude— 38 28 Angle ☉ Z P the Azimuth— 63 54 To find the hour Z P ☉— 105 The first operation will find the angle of Position as before 37 d 32′ The second Operation. half difference of the given angles 13 d 11 m Tangent— 936966 half sum of the side— 52, 28′, 30″ Sine— 989931 1926897 half difference of the sides 14 d 00′ 30″ Sine— 938393 Tangent 37 d 30′— 988504 Comple: is 52 30 doubled makes 105 d, the Angle sought. 7. Two Angles with a side opposite to one of them being given. To find the third Angle, the kind of the side opposite to the other Angle being foreknown. First find the side opposite to the other Angle by 4th Case, And then we have two angles, and their opposite sides to find the third angle; by transposing the order of either of the Proportions used in the first Case, the latter will be, As the Cousin of half the difference of the sides, To the Tangent of half the sum of the angles: So the Cousin of half the sum of the sides, To the Cotangent of half the contained angle. Example. In the Triangle Z ☉ P Data angle ☉— 37 d 32′ Angle P— 105 00 Side ☉ Z— 80 31 To find the angle Z— 63 54 The first Operation will find Z P— 38 28 The second Operation. half sum of the angles— 71 d 16′ Tangent— 1046963 half sum of the sides— 59 d 29′ 30″ Sine Compl:— 970558 2017521 half difference of the sides 21 d 1′ 30″ Cousin— 997007 Tangent 58d 3′— 1020514 Compl: 31d 57′ doubled is 63● 54′ the angle sought. 8. Two angles with a side Opposite to one of them being given, To find the Interjacent side, the kind of the side opposite to the other angle being fore known. First find the side opposite to the other angle by 4 Case, And then you have two sides, and their opposite angle given to find the 3 side by, tranposing the Order of either of the Proportions used in the 2d Case, the latter will be, As the Cousin of half the difference of the two angles, To the tangent of half the sum of the two sides: So the Cousin of half the sum of the two given angles, To the Tangent of half the third side. Example. In the former Triangle given the Hour angle at P 105d 00 Azimuth angle at Z 63 54 Compl Altitude Side Z ☉ 80 31 To find the Compl. of the Latitude the side Z P 38 28 The first Operation will find the side P ☉ 66● 29′ Second Operation. half the sum of the two sides 73d 30′ Tangent 1052839 half the sum of the two angles 84 27 Cousin 898549 1951388 half the difference of the two angles 20d 33′ Cousin 997144 Tangent of 19d 14′— 954244 Doubled is 38 28 the side sought These 6 last precedent Cases may be called the Doubtful Cases, because that three given terms are not sufficient Data to find one single answer without the quality of a fourth, which is demonstrated by Clavius, in Theodosium, and seeing it passes without due caution in our English Books, I shall insert it from him: LEt A D and A C be two equal sides including the angle D AC, and both of them less or greater than a Quadrant. Draw through the Points C and D, the arch of a great Circle C D, continue it, and draw thereunto another Arch or Side from A, namely A B, neither through the Poles of the Arch C D, nor through the Poles of the Arch A D, so that the angles B and B A D may not be right angles, nor the angle A D B, if then each of these sides A D A C be less than a Quadrant, the two angles C, and A D C will be Acute; and if these Arks be greater respectively than a Quadrant, the two angles C and A D C, will be Obtuse, whence it comes to pass that the angle A D B is Obtuse, when the angle A D C is Acute, and the contrary: Now forasmuch as the sides A C and A D are equal to each other, the other Data, viz. the side A B, and the angle at Bare common to both, for in each Triangle A B D, and A B C there is given two sides with the angle at B opposite to one of them; Now this is not sufficient Data to find the angle opposite to the other side, which may be either the acute angle at C, or the Obtuse angle ADB the Compliment thereof to a Semicircle: Nor to find the third side, which may be either B D, or the whole side B C, nor the angle included, which may be either B A D, or B A C, therefore in these 3 Cases we have required the quality of the angle opposite to the other given side A B, and though it be not so much observed; in the other Trigonometry, by Perpendiculars let fall, without the knowledge of the said angle it could not be determined whether the Perpendicular would fall with in or without the Triangle, nor whether the angle found in the first Case be the thing sought, or its Compliment to 180●, nor whether the angles or Segments found by 1st and 2d Operation in the other Cases are to be added together, or substracted from each other, to obtain the side or angle sought. So also two angles with a side opposite to one of them, are not sufficient Data to obtain a fourth thing in the said Triangle, without the affection of the side opposite to the other given angle. LEt A B and A C be two unequal sides containing the angle B A C both together equal to a Semicircle, one being greater, the other less than a Quadrant Draw through the Points B and C, the arch of a great Circle B C, continue it, and draw thereto from A another side AD; but not through the Poles of A C, nor through the Poles of B C, so that the angles D and C A D may not be right angles, nor the angle A C D a right angle; for if it were a right angle, the angle A B C whereto it is equal, should be also a right angle, and so the two sides A B and A C, by reason of their right angles at B and C should be equal, and be Quadrants contrary to the Supposition; Now the angles A C D and A B C being equal, which is thus proved: Suppose the two sides A B and B D to be continued to a Semicircle at E, then will the said angle be equal to its opposite angle at B, the side A C by supposition is equal to the side A E, the Compliment of the side A B to a Semicircle, but equal sides subtend equal angles, therefore the angle at C is equal to the angle at B or at E, which being admitted retaining the side A D and angle at D, we have another angle opposite thereto, either C or B, which are equal and common to both Triangles, and so if the side opposite to the given angle at D were sought, a double answer should be given, either the side A C, or the other side A B its Compliment to 180, and the interjacent side might be C D or B D, and the third angle the lesser angle C A D, or the greater B A D, which is not commonly animadverted. Two Sides with the Angle comprehended, to find the third Side. That the former Cases might be resolved without the help of Perpendiculars, hath been long since hinted by Mr Gunter, Mr Speidel, and Mr Gellibrand, but so obscurely that I suppose little notice was taken thereof; but this Case hath not hitherto been resolved by any man, to my knowledge, under two Operations with a Perpendicular let fall, working by Logarithms, unless by Multiplication and Division in the natural Numbers, which being the only Case left wherein we are to use Perpendiculars, I shall show how to shun both, with the joint use of the Natural and Logarithmical Tables, by a novel Proportion of my own, and illustrate the usefulness thereof by some Examples. Two Sides with the Angle comprehended, to find 3d Side. As the Cube of the Radius, To the Rectangle of the Sins of the comprehending sides: So is the Square of the Sine of half the angle contained, To half the difference of the Versed sins of the third side, and of the Ark of difference between the two including sides, Which half difference doubled, and added to the Versed Sine of the difference of the Legs or containing sides, gives the Versed Sine of the side sought. And if you will make the third Term the Square of the Sine of half the Compliment of the contained angle to 180d, you will find the half difference of the Versed Sins of the third side, and of the sum of the two including sides to be doubled and substracted from the Versed Sine of the said sum. But to apply the former to Logarithms. Double the Logarithmical Sine of half the angle given, & thereto add the Logarithms of the sins of the containing Sides, & from the left hand of the Sum, Subtract 3 for the Cube of the Radius, so rests the Logarithm of half the difference of those two Versed Sins above. And if instead of the second Term be taken into the Proportion, the double of the Rectangle of the Sins of the containing Sides; that is, if the Logarithm of the Number 2 be added to the Logm of the other middle Terms, you will have the Logarithm of the whole Difference in the last place; having found it, take the Number that stands against it, either in the Natural Sins or Tangents, and accordingly add it to the Natural Versed Sine of the Difference of the Legs, and the sum is the natural Versed Sine of the side sought. This is the Inverse of the 4h Axiom, used when 3 sides are given to find an angle, and will be of great use to Calculate the Distances of Stars by having their Declinations and right Ascensions, or Longitudes and Latitudes given, by means whereof the Altitudes of two of them, or of the Sun with the difference of time, or Azimuth, being observed at any time off the Meridian, the Latitude may be found, as also for Calculating the distances of places in the Arch of a great Circle, all of them Propositions of good use in Navigation; as for the latter it hath hitherto been delivered in our English Books doubtfully, erroneously, or not sufficiently for all Cases, the Rules delivered being only true in some Cases, and doubtful in most, not determining whether the side sought be greater or less than a Quadrant. The Reader may observe how necessary it is to have such Tables, as have the natural Sins and Versed Sins, etc. standing against the Logarithmical Sins, for this and other following Proportions discovered by myself for the easy calculating a Table of hours and Azimuths to all Altitudes, as also a Tables of Altitudes to all hours; but as yet there are none such made as have the Versed Sins, but will in due time be added to Mr. Gellibrands Tables; in the interim it may be noted, that the Residue of the Natural Sine of an Ark from Radius called its Arithmetical Compliment, is the Versed Sine of that Arks Compliment; thus the natural Sine of 40d is 6427876 substracted from Radius, rests 3572124, the Versed Sine of 50 d. And for Arks above 90 d we need no natural Versed Sins, because the natural Sine of any Arks excess above 90 d added to the Radius is equal to the Versed Sine of the said Ark, thus the Sine of 40 d augmented by the Radius is equal to the Versed Sine of 130 d and is 16427876 Example of this Case. In the Triangle ☉ Z P let there be given the side ☉ Z, the Compliment of the Altitude 70 d 53′ and the side Z P the Compliment of the Latitude 38d d 28 n with the angle ☉ Z P 145 d the Sun's Azimuth from the North, to find the side ☉ P, the Sun's distance from the Elevated Pole. Sine 38 d 28 m— 97938317 Sine 70 53— 99753646 Sine 72 30 Log ᵐ doubled 199588390 Natural Sine against 97280353 it doubled is 10691964 Natural V Sine of 32d d 25 m the difference of the sides— 1558280 The Versed Sine of 103 d the— 12250244 side sought, and therefore the Sun hath 13 d of South declination. Another Example of this Case for Calculating the Sun's Altitude on all hours. As the Cube of the Radius, To the double of the Rectangle of the Cosines, both of the Latitude, and of the Sun's declination. So is the Square of the Sine of half the hour from noon, To the difference of the Sins of the Sun's Meridian Altitude, and of the Altitude sought. This Canon will find two Altitudes at one Operation, and will have very little trouble in it, the double Rectangle, that is the second term of the Proportion, being fixed for that Declination. Add the Logarithms of the Number two, and of the Cosines of the Declination and Latitude together the sum may be called the fixed Logarithm. Double the Logarithm of the Sine of half the hour from noon, and add it to the fixed Logarithm the sum rejecting 3 towards the left hand, for the Cube of the Radius is the Logarithm of the difference: Take the natural Sine that stands against it, and subtract it from the natural Sine of the Meridian Altitude, both for the Winter and Summer Declination, and there remains the natural Sins of the Altitudes sought. If this difference cannot be substracted from the Sine of the Meridian Altitude, it argues the Sun hath no Altitude above the Horizon in this Case subtract that from this, and there will remain the Natural Sine of the Sun's Altitude for the like hour from midnight in Summer. Example. Let it be required to Calculate the Sun's Altitude when he hath 23d 31m m both of North and South Declination for our Latitude of London at 2 and 5 a Clock in the afternoon, or which is all one for the hours of 10 and 7 in the morning. Sine 38d 28m m Compl Latitude— 97938317 Sine of 66 29m m Compl Declination— 99623428 Logarithm of Number 2 is— 03010300 Fixed Number— 200572045 Logm of Sine of 15d, doubled— 188259924 Nearest natural Sine against it, 761900— 88831969 61d 59m m Summer Meridian Altitude Natural Sine— 8828110 Subtract— 761900 the difference before found Rests— 8066210 the natural Sine of 53d 46′ the Summer Altitude for the hours of 10 and 2 14d 57m m Winter Meridian Altitude Nat Sine— 2579760 Subtract the former difference— 761900 Rests the Natural Sine of 10d 27 m the— 1817860 Winter Altitude for the hours of two and ten. The same day for the Altitude of 5 and 7. Fixed number— 200572045 Sine of 37d 30m m Logm doubled— 195688942 Natural Sine against it 4226183— 96260987 Winter Meridian Altitude, as before Sine 2579760 Rests— 1646423 the natural Sine of 9d 29m m Summer Altitude for 5 in the morning, or 7 in the evening. Natural Sine. Summer Meridian Altitude, as before— 8828110 The former difference— 4226183 Rests the Natural Sine of 27d 24 m— 4601927 The Summer Altitude for 7 in the morning, or 5 in the afternoon. The former Case may also be performed at two Operations by help of a Perpendicular supposed, without the help of Natural Tables. 1. If both Sides are equal, As the Radius, To the sine of the Common side: So the Sine of half the Angle, To the Sine of half the side sought. 2. If one of the sides be a Quadrant, this by continving the other side to a Quadran (as shall afterwards be showed) will become a Case of right angled Sphoericala Triangles, in which besides the right angle, instead of the quadrantal side, there will be given a Leg, and its adjacent angle to find the other angle by 4 Case of right angled Sphoerical Triangles; and so if the angle included were 90d it would be a Case of right angled Sphoerical Triangles, in which besides the right angle, there would be given both the Legs or Sides to find the Hipotenusal. 3. In all other Cases one or both of the including Sides being less than Quadrants, it will hold, As the Radius, To the Cousin of the angle included: So the tangent of the lesser side, To the tangent of a fourth Ark, If the angle included, be less than 90d subtract the 4 ●h Ark from the other side; but if it be more from the other sides Compliment to 180d, The remainder is called the Residual Ark. Then, As the Cousin of the 4th Ark, To the Cousin of the Ark remaining: So the Cousin of the lesser side, To the Cousin of the side sought. The side sought may be greater than a Quadrant, and so be doubtful, but we may determine, That when the Legs are of the same kind, and the angle comprehended Acute, the side sought is less than a Quadrant. And when the Legs or containing Sides are of a different kind, and the angle comprehended Obtuse, the side sought is greater than a Quadrant. Or it may be determined from the affection of the Residual Ark in all Cases. When the contained angle is acute, and the residual Ark more than 90d, or when the said angle is Obtuse, and the residual Ark less than a Quadrant, the side sought is greater than a Quadrant, in all other Cases less. Example. In the Triangle ☉ Z P, let there be given Z P, and ☉ Z with the angle at Z, to find the side ☉ P, the Sun's distance from the Elevated-Pole. angle included 145d Logm Or, 35 Compl 55d Sine— 99133645 Tangent of 38 28′ lesser side— 99000865 Tangent 33d, 3′— 98134510 Compl ☉ P to 180d is 109 7 The Ark remaining or differ: 76d 4 m Cousin— 93816434 Lesser side— 51 32 Cousin— 98937452 192753886 Ark found— 33d 3 m Cousin— 99233450 Sine 13— 93520436 The Compliment hereof 77 d should be the side fought, but because the angle was Obtuse, and the residual Ark less than a Quadrant, the side sought is greater, and therefore 103 d the Compliment hereof is the side sought. This Case & the Converse of it being the next Case, I have thus settled to apply the to Logarithmical Tables only, in Case the natural ones were wanting, being all the other Cases are thereto fitted; and as the trouble about the Cadence of a Perpendicular is here shunned, without so much as the name of it; so may it be done in all the rest of the Oblique Cases, which I had so fitted up for my own use; but forbear to trouble the Reader with them, apprehending these to be better, and that he would not willingly Calculate for a portion of an angle, or a Segment of a Side, in order to the finding out the thing sought, when with as little trouble he may come by it, and yet Calculate always either for a side or an angle, one of the six principal parts of the Triangle. Otherwise for Instruments. As the Diameter, To the difference of the Versed Sins of the sum, and of the difference of any two sides, including an Angle. Or, As the Cosecant of one of the including Sides, Is to the Sine of the other side: So is the Versed Sine of the angle included. To the difference of the Versed Sins of the Ark of difference between the two including Sides, and of the third side sought, Which difference added to the Versed Sine of the difference of the Legs, makes the Versed Sine of the side sought. And so is the Versed Sine of the contained angles Compliment to 180d To the difference of the Versed Sins of the sum of the Legs, and of the side sought, which substracted from the Versed Sine of the said sum, there remains the Versed sine of the side sought, Here note, that the same Versed Sine is common to an Ark greater than 180 d, and to its Compliment to 360 d, So the Versed Sine of 200 d is also the Versed Sine of 160 d. The Proportions delivered for Instruments having such Tables as before hinted, will not be so unsuitable to the Logarithms as commonly reputed. Example for Calculating the distance of two places in the Arch of a great Circle, otherwise then according to the general Cannon before delivered. As the Secant of one of the Latitudes, To the Cousin of the other, So the Versed Sine of the difference of Longitude, To the difference of the Versed Sins of these two Arks, The one the Ark of distance sought, the other the Ark of difference between both Latitudes, when in the same Hemisphere, or the sum of both Latitudes when in different Hemispheres, which difference added to the Versed Sine of this latter Ark, the sum is the versed Sine of the distance, By turning the Substraction to be made of the first Term into an Addition, the two first Terms of the Proportion will be, As the Square of the Radius, To the Rectangle of the Cosines of both the Latitudes: Then for the third Term being the difference of Longitude, take the natural Versed Sine thereof, and seek that Number in the natural Tangents, and that Logarith Tangent that stands against it take into the Proportion instead of the Logarithm of the Versed Sine proposed. Admit it were required to find the Distance between London and Bantam, in the Arch of a great Circle. Logme Bantam Longitude 140 d Latitude 5 d 40′ South Cousin 9,9978725 London Longitude 25, 50 Latitude 51, 32 North Cousin 9,7938317— difference of Long 114 d 10′ Nat V Sine 14093923 equal to the natural Tangent of 54 d 38′ ½ nearest Logm 10,1489900 Natural Sine 8723538 against it— 2 9940694 not Versed Sine of 57 d 12′ the sum of both Latitudes 4582918— Sum— 13306456 the natural Versed Sine of 109 d 18′ 30″ the Ark of distance sought. And if to the said difference, namely— 8723538 Be added the natural Versed Sine of the difference of both Latitudes, namely the V Sine of 45 d 52′— 3036695— The sum being the natural V Sine of 100 d 8′ 30″ is— 11760233 the distance of two places, having the same Latitudes, and difference of Longitude, but are both in the same Hemisphere. Here note, that no two places can have above 180 d difference of Longitude, therefore in differencing the two Longitudes if the remainder be more take its Compliment to 360 d. The Compliments of these two distances, namely 70 d 41′ 30″ and 79 d 51′ 30″ are the distances of two places of the same Latitudes considered as in different Hemispheres, their difference of Longitude being 65 d 50′ the Compliment of the former, and two places in a such Position compared with their former Positions may be apprehended to be Diametrically opposite upon the Globe, as thus, Bantam having 5d 40′ South Latitude, let another place have as much North Latitude, the difference of Longitude between them 180 d and consequently so much their distance; now whatever be the distance between Bantam and the third place, the Compliment of it to 180 d shall be the distance between the two other places. 10. Two angles with the Interjacent side given. To find the 3d angle, the proportion derived from the former Case by changing the angles into sides, and holds without any such change supposed is, As the Cube of the Radius, To the double of the Rectangle of the Sins of the two given angles: So is the Square of the Sine of half the given side, To the difference of the Versed Sins of these two Arks, the one is the angle sought, the other the Ark of difference between one of the including angles, and the Compliment of the other to a Semicircle, which difference added to the Versed Sine of this Ark gives the Versed Sine of the angle sought. How to work this by Tables need not be showed after the Logm of the difference is got, if it be less than the Radius, it may be sought either in the Sins or Tangents, and the natural Sine or Tangent that stands against it and comes nearest taken; but when it exceeds the Radius always seek it in the Tangents, and take the natural Tangent that stands against it, which difference so found, is to be added to the Versed Sine of the difference of the Legs to obtain the Versed Sine of the angle sought. Otherwise for Tables the common way by a supposed Perpendicular 1. If both the angles are equal, As the Radius. To the Sine of the angle given: So the Cousin of half the given Side, To the Cousin of half the angle sought. In all other Cases not belonging to right angled Triangles if one or both of the given angles be Acute, it holds, As the Radius, To Cousin of the interjacent side: So the Tangent of the lesser angle, To the Tangent of a 4● ʰ Ark. If the interjacent side be more than 90d subtract the 4●h h Ark from the other angle; but if less than 90d, subtract the 4● ʰ Ark from the other angel's Compliment to 180d, noting the residual Ark. Then, As the Cousin of the 4th Ark, To the Cousin of the Ark remainmaining: So the Cousin of the lesser angle, To the Cousin of the angle sought. When the interjacent side is less than a Quadrant, and the residual Ark more, or when the interjacent side is greater than a Quadrant, and the residual Ark less, the angle sought is Obtuse, in all other Cases Acute. In the Triangle ☉ Z P let there be given The angle of Position at ☉— 21d 28′ The hour from noon angle at P— 33 47 And the side ☉ P the Sun's distant from the elevated Pole— 103 00 To find his Azimuth the angle ☉ Z P Sine 13 d the Compliment of the interjacent side— 93520880 Tangent 21 d 28′ the lesser angle— 95946561 Tangent of 5 d 3′— 89467441 The other angle— 33 47 The difference being the residual ark 28 44 Cousin— 99429335 Lesser angle— 21 28 Cousin— 99687773 199117108 Ark first found— 5d 3′ Cousin— 99983109 Sine 55 d— 99133999 The Compliment whereof 35 d in this Case is not the angle sought, but the residue hereof from a Semicircle 145 d is the angle sought being Obtuse, because the interjacent side is greater than a Quadrant, and the residual Ark less; the residual Ark in Operation if greater than a Quadrant, take its Compliment to 180 d, because there are no Sins to Arks above a Quadrant, and then the Compliment of this Ark to 90d is the Compliment of the residual Ark the Sine whereof must be taken for the Cousin of the residual Ark. Otherwise for Instruments. As the Diameter, To the difference of the Versed Sins of the sum and difference of the two including angles, Or, As the Cosecant of one of those angles, Is to the Sine of the other, So the Versed Sine of the interjacent side, To the difference of the Versed Sine of an Ark left by substracting one of the including angles from the Compliment of the other to a Semicircle, and of the angle sought, which difference added to the Versed Sine of the said Ark, gives the Versed Sine of the angle sought, And so is the Versed Sine of the interjacent sides Compliment to 180 d, To the difference of the Versed Sins of an Ark made by adding one of the including angles to the Compliment of the other to a Semicircle, and of the angle sought, which substracted from the Versed Sine of the said Ark, leaves the versed sine of the angle sought. 11. Three Sides to find an Angle. The two sides including the angle sought are called Legs, and the third side the Base. As the Rectangle or Product of the Sins of the half sum of the three sides and of the difference of the Base therefrom. Is to the Square of the Radius: So is the Rectangle of the sins of the differences of the Legs from the said half sum, To the Square of the Tangent of half the angle sought. And by changing the third Term into the place of the first, As the Rectangle of the Sins of the differences of the Legs from the half sum of the 3 sides, Is to the Square of the Radius: So the Rectangle of the Sins of the half sum of the three sides, and of the difference of the Base therefrom, To the Square of the Tangent of an Ark, whose Compliment doubled is the angle sought, or this Ark doubled is the Compliment of the angle sought to 180 d, or it might be expressed, To the Square of the Cotangent of half the angle sought. Otherways in Sines. As the Rectangle of the Sins of the containing Sides or Legs, Is to the Square of the Radius; So the Rectangle of the Sins of the differences of the Legs from the half sum of the three sides, To the Square of the Sine of half the angle sought. Or the Cousin may be found. As the Rectangle of the Sins of the containing sides, Is to the Square of the Radius: So the Rectangle of the Sins of the half sum of the 3 sides, and of the difference of the Base therefrom, To the Square of the Cousin of half the angle sought. These two latter Proportions are demonstrated in the Treatises of the Lord Napier, Mr Oughtred, Mr Norwood, and are those from whence I shall educe the Demonstrations of the rest. To work the third Proportion that finds the Square of the Sine of half the angle. To the Arithmetical Compliments of the Logarithms of the sins of the containing Sides or Legs add the Logarithmical Sins of the differences of the said Legs from the half sum of the three Sides, the half sum of these four Numbers will be the Logarithm of the sine of half the angle sought. In the Triangle ☉ Z P, Data, the three Sides to find the angle a P the hour from noon. 80 d 31′ Base 66 29 Legs— Are comp, 0376572 38 28 Legs— Are comp, 2061683 Sum-185, 28 difference of the Legs half-92 44 from half sum— 26d 15′ Sine 9,6457058 54, 16 Sine 9,9094190 Sum— 19,7989503 Sine of 52 d 30′ half— 9,8994751 doubled 105, the angle at P sought. The Arithmetical Compliment of a Logarithm, is the residue of that Logarithm from the next bigger Number, consisting of an Unite and cyphers. Otherwise for Instruments. As the difference of the Versed Sins of the sum, and of the difference of any two sides including an angle, Is to the Diameter, Or, As the sine of one of the said sides, To the Secant of the Compliment of the other. So is the difference of the Versed Sins of the third side, and of the Ark of difference between the two including sides, To the Versed Sine of the angle sought. And so is the difference of the Versed Sins of the third, and of the sum of the two including sides, To the versed Sine of the sought angles Compliment to 180d. 12. Three Angles to find a Side. The work here for the Canon or Tables, will be by changing the Angles into Sides, the general Rule for changing all the parts of a Triangle, is to draw a new Triangle, and let the angles be wrote against their Opposite sides, and these against those, only taking the Compliments of the greatest Angle, and greatest side opposed thereto to 180 d, this for most convenience that the sides or angles of the new framed Triangle may not be too large, and so cause recourse to the Opposite Triangle, otherwise the Compliments of any side and its opposite angle to 180 d▪ might as well have been taken. But for this Case, seeing there are only angles to be changed into sides, take the Compliment of the greatest angle to 180 d and proceed as if there were three sides given to find an angle. But the Proportion in Versed Sins, etc. without any such change will be, As the difference of the Versed Sins of the sum, and of the difference of any two angles adjacent to the side sought. Is to the Diameter, Or, As the Sine of one of the said angles, Is to the Cosecant of the other: So is the difference of the Versed Sins of the third or Opposite angle, and of an Ark left by substracting one of the including angles from the Compliment of the other to a Semicircle, To the Versed Sine of the side sought. And so is the difference of the Versed Sins of the third angle, and of an Ark made by adding one of the including Angles to the Compliment of the other to a Semicircle. To the Versed Sine of the sought sides Compliment to 180d. Thus having finished the Cases, it is to be intimated that the Proportions here used in Versed Sins are variously demonstrated in divers Writers, but in most the latter part for finding the Compliment of an angle to 180d, is quite omitted, those that have demonstrated the former part, do it in these terms following. As the Rectangle of the sins of the containing sides, Is to the Square of the Radius: So is the difference of the Versed Sins of the Base, or third Side, and of the Ark of difference between the two including sides, To the Versed Sine of the angle sought, which the Reader may see in Lansberg, Regiomantanus, Snellius, Pitiscus, and the learned Clavius, who makes 15 Cases, and twice as many Schemes, to demonstrate this part of it. I shall only show how it may be inferred from the common Proportions in use fitted to the Tables demonstrated by the Lord Napier, Mr Oughtred, Mr. Norwood. We have two Proportions delivered in Rectangles and Squares the one for finding an angle, the other to find its Compliment to 180d. The two first terms are the Proportion between the Rectangle of the Sins of the containing sides, and the Square of the Radius; these two terms being divided by the Sine of one of those sides, the Quotient will be the Sine of the other, if the same Divisor divide the Square of the Radius, the Quotient will be the Secant of the Compliment of the Ark belonging to the Divisor, because, As the Sine of an Ark, To Radius, So is the Radius, To the Secant of that Arks Compliment; But if any common Divisor divide any two Terms of a Proportion, the Dividends will be Acquimultiplex to the Quotients; and therefore by the Quotients will bear such Proportion each to other as the Dividends, and therefore it holds, As the Rectangle of the Sins of the containing sides, Is to the Square of the Radius: So is the Sine of one of those sides, To the Secant of the Compliment of the other. Again, for the third Term, to find an angle it is proposed. So is the Restangle of the Sins of the differences of the Legs from the half sum of the three sides. Or which is all one, So is the Rectangle of the Sins of the half sum, and half difference of the Base or third side, and of the Ark of difference between the two including sides, To the Square of the Sine of half the angle sought, And so to find the Compliment of an angle to 180 d. So is the Rectangle of the Sins of the half sum of the three sides, and of the difference of the third side or Base therefrom, Or which is equivalent thereto, So is the Rectangle of the Sins of the half sum, and half difference of the Base or third side, and of the sum of the two including sides, To the Square of the Sine of an Ark, which doubled is the Compliment of the angle sought to 180 d, or the Compliment of that Arch to a Quadrant doubled, is the angle sought. The former of these two expressions of the third Term of the Proportion, as being the more facile for memory is now retained; but the latter, (formerly used, and now rejected) agrees best with the Proportion, as applied to Versed Sins, for the inferring whereof note, that such Proportion, As the difference of two Versed Sines beareth to another Versed Sine, the same Proportion doth the half difference of those Versed Sins, bear to half the Versed Sine of that other Arch: But that is the same that the Rectangle of the Sins of the half sum and half difference of any two Arks doth bear to the Square of the Sine of half that other Arch, which will be thus inferred, because if the said Rectangle and Square be both divided by Radius, the two Quotients will be the half difference of the versed Sins of the two Arks proposed, and half the versed Sine of the 4 ●h Arch. That the Sins of the half sum and half difference of any two Arks are mean Proportionals between the Radius and the half difference of the Versed Sins of those Arks is demonstrated in Mr Gellibrands Trigonometry in Octavo, that is, As the Radius, To the Sine of half the sum of any two arks: So is the sine of half the difference of those two arks, To half the difference of the versed sins of those two arks, and therefore the said Rectangle divided by Radius, the Quotient is half the difference of the versed sins of the two Arks. And that the Sine of any Arch is a mean Proportional between the Radius and half the versed Sine of twice that Arch, That is, As the Radius, Is to the sine of an Arch: So the sine of that Arch, To half the versed sine of twice that Arch, and therefore the Square of the sine of any Arch divided by Radius, the Quotient is the half versed sine of twice that Arch; whence the Rule to make a Cannon of whole Logarithmical versed sins is to take half the arch proposed, and to the Logarithm thereof doubled, or twice wrote down, to add the Logarithm of the number two, and from the sum to subtract the Radius. We have before inferred, that As the Rectangle of the sins of the containing sides, Is to the Square of the Radius: So is the sine of one of those sides, To the Secant of the Compliment of the other, and that by dividing those two Plains by one of those sides; but if we divide the said two Plains, viz. the Rectangle of the sins of the containing sides, and the Square of the Radius, by the Radius as a common Divisor, the latter Quotient will be the Radius, and the former the half difference of the versed sins of those Arks whereof the two containing sides are the half sum and the half difference; but those Arks are found by adding the half difference to the half sum to get the greater, and substracting it therefrom to get the lesser; Which is no other than to get the sum and difference of the two containing sides, it therefore holds, As the Rectangle of the sins of the containing sides, Is to the Square of the Radius, Or, As the sine of one of those sides, To the Secant of the Compliment of the other: So is the half difference of the versed sins of the sum and difference of those two sides to the Radius, And by consequence so is the whole difference to the Diameter, and this being admitted the whole Proportion in all its parts may be inferred from Mr Daries Book of the Uses of a Quadrant, where he demonstrates, That, As the difference of the versed Sins of the sum and difference of any two sides including an angle, Is to the Diameter: So is the difference of the versed sins of the third side, and of the Ark of difference between the two including sides, To the versed sine of the angle sought, in that Scheme it lies, As M S, To G H: So is M P, To H C. And I further add, As M S, To G H: as before, So is P S, To G C. that is, retaining the two first Terms of the Proportion, the same it holds for the third and fourth Term. So is the difference of the versed sins of the third side, and of the sum of the two including sides, To the versed sine of the sought angles Compliment to 180d. Now from these Proportions thus Demonstrated, are inferred those others that give the answer in the Squares of Tangents, in order whereto observe, That if 4 Numbers are Proportional, their Squares are also Proportional (quamvis non in eadem rations) so that any three of those Squares being given, the Square of the 4th will be found by direct Proportion, and the Proportion for making a Table of Natural Tangents from the Tables of natural sins is, As the Cousin of an Ark, To the sine of the said Ark: So is the Radius, To the Tangent of the said Ark. It will therefore hold by 22 Prop. of 6h Book of Euclid, As the Square of the Cousin of an Ark, Is to the Square of its sine: So is the Square of the Radius, To the Square of its Tangent, Now from the two Demonstrated Proportions for the Tables, the two first Terms are common to both, and therefore there is the like Proportion between the two latter Terms of the first Proportion, and the two latter in the second, as between the two latter, and the two former in each Proportion: Now because the latter Proportion finds the Square of the Cousin, and the former the Square of the Sine of the same Ark, it is inferred that the third term in the latter Proportion, bears such Proportion to the third Term in the former Proportion, as the Square of the Cousin of an Ark, doth to the Square of its Sine, which is the same that the Square of the Radius bears to the Square of the Tangent of the said Ark, it therefore holds when three sides of a Spherical Triangle, are given to find an angle. As the Rectangle of the Sins of the half sum of the three sides, and of the difference of the Base therefrom, Is to the Rectangle of the Sins of the differences of the Legs therefrom: So is the Square of the Radius, To the Square of the Tangent of half the angle sought, and by changing the 2d Term into the place of the first. As the Rectangle of the sins of the differences of the Legs from the half sum of the 3 sides, Is to the Rectangle of the sins of the half sum of the three sides, and of the difference of the Base therefrom: So is the Square of the Radius, To the Square of the Cotangent of half the angle sought. These Proportions are published in order to their Application to the Serpentine Line, which will be accommodated for the sudden operating of any of them; the Axioms to be remembered are not many, the Reader will meet with their Demonstration and Application in Mr Newtons' Trigonometry now in the Press, and said to be near finished: The four Proportions in plain Triangles, when three sides are given to find an angle without the Cadence of Perpendiculars are demonstrated in the 27 Section of the late Miscellanies of Francis van Schooten. The Construction of divers Instruments will require a Table of the Sun's Altitudes to the Hour and Azimuth assigned; And for the Accurate bounding in of the Lines, it may be a Table of Hours and Azimuths to any Altitude assigned; for the easy Calculating whereof, I am desired for the ease and benefit of the Trade, to render this part of Calculation as facile as I can, and therefore shall handle it the more largely. To Calculate a Table of Hours to all Altitudes in all Latitudes. The 1. Proportion shall be to find the Sun's Altitude in Summer, or Depression in Winter at the hour of 6. As the Radius, To the sine of the Latitude: So the sine of the Declination, To the sine of the Altitude or Depression sought This remains fixed for all that day the Sun's Declination supposed not to vary, and then it holds, As the Cousin of the Declination, To the Secant of the Latitude: So in Summer is the difference in Winter the sum of the sins of the Sun's Altitude proposed, and of his Altitude or Depression at 6 To the sine of the hour from 6 towards noon in Winter, and in Summer also, when the given Altitude is greater than the Altitude of 6, but when it is less towards midnight. This Proportion also holds for Calculating the Horary distance of any Star from the Meridian. In like manner to Calculate the Azimuth. As the sine of the Latitude, To sine of the Declination: So is the Radius, To the side of the Sun's Altitude or Depression in the prime Vertical, that is, being East or West. This remains fixed for one day. Then, As the Cousin of the Altitude, To the Tangent of the Latitude: So in Summer is the difference, and in Winter the sum of the sins of the Sun's Altitude proposed, and of his Vertical Altitude or Depression, To the sine of the Azimuth towards noon Meridian in Winter and in Summer also, when the given Altitude is greater than the Vertical Altitude or Depression, but when it is less towards Midnight Meridian. This Proportion is general either for Sun or Stars, when the Declination is less than the Latitude of the place; But when it is more, say as before, As the sine of the Latitude, To the sine of the Declination: So is the Radius, To a fourth we may call it a Secant. Again. As Cousin Altitude, To the Tangent of the Latitude: So in declinations towards the Depressed Pole is the sum; but towards the Elevated Pole the difference of this Secant, and of the sine of the Sun or Stars Altitude, To the sine of the Azimuth from the Vertical towards the noon Meridian. Before Application be made, the latter part of these Proportions being of my own peculiar Invention, and of very great use both for Calculation, and Instrumentally, it will be necessary to demonstrate the same. For the Hour from the Analemma. Having in the Scheme annexed drawn the Equator and Horizon, the two pricked Lines passing through the Centre, as also the Prime Vertical and Axis, the two straight Lines passing through the same. Let I X and L M represent two Parallels of Declination on each side the Equator, and O X a Parralel of the Sun's Altitude in Summer, and P Q of his Depression in Winter, at the hour of 6, because these Parallels pass through the Intersection of the Parallels of Declination with the Axis. Let R S be a Parralel of Altitude after 6, and T V a Parralel of Altitude before it; from the Intersections of these Parallels of Altitude with the Parallels of Declination let fall Perpendiculars on the Parallels of the Sun's Altitude or Depression at 6, and then we shall have divers right Lined right angled Triangles Constituted in which we shall make use of the Proportion of the sins of angles to their opposite sides an Axiom of common demonstration. In the Triangle A F E, As the sine of the angle at F the Radius, To its Opposite side A E, the sine of the Declination: So the sine of the Latitude the angle at E to A F, the sine of the Sun's Altitude at 6. Again in the two Opposite Triangles A B C, the smaller before the greater after 6. As the Cousin of the Latitude the sine of the angle at A, To its Opposite side B, C, the difference of the sins of the Sun's Altitude at 6, and of his proposed Altitude: So is the Radius sine of the angle at B, To C A, the sine of the hour from 6 in the Parralel of Declination in the lower Triangle before, in the upper after 6. So in the Winter or lower Triangle A B D C. As Cousin of the Latitude sine of the angle at A, To B C, the sum of the sins of the Sun's Depression at 6 B D, and of his given Altitude D C: So is the Radius the sine of the angle at B, To A C, the sine of the hour from 6 towards noon in the Parralel of Declination, The sine of the hour thus found in a Parralel, is to be reduced by another Analogy to the common Radius, and that will be, As the Radius of the Parralel I A, the Cousin of the Declination, Is to the common Radius E A: So is any other sine in that Parralel. To the sine of the said Arch to the common Radius. Now it rests to be proved that both these Analogies may be reduced into one, and that will be done by bringing the Rectangle of the two middle Terms of the first Proportion with the first Term under them as an improper Fraction to be placed as a single Term in the second Proportion, being in value the answer found in the Parralel, and then we have the Rule of three to Operate as it were in whole Numbers and mixed. The Proportion will run, As the Cousin of the Declination, To Radius: So the said Improper Fraction▪ To the Answer. and so proceeding according to the Rules of Arithmetic. The Divisor will be the Rectangle of the Cousin of the Declination, and of the Cousin of the Latitude, one of the middle Terms would be the Square of the Radius, and the other the former sum or difference. Now if any two Terms of a Proportion be divided by a common Divisor, the Dividends being Equimultiplex to the Quotients, the Quotients bear the same mutual Proportion as the Dividends by 18● Propos. 7 Euclid. So in this instance if the Rectangle of the Cosines both of the Latitude and of the Declination be divided by one of those Terms, the Quotient will be the other, and if the Square of the Radius be divided by the Sine of an Arch, the Quotient will be the Secant of that Arks Compliment; So in the present Example, if the former Rectangle be divided by the Cousin of the Latitude▪ the Quotient is the Cousin of the Declination, if the Square of the Radius be divided by the same Divisor, the Quotient is the Secant of the Latitude, likewise if both those Plains were divided by the Cousin of the Declination, the Quotients would be the Cousin of the Latitude, and the Secant of the Declination, it therefore holds, As the Cousin of the Declination, To the Secant of the Latitude, Or, As the Cousin of the Latitude, To the Secant of the Declination: So is the former sum or difference of sins, To the sine of the hour from 6, which was to be proved. Corrollarie. As the Radius, To the sine of an Arch in a lesser Circle or Pararlell: So is the Secant of that Parallel, To the sine of the said Arch, to the common Radius. Hence may be observed a general Canon for the double or compound Rule of three, divide the Terms into two single Rules, by placing two Terms of like Denomination in each Rule, and the other remaining Term may in most Cases be put among either of these two Terms of like Denomination, and then by arguing whether like require like, or unlike, the Divisor in each single Rule, may be discovered, and then it will hold in all Cases, As the Rectangle or Product of the two Divisors, Is to the product of any two of the other Terms: So is the other Term left, To the Number sought, For the Azimuth. Having drawn the Horizon and Axis, the two pricked Lines, the Vertical Circle Z N, and the Equinoctial A A, the Parallels of Declination I K and L M, draw T V a Parralel of lesser Altitude than that in the Vertical, and R S a Parralel of greater Altitude; Draw also P Q a Parralel of Depression equal to the Vertical Altitude, in the point C above the Centre the Point A being as much below it b, eing the point where the Parralel of Declination intersects the Vertical Circle, and from the point C in the lesser parralel of Altitude, let fall the perpendicular C B on the parralel of Depression P Q, by this means there will be Constituted divers right lined, right angled Triangles, and through those Points where the parralel of Declination, and parallels of Altitude intersect, are drawn Elipses pricked from the Zenith to represent the Azimuths, and in the three several Triangles thus Constituted, the side A B measureth the quantity of the Azimuth in the parralel of Altitude, and B C in the two upper Triangles is the difference of the sins of the Suns proposed Altitude, and of his Altitude in the prime Vertical: But in the lower Triangle the sum of them, it than holds by the Proportion of the sins of Angles to their opposite sides. In the two upper Triangles, As the Cousin of the Latitude, the sine of the angle at A, To its opposite side B C, the difference of the sins of the Sun's Vertical, and of his proposed Altitude: So is the sine of the Latitude, that is the sine of the angle at C, To its opposite side B A, the sine of the Azimuth from the East and West, And the like in the lower Triangle, only there the third Term B C, is the sum of the sins of the Sun's Vertical Depression, and of his given Altitude: Such Proportion as as the Cousin of an Ark doth bear to the sine of an Ark, doth the Radius bear to the Tangent of the said Ark, this being the Canon by which the natural Tangents are made from the natural sins, and therefore we may change the former Proportion, and instead thereof say, As the Radius, To the Tangent of the Latitude: So the said sum or difference of Sines, To the Sine of the Azimuth in the Parralel of Altitude: The answer falling in a Parralel or lesser Circle is to be reduced to the common Radius by another Analogy, and that is As the Cousin of the Altitude (the Radius of the parralel) To the Radius: So any sine in the said parralel, To the like sine in the common Radius. Now it is to be proved that both these Proportions may be brought into one, and that will be as before, by making an improper Fraction whose Numerator shall be the Rectangle of the two middle Terms of the former Proportion, the first Term, viz. the Radius being the Denominator, and placing this as the third Term in the second Proportion, and then those that understand how to operate the Rule of three in whole Numbers and mixed, will find their Divisor to be the Rectangle or Product of the Cousin of the Altitude, and of the Radius, and the Dividend the Product of the three other Terms, namely, of the Tangent of the Latitude, the Radius, and the former sum or difference of sins, whence it holds, As the Rectangle of the Cousin of the Altitude, and of the Radius, Is to the Rectangle of the Tangent of the Latitude, and of the Radius: So is the former sum or difference of sins, To the sine of the Azimuth. The Reader may presently espy that the two former Terms of this Proportion may be freed from the Radius by dividing them both thereby, and the Quotients will be the Cousin of the Altitude, and the Tangent of the Latitude, It therefore holds, As the Cousin of the Altitude, To the Tangent of the Latitude: So in Summer is the difference, in Winter the sum of the sins of the Sun's Vertical and proposed Altitude, To the sine of the Azimuth from the Vertical. This is general either for Sun or Stars, when their Declination is less than the Latitude of the place; but when it is more, the Case doth but little vary. In the Scheme annexed fitted to the Latitude of the Barbados having drawn H H the Horizon, P P the Axis, A A the Equator, Z A the Vertical draw two parallels of Declination F R, K A continued till they intersect the Vertical prolonged, draw the parralel of Altitude B ☉, and parralel thereto from the Point A draw A E, Then doth the latter part of the Proportion lie as evident as before, In the right angled Triangle C G F right angled at G, As the sine of the Latitude the angle at F, To its Opposite side C G the sine of the Declination, So the Radius the angle at G, To the Secant C Z F. Again in Summer. As the Cousin of the Latitude the angle at ☉, To its opposite side D Z F, the difference between the former Secant and the sine of the Altitude: So is the sine of the Latitude, the angle at F, To its opposite side D ☉, the sine of the Azimuth from the Vertical in the Parralel of Altitude. In Winter, As Cousin Latitude angle at A, To B E the sum of the former Secant equal to E M, and of the sine of the Altitude M B: So is the sine of the Latitude the angle B, To A E, equal to B D the sine of the Azimuth in a Parallel as before, to be reduced to the common Radius. From this Schem may be observed the reason why the Sun in those Latitudes upon some Azimuths hath two Altitudes, because the Parralel of his Declination F R intersects, and passeth through the Azimuth, namely, the pricked Ellipsis in the two points S, ☉. I now proceed to the Use in Calculating a Table of Hours. For those that have occasion to Calculate a Table of Hours to any assigned Altitude and parralel of Declination, it will be the readiest way to write down all the movable Terms first, as the natural sins of the several Altitudes in a ruled sheet of Paper, and then upon a piece of Card to write down the natural sine of the Sun's Altitude at 6 and removing to every Altitude, get the sum or difference accordingly, which being had, seek the same in the natural sins, and write down the Log ᵐ that stands against it, then upon the other end of the piece of Card get the sum of the Arithmetical Compliments of the Logarithmical Cousin of the Declination, and of the Logarithmica Cousin of the Latitude, and add this fixed Number to the Logme before wrote down; by removing the Card to every one of them, and the sum is the Logme of the sine of the Hour from 6, if the Logmes be well proportioned out to the differences which may be sufficiently done by guess. Example. Comp Latitude 38d 28′ Are Comp— 0,2061683 Comp Delinat 66, 29 Are Comp— 0,0376572 fixed Number— ,2438255 Let the Altitude be 36● 42′ Nat Sine 5976251 Natural sine Altitude at 6— 3124174 difference— 2852077 Log against 9 4550441 Sine of 30d the hour from 6 towards noon— 9,6988696 Another Example. N S Altitude at 6— 3124174 Let the Altitude be 13d 46′ N S 2379684 difference— 744490 Logm— 8,8715646 The former fixed Number— 0,2438255 Sine of 7d 30′ the hour from 6 towards midnight because the Altitude is less than the Altitude of 6. 9,1153901 This method of Calculation will dispatch much faster than the common Canon, when three sides are given to find an angle; the Azimuth may in like manner be Calculated, but will be more troublesome not having so many fixed Terms in it, and having got the hour, the Azimuth will be easily found; in this Case we have two sides and an angle opposite to one of them given, to find the angle opposite to the other, and the Proportion, will hold, As the Cousin of the Altitude, To the sine of the hour from the Meridian: So the Cousin of the Declination, To the sine of the Azimuth from the Meridian. And in this Case the three sides being given, we may determine the affection of any of the angles. If the Sun, or Stars have declination towards the depressed Pole, the Azimuth is always Obtuse, and the hour and angle of position-Acute. If the Sun, etc. have declination towards the Elevated Pole, but less than the Latitude of the place the angle of Position is always acute, the hour before 6 obtuse, the hour and Azimuth between the Altitude of 6, and the Vertical Altitude both acute, afterwards the hour acute, and the Azimuth obtuse. But when the Sun or Stars come to the Meridian between the Zenith and the Elevated Pole, as when their declination is greater than the Latitude of the place, the Azimuth is always acute, the hour before 6 obtuse, afterwards acute. The angle of position from the time of rising to the remotest Azimuth from the Meridian is acute, afterwards obtuse. Another General Proportion for the Hour. As the Radius, To the Tangent of the Latitude: So the Tangent of the Sun's declination, To the sine of the hour of rising from six: Again. To the Rectangle of the Cousin of the Latitude, and of the Cousin of the declination, Is to the Square of the Radius: So is the sine of the Altitude, To the difference of the Versed sins of the Semidiurnal Ark, and of the hour sought. Having got the Logarithm of this difference, take the natural number out of the Sins or Tangents that stands against it, accordingly as the Logme is sought, and in Winter add it to the natural sine of the hour of rising from 6, the sum is the natural sine of the hour from 6 towards noon. In Summer get the difference between this fourth and the sine of rising from 6, the said difference is the natural sine of the hour from 6 towards noon, when the Number found by the Proportion is greater than the sine of rising, towards midnight when less. The Canon is the same without Variation as well for South declinations as for North, and therefore we may by help thereof find two hours to the same Altitude. Example. Comp Lat 38d 28′ Are Comp Sine—, 2061683 Comp declin 77d Are Comp—, 0112761 fixed number—, 2174444 Let the Altitude be 14d 38′ Sine— 9,4024889 Natural sine against it— 41660, 00— 9,6199333 Nat sine of rising from 6— 29058, 79 Sum— 70718, 79 N sine of 45d the hour from six in Winter. Difference— 12601, 21 Sine of 7d 14′ the hour from 6 in Summer towards noon to the former Altitude, and like declination towards Elevated Pole. Another Example for the same Latitude and Declination. Logme Let the Altitude be 20d 25′ Sine— 9,5426321 The former fixed Logme— 2174444 Natural sine against it— 5754811 Sum— 9,7600765 Natural sine of rising— 2905879 Sum— 9,7600765 Sum— 8660690 sine 60d the ho from 6 in Wint Difference— 2848932 sine 16d 33′ the hour from 6 in Summer towards noon; And thus may two hours be found at one operation for all Altitudes less than the Winter Meridian Altitude, to be converted into usual Time by allowing 15d to an hour, and 4● to a degree. To Calculate a Table of the Sun's Altitudes on all Hours. As the Secant of the Latitude, To the Cousin of the Declination, Or which is all one, As the Square of the Radius: To the Rectangle of the Cosines, both of the Latitude and of the Declination: So is the sine of the hour from 6. To a fourth, namely, in Summer the difference of the sins of the Sun's Altitude at 6, and of the Altitude sought, in Winter the sum of the sins of the Sun's Depression at 6, and of the Altitude sought. Having wrote down the Logarithmical sins of the hour from 6 on the Paper, at one end of a piece of Card may be wrote down the sum of the Logarithmical Cosines of the Latitude and Declination, and add the same to the sine of the hour rejecting the double Radius, and take the natural sine that stands against the sum sought in the Logarithmical sins; having this natural sine, get the sum and difference of it, and of the natural of the Sun's Altitude at 6, the sum is the natural sine of the Altitude for Summer declinations, and the difference for Winter Declinations when the sine of the Sun's Altitude is the lesser: But when it is the greater, the said difference is the natural sine of the Altitude for hours beyond 6 towards midnight. Example. Log ᵐ Compliment Latitude 38d 28′ Sine— 9,7938317 Compl Declination 66 29 Sine— 9,9623428 fixed Logme— 19,7561745 Let the hour be 30d that is 2 hours before and after six in Summer sine 9,6989700 Sum— 9,4551445 Natural sine against it— 2851308 Nat sine of the Altitude at 6— 3124174 Sum— 5975482 Sine of 36d 42′ being the two Altitudes for 4 and 8 in the morning or afternoon, in Summer. Difference— 272866 Sine of 1 34 being the two Altitudes for 4 and 8 in the morning or afternoon, in Summer. Another Example. Let the hour be 45d from six Sine— 9,8494850 the former fixed Logme— 19,7561745 N Sine against it— 4032791 Sum— 9,6056595 N Sine of Altitude at 6— 3124174 Sum— 9,6056595 Sum— 7156965 Sine of 45d 42′ being the two Altitudes for the hours of 9 or 3 in Summer or Winter for Declination 23d 31′ both towards the Elevated and Depressed Pole. Difference— 908617 Sine— 5 13 being the two Altitudes for the hours of 9 or 3 in Summer or Winter for Declination 23d 31′ both towards the Elevated and Depressed Pole. By the former Canon was the following Table of Altitudes calculated, and that with much celerity beyond any other way, it will not be amiss to Calculate the Sun's Altitude at 6 by the natural Tables only, however the Logarithms will accurately discover the natural sine of at, if duly Proportioned by the differences. A Table of the Sun's Altitudes for each Hour and quarter for the Latitude of London. North. South. Declination. 23d, 31 13 Equator. 13d 23 31 XII. 61d, 59 51, 28 38, 28. 25, 28 14, 57 XII. . 61, 49 51, 21 38, 22 25, 20 14, 52 * 61, 23 50, 59 38, 4 25, 8 14, 39 . 60, 40 50, 24 37, 36 24, 43 14, 18 1 59, 42 49, 36 36 56 24, 10 13, 48 XI. 58, 29 48, 35 36, 5 23, 26 13, 9 57, 4 47, 24 35, 4 22, 34 12, 23 55, 29 46, 1 33, 55 21, 33 11, 29 II. 53, 45 44, 3● 32, 36 20, 25 10, 28 X. 51, 53 42, 51 31, 8 19, 8 9, 19 49, 54 41, 4 29, 34 17, 44 8, 3 47, 51 39, 1● 27, 53 16, 14 6 41 III. 45, 42 37 1● 26, 6 14, 38 5 13 IX. 43, 31 35, 9 24, 12 12, 55 3, 39 41, 16 33, 2 22, 15 11, 7 1, 59 38, 59 30, 52 20, 13 9, 15 0, 15 FOUR 36, 42 28, 37 18. 7 7, 17 VIII. 34, 23 26, 22 15, 58 5, 17 32, 4 24, 5 13, 46 3, 12 29, 43 21, 46 11, 32 1, 4 V. 27, 23 19 27 9, 16 VII. 25, 4 17, 7 6, 58 22, 46 14, 47 4, 39 20, 28 12, 27 2, 20 VI 18, 13 10, 9 00, 00 VI. 15, 58 7, 51 13, 46 5, 34 11, 37 3, 20 VII. 9, 30 1, 7 V. 7, 25 Declination. ascensional difference. 5, 24 3, 27 13d 16d, 54′ VIII. 1, 34 FOUR 23, 31 33, 12 R A A Table of the Sun's Altitudes for every 5 degrees of Azimuth from the Meridian for the Latitude of London. North. South. Declination. 2● ᵈ 31 13d Equator. 13● 23d, 31′ Mer Alt 61, 59 51, 28 38d 28′ 25d, 28′ 14d, 57 5 61, 55 51, 23 38, 21 25, 21 14, 49 10 61, 42 51, 7 38, 2 24, 57 14, 22 15 61, 21 50, 40 37, 30 24, 20 13, 39 20 60, 51 50, 3 36, 44 23, 27 12, 39 25 60, 11 49, 14 35, 45 22, 16 11, 19 30 59 21 48, 13 34, 32 20, 51 9, 43 35 58, 20 46, 59 33, 3 19, 7 7, 46 40 57, 7 45, 31 31, 19 17, 7 5, 31 45 55, 43 43, 50 29, 19 14, 50 2, 57 50 54, 3 41, 53 27, 3 12, 13 0, 03 55 52, 7 39, 39 24, 30 9, 21 60 49, 56 37, 9 21, 40 6, 11 65 47, 27 34, 22 18, 34 2, 46 70 44, 39 31, 18 15, 12 75 41, 34 27, 58 11, 37 80 38, 10 24, 23 7, 51 85 34, 32 20, 38 3, 59 90 30 39 16, 42 95 26, 34 12, 40 100 22, 28 8, 41 105 18, 20 4, 44 Declinat Amplitude. 110 14, 15 0, 54 13d, 21d, 12′ 115 10, 19 23, 31′ 39d, 54′ 120 6, 36 125 3, 7 Many Tables may want the natural Tables standing against the logarithmical; therefore the method of Calculation by the logarithmical Tables only, is not to be omitted, albeit we wave the common Proportions, when three Sides are given to find an Angle. A general Proportion derived from the book of the honourable Baron of Marchist●n, which may be wrought on a Serpentine Line without the use of Versed Sins, or finding the half distance between the 7th Term and the Radius, not encumbered with Rectangles, Squares, or Differences of Sines, or Versed Sins. Three Sides to find an Angle; two of them or all three being less than Quadrants. By a supposed perpendicular, which need not to be named. As the Tangent of half the greater of the containing sides, To the Tangent of the half sum of the other sides: So is the Tangent of half their difference, To the tangent of a fourth Ark. If this Ark be greater than the half of the first assumed side; namely, than the Ark of the first Term, in the Proportion, the (Supposed perpendicular falls without) Angles opposite to the two other Sides are of a different Affection, the greatest side subtending the Obtuse angle, and the lesser the Acute. If the Angle Opposite to the greater of the other Sides be sought▪ Take the difference; if to the lesser, the Sum of the 4th Ark, and of half the containing Side, which half is the first Term in the Proportion, Then, As the Radius, To the Cotangent of the other Containing Side: So the Tangent of the said Sum or difference, To the Cousin of the Angle sought. The first Term above needs no Restraint, but when one of the Containing Sides is greater than a quadrant: If the 4th Ark be less than the half of the first assumed Side, the Perpendicular falls within, in this Case, the two Angles, opposite to the two other sides may be found, being both Acute. Get the Sum and difference of half the first assumed Side, and of the 4● Ark, the Sum is the greater Segment, and the Difference or residue, the lesser Segment; the Perpendicular always falling on the side assumed, first into the Proportion; Then, As the Radius, To the Cotangent of the lesser of the other Containing Sides; So is the Tangent of the lesser Segment. To the Cousin of the Angle sought. As the Radius, To the Cotangent of the greater of the other Containing Sides; So is the Tangent of the greater Segment. To the Cousin of the Angle sought. From these general Directions is derived this Canon for Calculating the Azimuth; As the Tangent of half the Compliment of the Altitude; To the Tangent of the half sum of the Sun or Stars distance from this elevated pole, and of the Compliment of the Latitude: So is the Tangent of half their difference, To the Tangent of a 4h Ark. If this Ark be less than half the Compliment of the Altitude, the Azimuth is Acute; if more obtuse, in both Cases, get the difference of these two Arkes, if there be no difference, the Azimuth is 90d from the Meridian; Then, As the Radius, To the Tangent of the Latitude; So the Tangent of the said Ark of difference, To the Sine of the Azimuth from the prime Vertical. This when the Sun or Stars do not come to the Meridian between the Zenith and the elevated pole: but when they do, Let the sum of the 4th Ark, and of half the Compliment of the Altitude, be the third Term in the latter Proportion. This is a ready Way to Calculate a Table of Azimuths; two Terms in each Proportion being fixed for one Declination; and the Azimuth being known, the Hour may be found by a single Operation, As the Cousin of the Declination, Is to the Sine of the Azimuth, from the Meridian: So is the Cousin of the Altitude, To the Sine of the Hour, from the Meridian. Example, for 13d of North Declination. 77d Compliment of Declination the Polar distance. 38. 28 Compliment of Latitude at London. 115, 28 Sum: half sum 57d, 44′ Tangent. 10,1997231. 38, 32 difference: half diff 19, 16 Tangent 9▪ 5434594 fixed for that declination— 19,7432225 Altitude 4d, 44′ Comp. 85d 16′ half 42d 38′ Tang. 9,9640811 Tangent of— 31. 1— 9,7791414 difference— 11 37 Tangent 9,3129675 Tangent of 51d 32′ the Latitude— 10,0999135 Sine of 15d, the Azimuth 9,4128810 from East or West Northwards, because the Ark found by 1st Operation was less than half the Compliment of the Altitude. Another Example for the Altitude 34d 22′ Log ● The fixed Number— 19,7432225 Compl. Altitude 55● 38′ half 27, 49● Tangent 9,7223147 Tangent of— 46, 23— 10,0209078 Difference— 18, 34 Tangent 9,5261966 Tangent of the Latitude— 10,0969135 The Sine of 25d the Azimuth from— 9,6261101 East to West Southwards because the first Ark was more than half the Coaltitude. The hours to these two Azimuths will be found by the latter Proportion to be— 98d, 54′ 50, 9 from Noon. To Calculate the Sun's Altitude on all Hours and Azimuths. The first operation shall be to find such an Ark as may remain fixed in one Latitude to serve to all Declinations in both Cases: So that but one Operation more need be required. The Proportion to find it is As the Radius to the Cotangent of the Latitude, So is the Sine of any Hour from 6, or Azimuth from the Vertical To the Tangent of a fourth Ark. This 4th Ark (if the Azimuth be accounted from the Vertical, that is, from the points of East or West towards noon Meridian) Is the Altitude that the Sun shall have, being in the Equinoctial, upon that Azumuth, and so one of the Quesita. If the hour from 6 be accounted upward on the Equinoctial, this 4 ●h Ark is the ark or portion of the hour Circle, between the Equinoctial and Horizon. This Ark for Hours and Azimuths beyond 6, or the Vertical, towards the midnight Meridian, is the Depression under the Horizon, according to the Denominations already given it. For the Altitudes on all Hours. When the Sun is in the Equinoctial, As the Radius, is to the Cousin of the Latitude: So is the Sine of the Hour from 6 To the Sine of his Altitude. In all other Cases, If the Hour from noon be more than 6 Subtract the Equinoctial Arks that Correspond to such parts of time as you would Calculate Altitudes for; out of the Sun's distance from the Depressed Pole, and then it will hold, If the Hour from noon be less than 6 Subtract the Equinoctial Arks that Correspond to such parts of time as you would Calculate Altitudes for; out of the Sun's distance from the Elevated Pole, and then it will hold, As the Cousin of the Ark found by the first common Proportion, Is to the Cousin of the Ark remaining; So is the Sine of the Latitude, To the Sine of the Altitude sought▪ For the more speedy Calculating a Table of the Sun's Altitudes for this Latitude to any Declination, there is added a Table of these Equinoctial Arks for every hour and quarter, as also for every 5d of Azimuth; The use whereof shall be illustrated by an Example or two, observing by the way, that the same Ark belongs to two hours alike remote on each side from six, as also like Arks to two Azimuths equally remote on each side the Vertical. Hours on each side six, Azimuths on each side the Vertical. d ′ VI 0, 00 fixed Arks 5, 55 5d 3, 59 8, 49 10 7, 51 VII 11, 37 V 15 11, 37 14, 19 16, 55 0 15, 12 19, 22 25 18, 34 VIII 21, 40 IIII 30 21, 40 23, 49 25, 48 35 24, 30 27, 39 40 27, 3 IX 29, 19 III 45 29, 19 30, 52 32, 13 50 31, 19 33, 27 55 33, 3 X 34, 32 TWO 60 34, 32 35, 28 36, 17 65 35, 45 36, 57 70 36, 44 XI 37, 30 I 75 37, 30 37, 55½ 38, 13½ 80 38, 2 38, 24½ 85 38, 21 XII 38, 28 90 38, 28 Equinoctial Altitudes or Depressions. Example. Admit it were required to Calculate the Sun's Altitude for 2 or 10 of the Clock, when his declination is 23d 31′ North. Sun's distance from the Elevated Pole— 66: 29 fixed Ark for 2 or 10 is— 34: 32 Residue— 31: 57 Compliment of the Residue 58d 3′ Sine— 9,9286571 Sine of— 51 32 the Latitude— 9,8937452 19,8224023 Sine of— 55 28 Come first ark 9,9158200 Sine of— 53 45 the— 9,9065823 Altitude sought— 9,9065823 So if it were required to Calculate the Sun's Altitude for the hour▪ of 5 in the morning when his declination is 20d North ☉ distance from depressed Pole— 110d fixed Ark— 11: 37 The Residue is 81d, 33′ Or— 98 23 Sine of 8d, 23′ the Compl of the Residue— 9,1637434 Sine of the Latitude— 9,8937452 19,0574886 Sine of 78d 23′ the Compl fixed ark— 9,9910119 Sine of 6d 42′ the Altitude sought— 9,0664767 For the Altitudes on all Azimuths. As the Sine of the Latitude, Is to the Cousin of the Equinoctial Altitude: So is the Sine of the Declination, To the Sine of a fourth Ark. Get the sum and difference of the Equinoctial Altitude, and of this fourth Ark the sum is the Summer Altitude for Azimuths from the Vertical towards noon Meridian. The difference when this 4th Ark is lesser greater than the Equinoctial Altitude is the Winter Summer Altitude for Azimuths from the Vertical towards Noon Midnight Meridian Example. Let it be required to Calculate Altitudes for the Sun's Azimuth 30d from the Meridian, that is 60d from the Vertical for Declination 23d 31′ both North and South. This will be speedily done, add the Logme of the Sine of the Declination to the Arithmetical Compliment of the Logme of the Sine of the Latitude, this number varies not for that declination, and to the Amount add the Logme of the Cousin of the Equinoctial Altitude, the sum rejecting the Radius is the Logarithmical Sine of the 4th Ark. Sine Latitude Are Comp— 0,1062548 Sine declination— 9,6009901 Sine of 55d 28′ the Compliment of Equinoctial Altitude— 9,7072449 9,9158200 Sine— 24d 49′— 9,6230649 Equinoct Altitude— 34 32 Sum— 59 21 Summer Difference— 9 43 Winter Altitude for that Azimuth. Another Example: The former Number— 9,7072449 Sine 78d 23′ Comp of Equinoct 9,9910119 Altitude for 15d of Azimuth— Sine of 29d 57′— 9,6982568 Eq Altitude 11 37 Difference— 18 20 Sum— 41 34 The Summer Altitudes for 15d Azimuth each way from the Vertical to that declination. The Sun's Declination 20d North to find his Altitudes for 15d Azimuth on each side the Vertical. Sine of 51d 32′ the Latitude Are Come— 0,1062548 Sine of 20d the declination— 9,5340517 Sine of 78d 23′ Comp Eq Altitude— 9,9910119 Sine of 25d 20′— 9,6313184 Sine of— 25d 20′ Eq Altitude— 11 37 Difference— 13 43 Sum— 36 57 The Summer Altitudes for 15d Azimuth on each side the Vertical to that Declination. By the Arithmetical Compliment of a Number is meant a residue which makes that first Number equal to the other: And so if from a number or numbers given another Number is to be substracted, and instead thereof a third number added, the total shall be so much increased more than it should by the sum made of the number to be substracted, and of that was added: That is to say, in this last Example instead of substracting the Sine of the Latitude from another sum we added the residue thereof, being taken from Radius thereto, and so increased the Total too much each time by the Radius, which is easily rejected. If the Sun or Stars come to the Meridian between the Zenith and the Elevated Pole, as when their Declination is more than the Latitude of the place, the former Rule of Calculation varies not only the sum of the Equinoctial Altitude, alias, the fixed Ark, and of the Ark found by the second Proportion will be more than 90● In this Case the Compliment of it to 180 d is the Altitude sought. A double Advertisement. The Declination towards the Elevated Pole supposed more than the Latitude of the place. If the Compliment of the Declination be more than the Latitude of the place also, as in this case it always is for the Sun; the Sun or such Stars shall have two Altitudes on every Azimuth between the Coast of rising or setting, and the remotest Azimuth from the Meridian; To find what Azimuths those shall be, As the Cousin of the Latitude, To Radius; So is the Sine of the Declination, To the Sine of the Amplitude, And So is the Cousin of the Declination, To the Sine of the remotest Azimuth from the Meridian. Between the Azimuth of rising, and the remotest Azimuth, the angle of Position is Acute, afterwards Obtuse. The Sun upon the remotest Azimuth, the angle of Position being a right angle, will have but one Altitude to find it. As the Sine of the Declination. To Radius; So is the Sine of the Latitude, To the Sine of that Altitude. Example. In North Latitude 13d of Barbados. Declination 20 d North, the Sun's Amplitude or Coast of rising 69 d 23′ from the North, or 20 d 33′ from the East Northwards, and his remotest Azimuth from the North Meridian 74 d 4●′. His two Altitudes upon the Azimuth of 74 d from the Meridian 27 d 27′ the lesser and 52 d 27′ the greater, the fixed Ark found by the first Operation, being— 50 d 3′ And by the second Operation the Ark found is— 77 30 Difference being the lesser Altitude is— 27 27 The sum 127d 33′ the Comp to 180 d being the greater Alt is 52 27 Altitude on the remotest Azimuth— 41 07 Upon Azimuths nearer the Meridian than the Coast of rising or setting, it need not be hinted that there will be but one Altitude. The Proportion from the 5th Case of Oblique Sphoerical Triangles to find the Sun's Altitude on all Azimuths would be As the Cousin of the Declination, To the Sine of the Azimuth from the Meridian: So is the Cousin of the Latitude, To the Sine of the angle of Position. In such Cases when it will be acute or obtuse is already defined, and where two Altitudes are required it will be both, and being accordingly so made, the Proportion to find the Altitudes would be, As the sine of half the difference of the Azimuth and angle of Position, To the Tangent of half the difference of the Polar distance and Colatitude So the Sine of half the sum of the Azimuth and angle of Position, To the Tangent of half the Compliment of the Altitude. The Azimuth being an angle always accounted from the Midnight Meridian; but the former Proportion derived from the other Trigonometry in this Case is more speedy. Such Stars as have more Declination than the Compliment of the Latitude never rise nor set, if their declination be also more than the Latitude of the place, they will have two Altitudes upon every Azimuth, except the remotest from the Meridian, and the Calculation the same as before. Example for the Latitude of London. The middlemost in the great Bear's Rump, declination 56d 45′, The remotest Azimuth will be 61 d 49′ from the Meridian, and the Altitude thereto 69 d 26′. If that Star have 30 d of Azimuth from the Meridian, The first ark will be 34 d 22′ difference being the lesser Alt 27● 7′ The second ark— 61 39 difference being the lesser Alt 27● 7′ Sum— 96 11 Comp the greater Altitude— 83 49 This will be very evident on a Globe for having rectified it to the Latitude extend a Thread from the Zenith over the Azimuth in the Horizon, then turn the Globe round, and such Stars as have a more utmost remote Azimuth from the Meridian, and do not rise or set will pass twice under the Thread, the Azimuth Latitude and Declination being assigned if it were required to know the time when the Star shall be twice on the same Azimuth it may be found without finding the Altitudes first by 6 ●h Case of Oblique Spherical Triangles, As before get the angle of Position. As the Sine of half the difference of the Compliment of the Latitude, and of the Compliment of the declination. To the Sine of half their sum: So the Tangent of half the difference of the Azimuth from the Meridian, and of the angle of Position, To the Cotangent of half the hour from the Meridian, to be converted into common time if it relate to Stars: In each Proportion there is two fixed Terms. The Illustration how these two fixed Arks are obtained, is evident from the Analemma in the Scheme annexed. A E represents the Equator. H K the Horizon, P T the Axis, Z N the Prime, Vertical S D a Parralel of North declination, ☉ another of South, declination, P S ☉ and P A N the Arks of two hours' Circles between six and noon, and P D T another before 6. In the Triangle E L B right angled, there is given the angle at E, the Compliment of the Latitude, the side E L the hour from 6, with the right angle at L to find the side L B the ark of the hour Circled contained between the Equinoctial and the Horzion by 11th Case of right angled Sphoerical Triangles, the Proportion will be, As A E Radius, To A H Cotangent Latitude: So E L Sine of the hour from 6, To L B The Tangent of the said Ark. From Z draw the Arches Z S and Z ☉ (being Ellipses) through the Points where the Hour Circle, and Parallels of Declination intersect, and they represent the Compliments of the Altitudes sought, and let fall a Perpendicular from Z to R, then will P R be equal to L B, because the Proportion above is the same that would Calculate R P; Which substracted from P S or P ☉ the Sun's distance in Summer or Winter from the Elevated Pole rests R S or R ☉: Now in an Oblique Spherical Triangle reduced to two right angled Triangles by the Demission of a Perpendicular, the Cosines of the Bases are in direct Proportion to the Cosines of the Hipotenusals a consequence derived from the general Axiom of the Lord Napier, and therefore it holds, As the Cousin of the Ark R P, or B L, that we call the common fixed ark, Is to the Sine of the Latitude, the Compliment of Z P: So the Cousin of the Ark remaining, that is the Compliment of R S or S O, To the Sine of the Altitude, the Compliment of Z S or Z ☉: This for all hours under 90● from the Meridian, but for those before or after 6 in the Summer it may be observed in the opposite Triangles E A N and E A I, counting the hour E A each way from 6 that the Ark of the hour Circle A N equal to A I, as much as it is above the Horizon in Winter, so much is it below the same in Summer, and the Sun's distance from the Elevated Pole then equal to his distance from the Depressed Pole now: and the Zenith distance then equal to the Nader distance now, as is evident in the Triangle T N D. So that in this Case the Sun is only supposed to have Winter instead of Summer Declination, and the Rule for Calculating his Altitude the same as for Winter Altitudes. In like manner for the Azimuth. In the Schem following H Q represents the Horizon, A F the Equator, S G a Parralel of Summer declination, and another passing through M of Winter declination, Z S L and Z N A two Azimuths between the Vertical and Noon Meridian, Z K I N another between it and the Midnight Meridian, from the Points S M I let fall the Perpendiculars S D, M O, I G representing the ☉ Declination in the Ellipses of several hour Circles; So will L S, M L, A K, represent the Altitudes of these 3 Azimuths respectively, according to the proper Declination, for the finding whereof there is given in the Triangle E L B the side E L the Azimuth from the Vertical the angle B E L, the Compliment of the Latitude and the right angle, and the Proportion by 11th Case of right angled Sphoerical Triangle is As A H the Radius, To H A the Cotangent of the Latitude: So E L the Sine of the Azimuth from the Vertical, To L B the Tangent of the Equinoctial Altitude to that Azimuth. Thut we see the first Proportions common to both, this Case issuing from the 2d Axiom of Pitiscus, that in many right angled Sphoerical Triangles having the same Acute angle at the Base, the Sins of the Bases and Tangents of the Perpendiculars are proportional. For the second Operation to find B S. Though the Analogy is derivable from the general Proposition of the Lord Napier, yet here I shall take it from Ptitiscus the 1 Axiom. That in many right angled Sphoerical Triangles, having the same acute angle at the Base the Sins of the Perpendiculars and Hipothenusals are in direct Proportion. Therefore in the Triangle A Z B, and D S B it will hold, As A Z the Sine of the Latitude, To Z B the Cousin of the Equinoctial Altitude, So is D S, the Sine of the Declination, To the Sine of B S, which is equal to B M: See 29th Prop. of 3d book Regiomontanus, I prove it thus, The opposite angles at B are equal, and the angles at D and O are equal, and the side D S, equal to M O, it will then be evinced by Proportion, As the Sine of the angle at B, To its opposite side M O or D S: So is the Radius, that is the angle at O or D, To its opposite side S B, or M B. This equality being admitted, if unto L B we add B S, the sum is L S the Altitude for Summer Declination, if from B L we take B M equal to B S, the remainder M L is the Altitude for the like Declination towards the Depressed Pole, being the Winter Altitude of that Azimuth. But for Azimuths above 90 d from the Meridian it may be observed in the two Opposite Triangles E A N, and E A I, counting the Azimuth E A each way from the Vertical its Equinoctial Altitude A N in the Winter is equal to its Equinoctial Depression A I in the Summer, and is to be found by the 1 Proportion. The second Proportion varies not. As the Sine of the Latitude N F equal to A Z, Is to N I equal to Z B the Cousin of the Equinoctial Altitude or Depression: So is the Sine of the Declination, I G equal to D S: To Sine I K, from which taking A I, the Equinoctial Depression rests A K, the Altitude sought. To Calculate a Table of the Sun's Altitude for all Azimuths and hours under the Equinoctial. This will be two Cases of a Quadrantal Sphoerical Triangle. 1. For the Altitudes on all Azimuths. There would be given the side A B a Quadrant, the angle at B the Azimuth from the Meridian, and the side A D the Compliment of the Sun's Declination. If the side B D be continued to a Quadrant, the angle at C will be a right angled, besides which in the Triangle A D C, there would be given A D as before the Compliment of the Sun's Declination, and A C the measure of the angle at B to find D C the Sun's Altitude being the Compliment of B D, and so having the Hipotenusal, and one of the Legs of a right angled Sphoerical Triangle, by the 7th Case we may find the other Leg, the Proportion suitable to this question would be As the Sine of the Azimuth from East or West, Is to the Radius: So is the Sine of the Declination, To the Cousin of the Altitude sought. 2. For the Altitudes on all Hours. There would be given the side A B a Quadrant, A D the Compliment of the Sun's declination with the contained angle B A D the hour from noon, to find the side B D the Compliment of the Sun's Altitude. Here again if B D be continued to a Quadrant, the angle at C is a right angle, the side A D remains common, the angle D A C is the Compliment of the Angle B A D, See Page 57 where it is delivered, That if a Sphoerical Triangle have one right angle, and one side a Quadrant, it hath two right angles, and two Quadrantal sides, and therefore the angle B A C is a right angle; this is coincident with the 8th Case of right angled Spherical Triangles, the Proportion thereof is, As the Radius, Is to the Cousin of the Declination, So is the Sine of the hour from six, To the Sine of the Altitude, sought. Affections of Sphoerical Triangles. BEcause the last Affection in page 57 is not Braced in the beginning, and a mistake of lesser for greater, in the last Brace but one, I thought fit to recite it at large. Any side of a Sphoerical Triangle being continued, if the other sides together are equal to a Semicircle, the outward angle on the side continued shall be equal to the inward angle on the said side opposite thereto. If the sides are less than a Semicircle, the outward angle will be greater than the inward opposite angle; But if the said sides are together greater than a Semicircle, the outward angle will be less than the inward opposite angle. In the Triangle annexed, if the sides A B and A C together are equal to a Semicircle, then is the angle A C D equal to the angle A B C. If less than a Semicircle than is the said angle greater than the angle at B. But if they be greater, than is the said angle A C D less than the angle at B. By reason of the first Affection in page 58 (which wants a Brace in the first Line) after the words two sides) We require in the first, second, and other Cases of Oblique angled Sphoerical Triangles, the sum of the two sides or angles given, to be less than a Semicircle. Before I finish the Trigonometrical part, I think it not amiss to give a Determination of the certain Cases about Opposite sides and Angles in Sphoerical Triangles, having before shown which are the doubtful, and the rather because that this was never yet spoke to. Two sides with an Angle opposite to one of them, to determine the Affection of the Angle opposite to the other. 1. If the given angle be Acute, and the opposite side less than a Quadrant, and the adjacent side less than the former side. The angle it subtends is acute because subtended by a lesser side, for in all Sphoerical Triangles the lesser side subtends the lesser angle and the Converse. 2. If the given angle be acute, and the opposite side less than a Quadrant, and the other side greater than the former side: This is a doubtful Case, if it be less than a Quadrant it may subtend either an Acute or an Obtuse angle, and so it may also do if it be greater than a Quadrant, yet we may determine, That when the given angle is acute, and the opposite side less than a Quadrant, but greater than the Compliment of the adjacent side to a Semicircle (which it cannot be unless the adjacent side be greater than a Quadrant) the angle opposite thereto will be obtuse. 3. The given angle Acute, and the opposite side greater than a Quadrant, and the other side greater. If two sides be greater than Quadrants, if one of them subtends an Acute angle, the other must subtend an Obtuse angle, by the 1st. Affection in pag 58. 4. The given angle Acute, and the opposite side greater than a Quadrant; The other side cannot be lesser than the former, by what was now spoken. 5. If the given angle be Obtuse, and the opposite side less than Quadrant, the other side less subtends an Acute angle. 6. If the given angle be Obtuse, and the opposite side less than a Quadrant; The other side greater than the former side must of necessity be also greater than a Quadrant, otherwise two sides less than Quadrants should subtend two Obtuse angles, contrary to the first Affection in p 58. 7. If the given angle be Obtuse, and the Opposite side greater than a Quadrant; If the other side be greater than the former it will subtend a more Obtuse angle. 8. If the given angle be Obtuse, and the Opposite side greater than a Quadrant, If the other side be less than the former, whether it be lesser or greater than a Quadrant it may either subtend an Acute or Obtuse angle. But we may determine That when the given angle is Obtuse, and the Opposite side greater than a Quadrant; If the Compliment of the adjacent side to a Semicircle be greater than the said opposite side, the angle subtended by the said adjacent side is Acute. Two Angles with a side Opposite to one of them, to determine the Affection of the side opposite to the other. 1. If the given angle be Acute, and the opposite side less than a Quadrant; If the other angle be less, the side opposite thereto shall be less than a Quadrant because it subtends a lesser angle. 2. If the given angle be Acute, and the Opposite side less than a Quadrant, If the other angle be greater the Case is ambiguous, yet we may determine, If the given angle be Acute, and the opposite side lesser than a Quadrant, if the Compliment of the other angle to a Semicircle be less than the Acute angle (which it cannot be but when the latter angle is Obtuse) the side subtending it shall be greater than a Quadrant. 3. If the given angle be Acute, and the opposite side grnater than a Quadrant, if the other angle be lesser. Then by 12 of 4 book of Regiomontanus, if two Acute angles be unequal, the side opposite to the lesser of them shall be less than a Quadrant. 4. If the given angle be Acute, and the opposite side greater than a Quadrant, If the other angle be greater, It must of necessity be Obtuse, because otherways two Acute unequal angles, the side opposite to the lesser of them should not be lesser than a Quadrant, contraty the former place of Regiomontanus. 5. If the given angle be Obtuse, and the opposite side lesser than a Quadrant, If the other angle be lesser, It must of necessity be Acute, and the side subtending it less than a Quadrant, otherways two sides less than Quadrants should subtend two Obtuse angles, contrary to 1st Affection in page 58. 6. If the given angle be Obtuse, and the opposite side less than a Quadrant, If the other angle be greater, By 13 Prop of 4h of Regiomontanus, if a Triangle have two Obtuse unequal angles, the side opposite to the greater of them shall be greater than a Quadrant. 7. If the given angle be Obtuse, and the opposite side greater than a Quadrant, If the other angle be greater or more obtuse than the former; it is subtended by a greater side. 8. If the given angle be Obtuse, and the opposite side greater than a Quadrant, If the other angle be less than the former, the Case is ambiguous; yet we may determine, That when the given angle is Obtuse, and the opposite side greater than a Quadrant, if the other angle be less than the Compliment of the said Obtuse angle to a Semicircle, the side subtending it shall be less than a Quadrant. The former Cases that are still, and always will be doubtful, may be determined when three sides are given. A Sphoerical Triangle having two sides less than Quadrants and one greater, will always have one Obtuse angle opposite to that greater side, and both the other angel's Acute. A Sphoerical Triangle having three sides less than Quadrants, can have but one obtuse angle (and many times none) and that obtuse angle shall be subtended by the greatest side; But whether the greatest side subtend an Acute or Obtuse angle cannot be known, unless given or found by Calculation, and that may be found several ways. First by help of the Legs or Sides including the angle sought by 15● Case of right angled Sphoerical Triangles. As the Radius, To the Cousin of one of those Legs; So is the Cousin of the other Leg, To the Sine of a fourth Arch. If the third side be greater than the Compliment of the fourth Arch to 90d, the angle included is Obtuse, if equal to it a right angle, if less an Acute angle. Secondly, By help of one of the Legs and the Base or Side subtending the angle sought by 7th Case of right angled Sphoerical Triangles. As the Cousin of the adjacent side, being one of the lesser sides, Is to the Radius: So the Cousin of the opposite side, To the sine of a fourth Arch. If the third side be greater than the Compliment of the 4th Arch to 90d, the angle subtended is Acute, if equal to it a right angle, if less an Obtuse angle. All other Cases need no determination, if a Triangle have two sides given bigger than Quadrants, make recourse to the opposite Triangle and it will agree to these Cases. If three angles were given to determine the Affection of the sides if they were all Acute the three sides subtending them will be all less than Quadrants. But observe that though a Triangle that hath but one side greater than a Quadrant, can and shall always have but one Obtuse angle, yet a Triangle that hath but one Obtuse angle may frequently have two sides greater than Quadrants. In this and all other Cases let the angles be changed into sides, and the former Rules will serve, I should have added a brief Application of all the Axioms that are necessary to be remembered, and have reduced the Oblique Cases to settled Proportions (with the Cadence of Perpendiculars only to show how they arise) whereby they will be rendered very facile; as also the Demonstration of the Affections, which may be hereafter added to some other Treatise to be bound with this Book. Of working Proportions by the Lines on the Quadrant. BEfore I come to show how all Proportions may in some measure be performed upon the Lines of this Quadrant, it is to be intimated in general, That the working of a Proportion upon a single natural Line, was the useful invention of the late learned Mathematician, Mr Samuel Foster, and published after his decease as his; In the use of his Scale, a Book called Posthuma Fosteri, as also by Mr Stirrup in a Treatise of dialing; in which Books, though it be there prescribed, and from thence may be learned, yet I acknowledge I received some light concerning it, from some Manuscripts lent me by Mr Foster, in his life time to Transcribe for his and my own use touching Instrumental Applications; Yet withal be it here intimated, that there are no ways used upon this Quadrant for the obtaining the Hour and Azimuth with Compasses, and the Converse of the 4th Axiom, but what are wholly my own, and altogether novel, though not worth the owning, for Instrumental Conclusions not being so exact as the Tables are of small esteem with the learned as in Mr Wingates Preface to the Posthuma; besides the taking off of any Line from the Limb to any Radius; the Explanation of the reason of Proportions so wrought, the supply of many Defects, and the inscribing of Lines in the Limb, I have not seen any thing of Mr foster's, or of any other man's, tending thereto. Of the Line of equal Parts. THis Line issueth from the Centre of the Quadrant on the right edge of the foreside, and will serve for Mensurations, Protractions and Proportional work. The ground of working Proportions by single natural Lines, is built upon the following grounds. That Equiangled Plain Triangles have the sides about their equal angles Proportional, and this work hath its whole dependence on the likeness of two equiangled Plain Right angled Triangles; as in the figure annexed, let A B represent a Line of equal parts, Sins or natural Tangents issuing from the Centre of the Quadrant supposed at A, and let A C represent the Thread, and the Lines B C, E D making right angles with the Line A C, or with the Thread, the nearest distances to it from the Points B and E. I say then that this Scheme doth represent a Proportion of the greater to the less, and the Converse of the less to the greater. First of the greater to the less, and then it lies, As A B to B C: So A E to A D, whence observe that the length of the second Term B C must be taken out of the common Scale A B, and one foot of that extent entered at B the first Term, the Thread must be laid to the other foot at C, according to the nearest distance than the nearest distance, from the Point E to the Thread that is from the third Term called Lateral entrance, being measured in the Scale A B, gives the quantity of the 4 ●h Proportional. Secondly of the less to the greater. And then it lies, As B C to A B: So E D to A E, Or, As E D to A E: So B C to A B, by which it appears that the first Term B C must be taken out of the common Scale, and entered one foot at the second Term at B, and the Thread laid to the other at C according to nearest distance than the third Term E D must be taken out of the common Scale and entered between the Thread and the Scale, so that one foot may rest upon the Line, as at E, and the other turned about may but just touch the Thread, as at D, so is the distance from the Centre to E the quantity of the 4th Proportional; and this is called Parralel entrance, because the extent E D is entered Parralel to the extent B C: To avoid Circumlocution, it is here suggested, that in the following Treatise, we use these expressions to lay the Thread to the other foot, whereby is meant to lay it so according to nearest distance, that the said foot turned about may but just touch the Thread, and so to enter an extent between the Thread and the Scale is to enter it so that one foot resting upon the Scale, the other turned about may but just touch the Thread. Another chief ground in order to working Proportions by help of Lines in the Limb is, That in any Proportion wherein the Radius is not ingredient the Radius may be introduced by working of two Proportions in each of which the Radius shall be included, and that is done by finding two such middle terms (one whereof shall always be the Radius) as shall make a Rectangle or Product equal to the Rectangle or Product of the two middle Terms proposed, to find which the Proportion will be. As the Radius, To one of the middle Terms: So the other middle Term, To a fourth, I say then, that the Radius and this fourth Term making a Product or Rectangle equal to the Product of the two middle Terms, these may be assumed into the Proportion instead of those, and the answer or fourth Term will be the same without Variation, and therefore holds, As the first Term of the Proportion, To the Radius: So the fourth found as above, To the Term sought. Or, As the first Term of the Proportion, Is to the fourth found as above: So is the Radius, To the Term sought; and here observe, that by changing the places of the second and third Term, many times a Parralel entrance may be changed into a Lateral, which is more expedite and certain then the other, having thus laid the foundation of working any Proportion, I now come to Examples. 1. To work Proportions in equal parts alone. If the first Term be greater than the second, take the second Term out of the Scale, and enter one foot of that extent at the first Term, laying the Thread to the other foot, than the nearest distance from the third Term to the Thread gives the 4th Proportional sought, to be measured in the Scale from the Centre. If the first Term be less than the second, still as before keep the greatest Term on the Scale, and enter the first Term upon it, laying the Thread to the other foot, then enter the third Term taken out of the Scale between the Thread and the Scale and it finds the 4th Proportional. Example. Admit the Sun shining, I should measure the length of the Shadow of a Perpendicular Staff and find it to be 5 yards, the length of the Staff being 4 yards, and at the same time the length of the Shadow of a Chimney, the Altitude whereof is demanded, and find it to be 22½ yards, the Proportion then to acquire the Altititude would be, As the length of the shadow of the Staff, To the length of the Staff: So the length of the shadow of the Chimney, To the height thereof, that is As 5 to 4: So 22 | 5 to 18 yards the Altitude or height of the Chimney sought, Enter 4 or the great divisions upon 5, laying the Thread to the other foot, than the nearest distance from 22 | 5 to the Thread measured will be 18, and in this latter part each greater division must be understood to be divided into ten parts. And so if the Sun do not shine, the Altitude might be obtained by removing till the Top of a Staff of known height above the eye upon a level ground be brought into the same Visual Line with the Top of the Chimney, and then it holds, As the distance between the Eye and the Staff, To the height of the Staff above the eye: So the distance between the Eye and the Chimney. To the height of the Chimney above the Eye. Some do this by a Looking Glass, others by a Bowl of Water, by going back till they can see the top of the object therein, and then the former Proportion serves, mutatis mutandis. But Proportions in equal parts will be easily wrought by the Pen, the chief use therefore of this Line will be for Protraction, Mensuration, and to divide a Line of lesser length than the Radius of the Quadrant Proportionally into the like parts the Scale is divided, which may be readily done, and so any Proportional part taken off, to do it Enter the length of the Line proposed at the end of the Scale at 10, and to the other foot lay the Thread the nearest distances from the several parts of the graduated Scale to the Thread shall be the like Proportional parts to the length of the Line proposed, the Proportion thus wrought is, As the length of the graduated Scale, To any lesser length: So the parts of the Scale, To the Proportional like parts to that other length. Of the Line of Tangents on the left edge of the Quadrant. THe chief Uses of this Scale will be to operate Proportions either in Tangents alone or jointly, either with Sines or equal parts, to prick down Dial's, and to proportion out a Tangent to any lesser Radius▪ To work Proportions in Tangents alone. 1. Of the greater to the less. Enter the second Term taken out of the Scale upon the first, laying the Thread to the other foot, than the nearest distance from the third Term to the Thread being taken out and measured from the Centre shows the 4th Proportional. But if the Proportion be of the less to the greater, Enter the first Term taken out of the Scale upon the second, and lay the Thread to the other foot, then enter the third Term taken out of the Scale between the Thread and the Scale, and the foot of Compasses will show the 4 Proportional. Example. Of the greater to the less, As the Tangent of 50d, To the Tangent of 20d: So the Tangent of 30, To the Tangent of 10d. To work this take the Tangent of 20● in the Compasses, and entering one foot of that extent at 50d, lay the Thread to the other, according to the nearest distance, then will the nearest distance from the Tangent of 30d to the Thread being measured on the Line of Tangents from the Centre be the Tangent of 10d the fourth Proportional. By inverting the Order of the Terms, it will be, Of the less to the greater. As the Tangent of 20d, To the Tangent of 50d: So the Tangent of 10d, To the Tangent of 30d, to be wrought by a Parralel entrance. This Scale of Tangents is continued but to two Radii, or 63d 26′ whereas in many Cases the Terms given or sought may outreach the length of the Scale, in such Cases the Propprtion must be changed according to such Directions as are given for varying of Proportions at the end of the 16 Cases of right angled Sphoerical Triangles. In two Cases all the Rules delivered for varying of Proportions will not so vary a Proportion as that it may be wrought on this Line of Tangents. First when the first Term is greater than 63d 26′ the length of the Scale, and the rwo middle Terms each less than 26d 34′ the Compliment of the Scale wanting; In this Case if any two Terms of the Proportion be varied according to the Rules for varying of Proportions, there will be either in the given Terms or Answer such a Tangent as shall exceed the length of the Scale, but it may be remedied by a double Proportion by the reason before delivered for introducing the Radius into a Proportion wherein it is not ingredient. As the Radius, To the Tangent of one of the middle Terms: So the Tangent of the other middle Term, To a fourth Tangent: Again. As the Radius, To that fourth Tangent: So is the Cotangent of the first Term, To the Tangent of the fourth Ark sought. The Radius may be otherways introduced into a Proportion then here is done, but not conducing to this present purpose, and therefore not mentioned till there be use of it, which will be upon the backside of a great Quadrant of a different contrivance from this, upon which this trouble with the Tangents will be shunned. An Example for this Case. As the Tangent of 65d, To Tangent of 24d: So the Tangent of 20d, To what Tangent? the Proportion will find 4d, 10′. Divided into two Proportions will be, As Radius, To Tangent 24d: So Tangent of 20d, To a fourth, the quantity whereof need not be measured. Again. As Radius, To that fourth: So the Tangent of 25d, the Compliment of the first Term, To the Tangent of 4d 26′, the fourth Tangent sought. Operation. First enter the Tangent of 24d on the Radius or Tangent of 45d laying the Thread to the other foot, then take the nearest distance to it from 20d, and enter that extent at 45d, laying the Thread to the other foot, then will the nearest distance from 25d, to the Thread if measured from the Centre be the Tangent of 5d 26′ sought. The second Case is when the first Term of the Proportion is less than the Compliment of the Scale wanting, and the two middle Terms greater than the length of the Scale. This ariseth from the former, for if the Terms given were the Compliments of those in the former Example, they would be agreeable to this Case, and so no further direction is needful about them, for the Tangent sought would be the Compliment of that there found, namely 84d 34′. Hence it may be observed, that a Table of natural Tangents only to 45d, or a Line of natural Tangents only to 45d may serve to operate any Proportion in Tangents whatsoever. To Proportion on out a Tangent to any Radius. Enter the length of the Radius proposed upon the Tangent of 45d and to the other foot of the Compasses lay the Thread according to the nearest distance, then if the respective nearest distances from each degree of the Tangents to the Thread be taken out they shall be Tangents to the assigned Radius: Because the Tangents run but to 63d 26′ whereas there may be occasion in some declining Dial's to use them to 75d though seldom further; to supply this defect, they may be supposed to break off at 60 and be supplied in a Line by themselves not issuing from the Centre, or only pricks or full-points made at each quarter of an hour, for the 5th hour, that is, from 60d to 75d, and so these distances pricked again from the Centre as here is done, either one way or other, the Proportion will hold, As the common Radius of the Tangents, Is to any other Assigned Radius: So is the difference of any two Tangents to the common Radius. To their Proportional difference in that Assigned Radius, And so having Proportioned out the first four hours, the 5th hour may be likewise Proportioned out and pricked forward in one continued straight Line from the end of the 4th hour. To work Proportions in Sines and Tangents by help of the Limb and Line of Tangents issuing from the Centre. THough this work may be better done on the backside where the Tangents lie in the Limb, and the Sins issue from the Centre, and where also there is a Secant meet for the varying of some Proportions that may excur, yet they may be also performed here supposing the Radius introduced into any Proportion wherein it is not ingredient, the two middle Terms not being of the same kind as both Tangents or both Sins. To find the 4th Proportional if it be a Sine. Lay the Thread to the Sine in the Limb being one of the middle Terms, and from the Tangent being the other middle Term take the nearest distance to it, then entering this extent upon the first Term being a Tangent lay the Thread to the other foot, and in the equal Limb it shows the Sine sought. So if the Example were, As the Tangent of 50d, To the Sine of 40d: So is the Tangent of 36d, To a Sine, the 4th Proportion would be found to be the Sine of 23d, 4′. If a Tangent be sought. Lay the Thread to the Sine in the Limb being one of the middle Terms, and from the Tangent being the other middle Term, take the nearest distance to it, then lay the Thread to the first Term in the Limb, and the former extent entered between the Scale and the Thread finds the Tangent, being the 4th Proportional sought. If the Example were, As the Sine of 40d, To the Tangent of 50d: So is the Sine of 23d 4′ To a fourth a Tangent, it would be found to be the Tangent of 36. These Directions presuppose the varying of the Proportion, as to the two Tangents, when either of them will excur the length of the Scale, of which more when I come to treat of the joint use of the Sins and Tangents on the backside. If both the middle Terms be Sins, the 1st Operation will be wholly on the Line of Sines on the backside, by introducing the Radius, and the second upon the Line of Tangents on the foreside, likewise, if both the middle Terms were Tangents, the first Operation would be on the Line of Tangents on the foreside, and the second on the Line of Sines on the backside; but this is likewise pretermitted for the present, for such Cases will seldom be reducible to practise. To work Proportions in equal Parts and Tangents. Because the Lines to perform this work do both issue from the Centre, the Radius need not be introduced in this Case; but here it must be known whether the first or second Term of the Proportion taken out of its proper Scale be the longer of the two, and accordingly the work to be performed on the Scale of the longer Term, which shall be illustrated only by a few Examples, the ground of what can be said being already laid down. Example. To find the Sun's Altitude, the length of the Gnomon or Perpendicular being assigned, and the length of its Shadow measured. As the length of the Shadow. Is to the Radius: So is the length of the Gnomon, To the Tangent of the Sun's Altitude. Example. If the length of the Shadow were 8 foot, and the length of the Gnomon but 5 foot, because 8 of the greater divisions of the equal parts are longer than the Tangent of 45d take the said Tangent or Radius, and enter it at 8, laying the Thread to the other foot, than the nearest distance from 5 of the equal parts to the Thread measured on the Tangents showeth 32d for the Sun's Altitude sought. So the distance from a Tower and its Altitude being observed the Proportion, to get the height of the Tower is, As the Radius, To the measured distance: So the Tangent of the Altitude. To the height of the Tower. So in the Example in Page 38, the measured distance K B was 100 yards, and the Altitude 43d 50′ to find the height of the Tower take the Tangent of 45 d, and enter it on 10 at the end of the equal Scale, laying the Thread to the other foot, then take the Tangent of 43 d 50′, and enter it between the Scale and the Thread, and the Compasses will rest at 96 the height of the Tower in yards, sometimes each grand division of the equal Scale must represent but one sometimes 10, and sometimes 100, as in Case L B, and the Altitude thereto were given to find the height assigned. Another Example. As the Tangent of 60d, Is to 50: So is the Tangent of 40d, To 24 | 2 as before. Take 50 equal parts, and enter it upon the Tangent of 60 d laying the Thread to the other foot, than the nearest distance from the Tangent of 40 d to the Thread measured on the equal parts from the Centre will be 24 | 2 as before. Otherwise. Enter the Tangent of 40 d upon the Tangent of 60 d laying the Thread to the other foot, then enter 50 equal parts down the Line of Tangents from the Centre, and the nearest distance from the termination to the Thread measured in the equal parts will be 24 | 2 as before. If both the Tangents in any Proportion be too long, they may be changed into their Compliments if one of them may and the other may not be so changed without excursion, than the Proportion may be wrought by the Pen, taking the Tangents out of the Quadrat and Shadows, or it may be made two Proportions by introducing the Radius as before showed; it will not be needful to speak more to this, only one Example for obtaining the Altitude of a Tower at two Stations. As the difference of the Cotangents of the Arks cut at either Stations: Is to Radius: So the distance between those Stations: To the Altitude of the Tower. In the Diagram for this Case the Compliments of the angles observed at the two Stations, viz. at G were 20 d, at H 41 d 31′. Take the distance on the Line of Tangents between these two Arks, and because equal parts are sought, and the said Extent less than 50, the measured distance changing the second Term of the Proportion into the place of the third, Enter the said Extent upon 50 in the equal parts, laying the Thread to the other foot, then if the Tangent of 45 d be entered between the Scale and the Thread, the Compasses will rest upon 96 for the Altitude sought. To work Proportions in equal Parts and Sins by help of the Limb. TO suppose both the middle Terms to be either equal Parts or Sines, will not be practical, yet may be performed as before hinted, without introducing the Radius, if it be not ingredient, because both these Lines issue from the Centre, and may also be performed by the Pen by measuring the Sins one the Line of equal parts, as was instanced in page 41. But supposing the middle Terms of a different kind. 1. If a Sine be sought, Operate by introducing the Radius. Lay the Thread to the Sine in the Limb being one of the middle Terms, and from the other middle Term being equal parts, take the nearest distance to it, one foot of this extent enter at the first Term, and the Thread laid to the other foot cuts the Limb at the Ark sought. If the Ark sought be above 70 d this work may better be performed with the Line of equal parts and Sins jointly, as issuing from the Centre. 2. If a Number be sought▪ Lay the Thread to the Sine in the Limb being one of the middle Terms, and from the other middle Term being equal parts take the nearest distance to it, Then lay the Thread to the first Term in the Limb being a sine, and enter the former extent between the Scale and the Thread, and the foot of the Compasses will on the Line of equal parts show the fourth Proportional. The Proportion for finding the Altitude of a Tower at one Station by the measured distance, may also be wrought in in equal parts and Sins. For, As the Cousin of the Ark at first Station, To the measured distance thereof from the Tower: So is the Sine of the said Ark, To the Altitude of the Tower. In that former Scheme, the measured distance B H is 85, and the angle observed at H 48 d 29′ Wherefore I lay the Thread to the Sine of the said Ark in the Limb, counted from the right edge, and from the measured distance in the equal parts take the nearest extent to the Thread, then laying the Thread to the Cousin of the said Ark in the Limb, and entering the former extent between the Thread and the Scale, I shall find the foot of the Compasses to fall upon 96 the Altitude sought. So also in the Triangle A C B, if there were given the side A C 194, the measured distance between two Stations on the Wall of a Town besieged, and the observed angles at A 25 d 22′, at C 113 d 22′, if B were a Battery we might by this work find the distance of it from either A or C, for having two angles given all the three are given, it therefore holds, As the Sine of the angle ot B 41d 16′, To its opposite side A C 194, So the Sine of the angle at C 66d, 38′ the Compliment, To its Opposite side B A 270, the distance of the Battery from A Such Proportions as have the Radius in them will be more easily wrought, we shall give some few Examples in Use in Navigation. 1. To find how many Miles or Leagues in each Parralel of Latitude answer to one degree of Longitude. As the Radius, To the Cousin of the Latitude. So the number of Miles in a degree in the Equinoctial, To the Number of Miles in the Parralel. So in 51 d 32′ of Latitude if 60 Miles answer to a degree in the Equinoctial 37 | 3 Miles shall answer to one degree in this Parralel. This is wrought by laying the Thread to 51 d 32′ in the Limb from the left edge towards the right, then take the nearest distance to it from 60 in the equal parts which measured from the Centre will be found to reach to 37 | 3 as before. The reason of this facile Operation is because the nearest distance from the end of the Line of equal parts to the Thread is equal to the Cousin of the Latitude, the Scale itself being equal to the Radius, and therefore needs not be taken out of a Scale of Sines and entered upon the first Term the Radius as in other Proportions in Sins of of the greater to the less, when wrought upon a single Line only issuing from the Centre, where the second Term must be taken out of a Scale, and entered upon the first Term. 2. The Course and Distance given to find the difference of Latitude in Leagues or Miles. As the Radius, To the Cousin of the Rumb from the Meridian: So the Distance sailed, To the difference of Latitude in like parts. Example. A Ship sailed S W by W, that is on a Rumb 56 d 15′ from the Meridian 60 Miles, the difference of Latitude in Miles will be found to be 33 | 3 the Operation being all one with the former, Lay the Thread to the Rumb in the Limb, and from 60 take the nearest distance to it, which measured in the Scale of equal parts will be found as before, 3. The Course and Distance given to find the Departure from the Meridian, alias the Variation. As the Radius, To the Sine of the Rumb from the Meridian: So the distance Sailed, To the Departure from the Meridian. In the former Example to find the Departure from the Meridian, Lay the Thread to the Rumb counted from the right edge towards the left, that is to 56d 15′ so counted, and from 60 in the equal parts being the Miles Sailed, take the nearest distance to it; this extent measured in the said Scale will be found to be 49 | 9 Miles, and so if the converse of this were to be wrought, it is evident that the Miles of Departure must be taken out of the Scale of equal parts and entered Parralelly between the Scale and the Thread lying over the Rumb. Many more Examples and Propositions might be illustrated, but these are sufficient, those that would use a Quadrant for this purpose may have the Rumbs traced out or pricked upon the Limb: Now we repair to the backside of the Quadrant. Of the Line of on the right Edge of the Backside. THe Uses of this Line are manifold in dialing in drawing Projections in working Proportions, etc. 1. To take of a Proportional Sine to any lesser Radius than the side of the Quadrant, or which is all one, to divide any Line shorter in length then the whole Line of Sines in such manner as the same is divided. Enter the length of the Line proposed at 90 d the end of the Scale of Sines, and to the other foot lay the Thread according to nearest Distance, or measure the length of the Line proposed on the Line of Sines from the Centre, and observe to what Sine it is equal, then lay the Thread over the like Arch in the Limb, and the nearest distances to it from each degree of the Line of Sines shall be the Proportional parts sought. And if the Thread be laid over 30 d of the Limb the nearest distances to it will be Sins to half the Common Radius. 2. From a Line of Sines to take off a Tangent, the Proportion to do it is, As the Cousin of an Arch, To the Radius of the Line proposed: So the Sine of the said Arch, To the Tangent of the said Arch. Enter the Radius of the Tangent proposed at the Cousin of the given Arch, and to the other foot lay the Thread then from the Sine of that Arch take the nearest distance to the Thread, this extent is the length of the Tangent sought; thus to get the Tangent of 20 d enter the Radius proposed at the Sine of 70 d, then take the nearest distance to the Thread from the Sine of 20 d, this extent is the Tangent of the said Arch in reference to the limited Radius. Otherways by the Limb. Lay the Thread to the Sine of that Arch counted from the right edge whereto you would take out a Tangent, and enter the Radius proposed down the Line of Sines from the Centre and take the nearest distance to the Thread than lay the Thread to the like Arch from the left edge, and enter the extent between the Scale and the Thread, the distance of the Foot of the Compasses from the Centre shall be the length of the Tangent required. 3. From the Sins to take off a Secant. The Proportion to do it is, At the Cousin of the Arch proposed, To Radius of the Line proposed So the Sine of 90d, the common Radius, To the length of the Secant of that Arch, to the limited Radius. By the Limb, Lay the Thread to that Arch in the Limb counted from left edge whereto you would take out a Secant, then enter the Limited Radius between the Scale and the Thread and the distance of the foot of the Compasses from the Centre shall be the length of the Secant sought, and the Converse if a Secant and its Radius be given to find the Ark thereto enter the Secant of 90 d then enter the Radius of it between the Thread and the Sins, and the Compasses shows the Ark thereto, if counted from 90 d towards the Centre. Otherways. Enter the Radius of the Line you would divide into Secants at the Cousin of that Arch whereto you would take out a Secant, and to the other foot lay the Thread than the nearest distance to the Thread from the Sine of 90 d is the length of the Secant sought: Thus to get the Secant of 20 d enter the Radius limited in the Sine of 70 d then the nearest distance from 90 d to the Thread, is the length of the Secant sought. And here it may be noted, that if you would have the whole length of the Line of Sines to represent the Secant sought, than the Cousin of that Arch which it represents shall be the Radius to it; so the whole Line of Sines representing a Secant of 70 d, the length of the Sine of 20 d shall be the Radius thereto. It may also be observed, that no Tangent or Secant can be taken of at once larger than the Radius of the Quadrant, nor no Radius entered longer than that is, and that if the Radius entered be in Length ½ ⅓ ¼ of the Sins Tangents to 63h 26′ 71 34 75 58 Secants to 60d●′ 70 32 75 32 may be taken off by help of the Line of Sines. And here it may be observed, That if the Tangent and Secant of any Arch be added in one straight Line or otherwise in Numbers, the Amount shall be equal to the Tangent of such Ark as shall bisect the remaining part of the Quadrant, as is demonstrated in Pitiscus & Sn●llius. Whence it follows, That if we have a Tangent and Secant no further than to 60 d each, yet a Tangent by the joint use of both Lines may from them be pricked down to 75 d: Wherefore at anty time to lengthen the Tangents double the Arch proposed, and out of the Amount reject 90 d; The Tangent and Secant of the remainder connected in one straight Sine shall be the Tangent of the Arch sought. Thus to get the Tangent of 70 d the double is 140 d whence 90 d rejected rests 50 d; the Tangent and Secant of 50 d joined in one straight Line shall be the Tangent of such an Arch as bisects the remaining part of the Quadrant, namely of 70 d. It may also be observed, That the Tangent of an Ark, and the Tangent of half its Compliment is equal to the Secant of that Arch as is obvious in drawing of any Projection. A Chord may also be taken off from the Line of Sines, but more facilly by the Line of Chords on the left edge of the Quadrant, and is therefore pretermitted. To work Proportions in Sines alone. Frst, Without the help of the Limb or lesser Sins without introducing the Radius, but upon this Line alone independently. There will be two Cases, 1. If the first Term be greater than the second, the entrance is lateral; Enter the second Term upon the first, laying the Thread to the other foot. Then from the third Term in the Scale take the nearest distance to the Thread, and measure that Extent from the Centre, and it shows the Term sought, and so if it were, As Sine 30d, To Sine 10d: So Sine 80d, the fourth Proportional would be found to be 20d. In giving Examples to illustrate the matter, I shall make use of that noted Canon for making the Tables, As the Semiradius, or Sine of 30d, To the Sine of any Arch: So the Cousin of that Arch, To the Sine of that Arch doubled. But when the first Term is less than the second, Enter the length of the first Term upon the second, laying the Thread to the other foot of that Extent, then enter the third Term Parralelly between the Scale and the Thread, and it shows the fourth Proportional sought. So if it were, As the Sine of 10d, To the Sine of 30d: So the Sine of 20d, To a fourth, the 4th Proportional would be found to be 80 d. Another general way will be to do it by help of the Limb, by introducing the Radius in such Proportions wherein it is not Lay the Thread to one of the middle Terms in the Limb, and from the other middle Term on the Line of Sines take the nearest distance to it, then enter one foot of that extent at the first Term on the Line of Sines, and lay the Thread to the other foot, and in the Limb it shows the 4th Proportional sought. Example. If the three Proportionals were, As Sine 55 d, To Sine 70 d: So Sine 30 d, To a fourth, the fourth Proportional would be found to be 35 d. But if the first Term of the Proportion be either a small Ark or the answer above 70 d, the latter part of this general direction for more certainty may be turned into a Parralel entrance, that is to say instead of entering the Extent taken from one of the middle Terms in the Sins to the Thread laid over the other middle Term in the Limb, and entering it at the first Term in the Sins finding the Answer in the Limb lay, the Thread to the first Term in the Limb, and find the Answer in the Line of Sines by, entering the former extent parralelly between the Scale and the Thread. What hath been spoken concerning the Limb may also be performed by the Line of lesser Sins in the Limb by the same Directions. So if it were, As the Sine of 5d, To Sine 30d: So the Sine of 10d To a fourth, the 4th Proportional would be found to be the Sine of 85d, and the Operation best performed by the joint use of the Line of Sines, and the lesser Sins by making the latter entrance a Parralel entrance. When the Radius is in the third place of a Proportion in Sines of a greater to a less▪ the Operation is but half so much as when it is not ingredient. Example. As the Cousin of the Latitude, To the Sine of the Declination, So the Radius, To the Sine of the Sun's Amplitude. If the Sun's declination were 13d, to find his Amplitude in our Latitude for London, take the Sine of 13d and enter one foot of it on the Sine of 38d 28′ and to the other foot lay the Thread, and in the Limb it shows the Amplitude sought to be 21d 12′. By changing the places of the two middle Terms, this Example will be turned into a Parralel entrance. Lay the Thread to the Compliment of the Latitude in the Limb, and enter the Sine of the Declination between it and the Scale, and you will find the same Ark in the Sins for the Amplitude sought, as was before found in the Limb. Such Proportions of the greater to the less wherein the Radius is not ingredient, that have two fixed or constant Terms, may be most readily performed by the single Line of Sines without the help of the Limb. An Example for finding the Sun's Amplitude. As the Cousin of the Latitude, To the Sine of the Sun's greatest declination: So the Sine of the Sun's distance from the next Equinoctial Point, To the Sine of the Sun's Amplitude. Because the two first Terms of this Proportion are fixed, the Amplitude answerable to every degree of the Sun's place may be found without removing the Thread; To do it enter the Sine of the Sun's greatest Declination 23d 31′, at the Sine of the Latitudes Compliment, and to the other foot lay the Thread, where keep it without alteration, then for every degree of the Sun's place counted in the Sins take the nearest distance to the Thread, and measure those extents down the Line of Sines from the Centre, and you will find the correspondent Amplitudes. Example. So when the Sun enters ♉ ♍ ♏ ♓, his Equinoctial distance being 30 d, the Amplitude will be 18 d 41′, and when he enters ♊ ♌ ♐ ♒ Equinox distance 60 d, the Amplitude will be 33 d 42′; and when he enters ♋ ♑ the greatest Amplitude will be 39d 50′, his distance from the nearest Equinoctial Point being 90 d. But for such Proportions in which there is not two fixed Terms, the best way to Operate them will be by the joint help of the Limb and Line of Sines. An Example for finding the Time of the day the Sun's Azimuth Declination and Altitude being given. By the Sun's Azimuth is meant the angle thereof from the midnight part of the Meridian, the Proportion is As the Cousin of the Declination, To the Sine of the Azimuth: So the Cousin of the Sun's Altitude. To the Sine of the hour from the Meridian. Example. So when the Sun hath 18 d 37′ North Declination, if his Azimuth be 69 d from the Meridian, and the Altitude 39 d, the hour will be found to be 49 d 58′ from Noon. So if there were given the Hour, the Declination and Altitude by transposing the Order of the former Proportion, it will hold to find the Azimuth, As the Cousin of the Sun's Altitude, To the Sine of the hour from the Meridian: So the Cousin of the Sun's Declination, To the Sine of the Azimuth from the Meridian. Commonly in both these Cases the Latitude is also known, and the Affection is to be determined according to Rules formerly given. A Proportion wholly in Secants we have showed before may be changed wholly into Sines; but the like mutual conversion of the Sins into Tangents is not yet known, however it may be done in 〈◊〉 of the 16 Cases wherein the Radius is ingredient, for instance, let the Proportion be to find the time of Sun rising. As Radius, To Tangent of Latitude: So the Tangent of the Declination, To the Sine of the hour from 6. Instead of the two first Terms it may be, As the Cousin of the Latitude, To the Sine of the Latitude, than instead of the Tangent of the Declination say, So is the Sine hereof to a fourth. Again, As the Cousin of the Declination, To that fourth: So Radius, To the Sine of the hour from six: This being derived from the Analemma by resolving a Triangle, one side whereof is the Arch of a lesser Circle. If a Quadrant want Tangents or Secants in the Limb, but may admit of a Sine from the Centre, the Tangent and Secant of the Latitude, &c, may be taken out by what hath been asserted, to half the common Radius, and marked on the Limb, and the Quadrant thereby fitted to perform most of the Propositions of the Sphere in one Latitude, and how to supply the Defect of a Line of Versed Sins in the Limb shall afterwards be shown. What hath been spoken concerning a Line of Sines graduated on a Quadrant from the Centre, may by help of the equal Limb be performed without it. 1. A Proportional Sine may be taken off to any diminutive Radius. By the Definition of Sines the right Sine of an Arch is a Line falling from the end of that Arch Perpendicularly to the Radius drawn to the other end of the said Arch; So the Line H K falling Perpendicularly on the Radius F G shall be the Sine of the Arch H G, and by the same Definition the Line G I falling perpendicularly on the Radius F H shall also be the Sine of the said Arch, and whether the Radius be bigger or lesser, this Definition is common, but the Line G I on a Quadrant represents the nearest distance from the Radius to the Thread, therefore a Sine may be taken off from the Limb to any Diminutive Radius, to perform which, Enter the length or Radius proposed down the straight Line that comes from the Centre of the Quadrant, and limits the Limb; observe where the Compasses rests, this I call the fixed Point, because the Compasses must be set down at it, at every taking off, then to take off the Sine of any Arch to that Radius, lay the Thread over the Arch counted in the Limb from the said edge of the Quadrant, and take the nearest distance to it for the length of the Sine sought: But to take out Sines to the Radius of the graduated Limb set down one foot at the Ark in the Limb, and take the nearest distance to the two edge Lines of the Limb, the one shall be the Sine, the other Co-sine of the said Ark. 2. A Proportion in Sines alone may be wrought by help of the Limb. Take out one of the middle Terms by the former Prop. and entering it down the right edge from the Centre, take the nearest distance to the Thread laid over the other middle Term in the Limb, counted from right edge, then lay the Thread to the first Term in the Limb, and enter that extent between the right edge Line and the Thread, the distance of the foot of the Compasses from the Centre, is the length of the Sine sought, to be measured in the Limb by entering one foot of that Extent in it: So that the other turned about may but just touch one of the edge or side Lines of the Limb issuing from the Centre, or enter that Extent at the concurrence of the Limb with the said Line, and lay the Thread to the other foot according to the nearest distance, and in the Limb it shows the Ark sought: Whence may be observed how to prick of an angle by Sines instead of Chords. From this and some other following Propositions I assert the Hour and Azimuth may be found generally by the sole help of the Limb of a Quadrant without Protraction. How from the Lines inscribed in the Limb to take off a Sine, Tangent, Secant and Versed Sine to any Radius, if less than half the common Radius of the Quadrant. IT hath been asserted, that a Sine may be taken off from the Limb, and by consequence any other Line there put on; for by being carried thither they are converted into Sines, and put on in the same manner, for by the Definition of Sines, if Lines were carried Parralel to the right edge of the Quadrant from the equal degrees of the Limb to the left edge they would there constitute a Line of Sines and the Converse. To find the fixed Point enter the Radius proposed twice down the Line of Sines from the Centre, or which is all one, Lay the Thread over 30 d of the Limb counted from the right edge towards the left, and enter the limited Radius between the Thread and the Scale; so that one foot turned about may just touch the Thread, and the other resting on the Line of Sines, shows the fixed Point, at which if the Compasses be always set down, and the Thread laid over any Ark in the Tangent, Secant or lesser Sins, the nearest distances from the said Point to the Thread shall be the Sine, Tangent, Secant, of the said Ark to the limited Radius. But for such Lines as are put on to the common Radius, as the Tangent of 45 d, etc. the Radius is to be entered but once down from the Centre to find the fixed Point. Of the Line of Secants. This Line singly considered is of small use, but junctim with other Lines of great use for the general finding the Hour and Azimuth: Mr Foster makes use of it in his Posthuma to graduate the Meridian Line of a Mercators Chart, which is done by the perpetual addition of Secants, and the like may be done from this Line lying in the Limb but a better way will be to do it from a well graduated Meridian Line by doubling or folding the edge of the Chard thereto, and so graduate it by the Pen. Of the Line of Tangents. The joint use of this Line with the Line of Sines is to work Proportions in Sines and Tangents, in any Proportion wrought by help of Lines in the Limb wherein the Radius is not ingredient, the Radius must be introduced according to the general Direction. If the two middle Terms be Sins there must be one Proportion wrought wholly on the Line of Sines on the Backside, and another on the Line of Tangents on the foreside; but such Cases are not usual: But if the two middle Terms be Tangents, the first Operation must be on the line of Tangents on the foreside, and the latter on the line of Sins on this backside, unless the Radius be ingredient. A general Direction to work Proportions when the middle Terms are of a different Species. If a Sine be sought, Lay the Thread to the Tangent in the Limb being one of the middle Terms, and from the Sine being another of the middle Terms take the nearest distance to it, then lay the Thread to the other Tangent in the Limb, being the first Term, and enter the former extent between the Scale and the Thread, and the foot of the Compasses on the Line of Sines will show the fourth Proportional. Example. If the Proportion were, As the Tangent of 30 d, To the Sine of 25d So is the Tangent of 20 d, To the Sine of 15 d 27′. Lay the Thread over the Tangent of 20 d in the Limb, and from the Sine of 25 d take the nearest distance to it, then lay the Thread to the Tangent of 30 d, and the former extent so entered that one foot resting on the Sins, the other foot turned about may but just touch the Thread, and the resting foot will show 15 d 27′ for the Sine sought. 2. If a Tangent be sought. Lay the Thread to the Tangent being one of the middle Terms, and from the other middle Term being a Sine take the nearest distance thereto, then Enter one foot of that extent at the first Term being a Sine, and the Thread laid to the other foot shows the fourth Proportional in the Line of Tangents in the Limb. Example. So if the Proportion were, As the Sine of 25 d, To the Tangent of 30 d: So is the Sine of 32 d, To a Tangent, the fourth Proportional would be found to be the Tangent of 35 d 54′. If the answer fall near the end of the Scale of Tangents, the latter entrance may be made by laying the Thread to the first Term in the Limb, and by a Parralel entrance an Ark found on the Line of Sines, then if the Thread be laid over the like Ark in the Limb it will intersect the Tangent sought. These Directions presuppose the varying of the Proportion when the Tangens excur the length of the Scale, according to the Directions in the Trigonometrical part; but as before suggested, those Directions are insufficient when one of the Terms or Tangents are less than the Compliment of the Scale wanting, and the other greater than the length of the Scale, for two such Arks cannot be changed into their Compliments without still incurring the same inconvenience; in this Case only change the greater Term, which may be done by help of the Line of Secants, for, As the Tangent of an Arch, To the Sine of another Arch; So is the Cosecant of the latter Arch, To the Cotangent of the former. And by Transposing the Order of the Terms. As a Sine, To a Tangent: So the Cotangent of the latter Arch, To the Cosecant of the former. Example. If the Proportion were, As the Sine of 8d, To the Tangent of 25d So is the Sine of 60d, To the Tangent of 71d: Here we might foreknow by the nature of the Terms that the Tangent sought would be large or find by trial that it cannot be wrought upon the Quadrant: We may therefore vary it thus, As the Tangent of 25d To the Sine of 8d: So the Secant of 30d, To the Tangent of 19d, the Compliment of 71d, the Arch sought. Lay the Thread over 8d in the lesser Sins, and set down one foot of the Compasses at the Sine of the same Arch the Thread lies over in the Limb; and take the nearest distance to the Thread laid over the Secant of 30, then lay the Thread to the Tangent of 25d, and enter the former extent between the Thread and the Line of Sines, and the distance of the foot of the Compasses from the Centre measured on the Tangents on the foreside showeth 19d. But a more general Caution in this Case without the help of the Secants, would be by altering the larger Tangent into its Compliment by introducing the Radius, and operating the Proportion on the greater Tangent of 45d. If the Proportion were, As the Tangent of 70d, To the Sine of 60d: So the Tangent of 25d, To the Sine of 8ds 27′. By introducing the Radius at two Operations it would be easily wrought, As Radius, To Tangent 25d, So Sine 60d, To a fourth, Again, As the Radius, To the Tangent of 20 d: So that fourth, To the Sine sought. So the former Example wherein a Tangent is sought may be likewise varied. As Radius, To Tangent 25d: So Sine 60d, To a fourth, Again, As that fourth, To the Radius: So is the Sine of 8ds, To the Cotangent of the Arch sought, namely to the Tangent of 19d as before. Two Proportions with the Radius in each are as suddenly done as one without the Radius. Operation. Lay the Thread over the Tangent of 25d in the greater Tangents, and from the Sine of 60d take the nearest distance to it, enter that extent at 90, or the end of the Line of Sines, laying the Thread to the other foot according to the nearest distance, then enter the Sine of 8 parralelly between the Scale and the Thread and the distance of the foot of the Compasses from the Centre is the Tangent of the Compliment of the Ark sought to be measured in the greater Tangents by setting down one foot at 90d, and the Thread laid to the other, according the nearest-will lie over the Tangent of 19 d. An Example with the Radius ingredient and a Sine sought, Data, Latitude, and Declination, to find the time when the Sun shall be East or West. As the Radius, To the Cotangent of the Latitude: So the Tangent of the Declination, To the Sine of the hour from 6. To be wrought by the help of the lesser Tangents. When the Radius comes first and two Tangents in the middle, change the largest Ark into its Compliment to bring it into the first place, and the Radius into the second; then take out the Tangent of the other middle Ark, either from the foreside from the Scale, or out of the Limb by setting one foot at the Sine of 90 d, and taking the nearest distance to the Thread laid over the Tangent given, then laying the Thread to the Tangent of the first Ark, enter the former extent between the Scale and the Thread, and the foot of the Compasses will show the Sine sought. Otherways the two middle Terms being Tangents, as also when the first Term and one of the middle Terms is a Tangent, change the Radius and one of those Tangents into Sines. For, As the Radius, To the Tangent of any Ark: So is the Cousin of the said Ark, To the Sine thereof. And, As the Tangent of any Ark, To Radius: So is the Sine of that Ark, To the Cousin thereof. And so the former Proportion changed will be, As the Sine of the Latitude, To the Cousin of the Latitude: So the Tangent of the Declination, To the Sine of the hour from six, When the Sun shall be East or West. Example. If the Declination were 23d 30′ North, in our Latititude of London 51d 32′ to find the Sine sought, Lay the Thread to the Tangent of the Declination in the Limb, and from the Compliment of the Latitude in the Sins take the nearest distance to it, then lay the Thread to the Sine of the Latitude in the lesser Sins and enter the former extent between the Thread and the Scale and the foot of the Compasses showeth the answer in degrees, if the Thread be laid to the Ark found in the Limb it there showeth it in Time; So in this Example the time sought is 20d 14′, or in Time 1h 17 h before 6 in the morning or after it in in the Evening. If the Latitude and Declination were given, To find the Sun's Azimuth at the Hour of 6. As the Radius, To Cousin of the Latitude: So the Tangent of the Sun's Declination, To the Tangent of his Azimuth from the Vertical. In this Case a Tangent being the 4th Term sought, the Operation is very facile. Lay the Thread to the Tangent of the Declination in the lesser Tangents, and from the Cousin of the Latitude take the nearest distance to it, and either measure that extent on the Tangents on the foreside, or set one foot of that extent upon the Sine of 90d, and to the other lay the Thread and it will intersect the Tangent sought in the Limb: So in our Latitude when the Sun hath 23d 30′ of declination, his Azimuth at the hour of 6 will be 15 d 9′ from the East or West. Another Example, So if the Sun's distance from the nearest Equinoctial Point were 60 d, his right Ascension would be found to be 57 d 48′. The Proportion to perform this Proposition is, As the Radius, To the Cousin of the Sun's greatest Declination: So the Tangent of the Sun's distance from the next Equinoctial Point, To the Tangent of the Sun's right Ascension, or when the Tangents are large, As the Cousin of the Sun's greatest declination, To Radius: So the Cotangent of the Sun's distance from the Equinoctial Point. To the Cotangent of his right Ascension. By what hath been said it appears that the working Proportions by the natural Lines is more troublesome then by the Logarithmical, however this trouble will be shunned in the use of the great Quadrant by help of the Circle on the backside. I now come to show how the Hour of the Day, and the Azimuth of the Sun may be found universally by the Lines on the Quadrant, which is the principal thing intended. The first Operation for the Hour will be to find what Altitude or Depression the Sun shall have at the hour of 6. The Proportion to find it is, As the Radius, To the Sine of the Latitude: So the sine of the Sun's Declination, To the sine of the Altitude sought. Example. So in Latitude 51 d 32′, the Sun's declination being 23 d 31′, To find his Altitude or Depression at 6, Lay the Thread to the Sine of the Latitude in the Limb, and from the sine of the Sun's Declination take the nearest distance to it, which extent measured from the Centre will be found to be 18 d 12′. This remains fixed for one Day, and therefore must be recorded, or have a mark set to it. Afterwards the Proportion is, As the Cousin of the Declination, To the Secant of the Latitude, Or, As the Cousin of the Latitude, To the Secant of the Declination: So in Summer is the difference, but in Winter the Sum of the sins of the Suns proposed or observed Altitude, and of his Altitude or Depression at 6, To the Sine of the hour from 6 towards Noon in Winter, as also in Summer when the Altitude is more than the Altitude of 6, otherways towards Midnight. To Operate this. In Winter to the sine of the Sun's Depression at 6, add the sine of the Altitude proposed, by setting down the extent hereof outward at the end of the former extent; in Summer take the distance between the sine of the Sun's Altitude, and the sine of his Altitude at 6, and enter either of these extents twice down the Line of sins from the Centre, then lay the Thread to the Secant being one of the middle Terms, and take the nearest distance to it. Lastly, enter one foot of this extent at the first Term, being a Sine, and to the other foot lay the Thread, and in the equal Limb it shows the hour from 6, which is accordingly numbered with hours. But when the Hour is near Noon, the answer may be found in the Line of Sines with more certainty by laying the Thread to the first Term in the Limb, and entering the latter extent Parralelly between the Scale and the Thread. Otherways. Enter the aforesaid sum or difference of sins once down the Line of Sines from the Centre, and laying the Thread to the Secant, being one of the middle Terms, take the nearest distance to it, then lay the Thread to the first Ark in the lesser sins, and enter the former extent between the Thread and the Scale, and the foot on the Compasses on the Line showeth the Sine of the Hour. Example. If the Altitude were 45d 42′, take the distance between it and the sine of 18 d 12′ before found enter this extent twice down the Line of sins from the Centre, and laying the Thread over the Secant of 51 d 32′ take the nearest to it, then entering one foot of this extent at 66 d 29′ in the Line of Sines the Thread being laid to the other according to nearest distance will lie over 45 d in the Limb showing the hour to be either 9 in the morning, or 3 in the afternoon, and so it will be found also in the latter Operation by entering the first extent once down the sins, and taking the distance to the Thread lying over the Secant of the Latitude, and then laying the Thread to 66 d 29′ in the 〈◊〉, and entering that extent between the Scale and the Thread. To find the Sun's Azimuth The first Operation will be to get the Sun's Altitude in the Vertical Circle, that is, being East are West. As the six of the Latitude, To Radius: So is the Sine of the Declination, To the sine of the Altitud. So in our Latitude of London, when the Sun hath 23d 31′ of declination, his Vertical Altitude in Summer will be found to be 30d 39′ and so much is the Depression when he hath as much South declination. This found either by a Parralel entrance on the Line of Sines by laying the Thread to the sine of the Latitude in the Limb, and entering the sine of the Declination between the Scale and the Thread, or by a Lateral entrance in the Limb changing the Radius into the third place, and then enter the sine of the Declination on the Sine of the Latitude, laying the Thread to the other foot, and in the Limb it shows the Altitude sought; having found this Ark let it be recorded or have a mark set to it, because it remains fixed for one Day, afterwards the Proportion to be wrought is, As the Cousin of the Altitude, To the Tangent of the Latitude: So in Summer is the difference in Winter the sum of the Sins of the Sun's Altitude, and of his Vertical Altitude or Depression: To the Sine of the Azimuth from the East or West towards noon Meridian in Winter as also in Summer, when the given Altitude is more than the Vertical Altitude, but if less towards the Midnight Meridian. This Proportion may be wrought divers ways on the Quadrant after the same manner as the former, I shall therefore illustrate it by some Examples. Declination 13d, Latititude 51d 32′, Vertical Altitude 16d 42′, Proposed Altitude in Summer— 41d, 53′. Proposed Altitude in Winter— 12 13 Enter the aforesaid sum or difference of Sines twice down from the Centre of the Quadrant, and take the nearest distance to the Thread being laid over the Tangent of the Latitude, this extent set down at the Cousin of the Altitude, and lay the Thread to the other foot and in the Limb it shows the Azimuth sought. So in this Example the Azimuth will be found to be 40d both in Summer and Winter from East or West towards Noon Meridian. Otherways. Enter the aforesaid sum or difference of sins but down from the Centre, and take the nearest distance to the Thread laid over the Tangent of the Latitude, then lay the Thread to the Compliment of the Altitude in the lesser sins, and enter the former extent between the Scale and the Thread, and the answer will be given in the Line of Sines, supposing the declination unchanged, if the Altitude were 9d 21′ both for the Winter and the Summer Example, the Azimuth at London would be 9d 22′ from the East or West Northwards in Summer, and 35 d Southwards in Winter. Hitherto we suppose the Latitude not to exceed the length of the Tangents, whether it doth or not this Proportion may be otherways wrought by changing the two first Terms of it; Instead of the Co-sine of the Altitude to the Tangent of the Latitude, we may say, As the Cotangent of the Latitude, To the Secant of the Altitude: So when the Sun hath 23 d 31′ of North Declination in our Latitude, and his Altitude 57 d 7′, take the distance between the sine thereof and the sine of 30 d 39′ the Altitude of East, and enter it once down from the Centre, and take the nearest distance to the Thread laid over the Secant of the Altitude, viz. 57 d 7′, then lay the Thread to 38 d 28′ in the Tangents, and enter the former extent between the Scale and the Thread, and the Compasses on the Line of Sines will rest at 50 d for the Azimuth from East or West Southwards, because the Altitude was more than the Vertical Altitude. Otherways without the Secant in all Cases by help of the greater Tangent of 45d. Enter the aforesaid Sum or difference of the Sins once down from the Centre and lay the Thread to the Tangent or Cotangent of the Latitude in the greater Tangents, and take the nearest distance to it. Then for Latitudes under 45d enter the former extent at the Compliment of the Altitude in the Line of Sines, and find the answer in the Limb by laying the Thread to the other foot, or if it be more convenient make a Parralel entrance of it, and find the answer in the Sins as before hinted. But for Latitudes above 45 d, first find a fourth by entering the sum or difference of sins between the Scale and the Thread, and then it will hold, As the first Term, To that fourth: So Radius, To the Sine of the Azimuth, and may be either a Lateral or Parralel entrance, according as it falls out, and as the Radius is put either in the second or third place, in all these Directions the introducement of the Radius is supposed according to to the general Advertisement. The finding of the Amplitude this way presupposeth the Vertical Altitude known, and then the Proportion derived from the Analemma, not from the 16 Cases is, As the Radius, To the Tangent of the Latitude, So the Sine of the Vertical Altitude, To the Sine of the Amplitude: So also to find the time of Sun rising. As the Cousin of the Declination, To Secant of the Latitude: So the sine of the Sun's Altitude at 6, To the Sine of the hour of rising from six. To find the Sun's Azimuth at six of the clock otherways then by the 16 Cases. As the Cousin of the Sun's Altitude at 6, To Tangent of the Latitude, So is the difference of the sins of the Sun's Altitude at 6, and of his Vertical Altitude, To the sine of the Azimuth from the Vertical. To find the time when the Sun shall be due East or West. As Cousin of the Declination, To Secant of the Latitude: So the difference of the Sins of the Sun's Altitude at 6, and of his Vertical Altitude, To the Sine of the hour from 6, When the Sun shall be due East or West. These Proportions derived from the Analemma, are general both for the Sun and Stars in all Latitudes; but when the Declination either of Sun or Stars exceed the Latitude of the place, this Proportion for finding the Azimuth cannot be at some times conveniently performed on a Quadrant, but must be supplied from another Proportion, whereof more hereafter. Of the Hour and Azimuth Scales on the Edges of the Quadrant. These Scales are fitted for the more ready finding the Hour and Azimuth in one Latitude, being only to facilitate the former general Way. The Labour saved hereby is twofold, first the Sun's declination is graved against the Sun's Altitude of 6 in the Hour scale, and the said Declinations continued at the other end of the said hour Scale to give the quantity of the Sun's Depression in Winter equal to his Altitude in Summer; and secondly they are of a fitted length as was showed in the Description of the Quadrant, and thereby half the trouble by introducing the Radius shunned. The Use of the Azimuth Scale. The Altitude and Declination of the Sun given to find his Azimuth. Take the distance between the Sun's Altitude in the Scale, and his Declination in Summer time in that Scale that stands adjoining to the side; in Winter in that Scale that is continued the other way beyond the beginning, and laying the Thread to the Compliment of the Sun's Altitude in the lesser sins, which is double numbered, enter this extent between the Scale and the Thread parralelly, and the foot of the Compasses showeth in the Line of Sines the Azimuth accordingly, Declination 23 d 31′, Altitude 47 d 27′, the Azimuth thereto would be 25 d from East or West in Summer, and if the Altitude were 9 d 43′ in Winter the Azimuth thereto would be 30 d either way from the Meridian. And so when the Sun hath no Altitude, lay the Thread over 90 d in the lesser Sins and enter the extent from the beginning of the Azimuth Scale to the Declination, and you will find the Amplitude which to this Declination will be 39 d 50′. The Uses of the Hour Scale. To find the Hour of the Day. TAke the distance between the Sun's Altitude in the hour Scale, and his Declination proper to the season of the year, then laying the Thread to the Compliment of the Sun's Declination in the lesser sins enter the former extent between the Scale and the Thread and the foot of the Compasses showeth the sine of the hour. Example. If the Declination were 13 d North, and the Altitude 37d 13′ take the distance between it in the Scale and 13 d in the pricked Line, then laying the Thread to 77 d in the lesser sine enter that extent between the Scale and the Thread, and the resting foot will show 45 d for the hour from 6, that is either 9 in the forenoon, or 3 in the afternoon. The Converse of the former Proposition will be to find the Sun's Altitude on all Hours. The Thread lying over the Compliment of the Sun's Declination in the lesser sins from the sine of the hour, take the nearest distance to it, then set down one foot of that extent in the hour Scale at the Declination, and the other will reach to the Altitude. Example. At London, for these Scales are fitted thereto, I would find the Sun's Altitude at the hours of 5 and at 7 in the morning in Summer when the Sun hath 23 d 31′ of Declination. Here laying the Thread to 23 d 31′ the Sun's declination from the end of the lesser Sins being double numbered, from the sine of 15 d, taking the nearest distance to it, set down one foot of this extent at 23 d 31′ the declination it reaches downwards to 9 d 30′, and upwards to 27 d 23′ the Sun's Altitude at 5 and 7 a clock in the morning in Summer. Another Example. Let it be required to find the Sun's Altitudes at the hours of 10 or 2 when his declination is 23d 31′ both North and South. The Thread lying as before over the lesser sins take the nearest distance to it from 60d in the sins, the said extent set down at 23d 31′ in the pricked Line reaches to 53 d 44′ for the Summer Altitude, and being set down at 23d 31′ on the other or lower continued Line reaches to 10d 28′ for the Winter Altitude. The Hour may be also sound in the Versed sins by help of this fitted hour Scale, Take the distance between the Sun's Altitude, admit 36d 42′, and his Meridian Altitude to that Declination 61 d 59′, and enter one foot of this extent at the sine of 66 d 29′, and laying the Thread to the other foot according to nearest distance and it will lie over the hours of 8 in the morning, or 4 in the afternoon in the Versed sins in the Limb, and thereby also may the time of Suns rising be found by taking the distance from 0 to the Meridian Altitude and entering it at the Cousin of the Declination as before and the Converse will find the Sun's Altitudes on all hours by taking the distance from the Co-sine of the Declination to the Thread laid over the Versed sine of the hour from Noon, and the said Extent will reach from the Mridian Altitude in the fitted Scale to the Altitude sought. To find the time of Sun rising or setting, Lay the Thread over the Compliment of the declination as before, in the lesser sins, and enter the extent between the ☉ Altitude, which is nothing that is from the beginning of the Hour Scale to the Declination between the Scale and the Thread and the foot of the Compasses shows it in the Line of sins, which may be converted into Time by help of the Limb. If these Scales be continued further in length as also the Declinations they will after the same manner find the Stars hour for any Star whatsoever to be converted into common Time, as in the uses of the Projection, as also the Azimuth of any Star that hath less declination than the place hath Latitude, but of this more in the next Quadrant. In dialing there will be often use of natural sins, whereas these Scales are continued but to 62 d, if therefore it be desired to take out any sine to the same Radius, the rest of the Scale wanting may be easily supplied, for the difference of the sins of any two Arks equidistant from 60 d is equal to the sine of their distance. Thus the sine of 20 d is equal to the difference of the sins of 40 d and 80 d Arks of like distance from 60 d on each side, and so may be added either to 40 d forward, or the other way from the end of the Scale. In finding the Hour and Azimuth by these Scales, not in the Versed sins, the Directions altogether prescribe a Parralel entrance, but if the Extent from the Altitude to the Declination be entered at the Cousin of the Altitude or of the Declination in the Line of sins according as the Case is, and the Thread laid to the other foot, the Hour and Azimuth may be found in the lesser sins by a Lateral entrance. Or if the said Extent be doubled and entered as before hinted, the answer will be found in the equal Limb. Example to find the Sun's Azimuth. Declination 23 d 31′ North. Altitude— 41: 34 Having taken the distance between these two Terms in the Azimuth Scale and doubled it, enter one foot in the Line of sins at 48 d 26′, the Compliment of the Altitude, and laying the Thread to the other according to nearest distance it will lie over 15 d of the equal Limb for the Sun's Azimuth from the East or West Southwards. The Use of the Versed Sin's in the Limb. It may be noted in the former general Proportion, I have used the word Azimuth from Noon or Midnight Meridian, though not so proper, because they are more universal and common to both Hemispheres, other expressions besides their Verbosity would be full of Caution for the following Proportion in our Northern Hemispere, without the Tropic that finds it from the South between the Tropic of Cancer and the Equinoctial, when the Sun comes to the Meridian between the Zenith and the Elevated Pole would find it from the North, wherefore it is fit to be retained. A general Proportion for finding the Hour. As the Cousin of the Declination, To the Secant of the Latitude: Or, As the Cousin of the Latitude, To the Secant of the Declination: So is the difference of the Sins of the Sun's Altitude proposed, and of his Meridian Altitude, To the Versed Sine of the hour from Noon And So is the sum of the sins of the Suns proposed Altitude, and of his Midnight Depression, To the Versed sine of the hour from Midnight: And So is the sine of the Sun's Meridian Altitude, To the Versed sine of the Semidiurnal Ark: And So is the sine of the Sun's Midnight Depression, To the Versed sine of the Seminocturnal Ark. The Operation will be like the former, I shall therefore only illustrate it by one Example, the Meridian Altitude is got in Winter by differencing, in Summer by adding the Declination to the Compliment of the Latitude, if the sum exceed 90 d the Compliment thereof to 180 d is the Meridian Altitude. An Example for finding the Hour from Noon. Declination— 23d 31′ North the 11th June. Comp. Latitude— 38 28 London. 61 59 Meridian Altitude. Proposed Altitude— 36 42, take the distance between the sins of these two Arks, and enter it once down the Line of sins from the Centre, and take the distance to the Thread laid over the Secant, then enter one foot of that extent at the sine being the first Term, and to the other lay the Thread, and in the Versed sins in the Limb it will lie over the Versed Sine of the hour from Noon. In this Example, if the Thread be laid over the Secant of 51d 32′ the extent must be entered at the sine of 66d 29′ 23 31 the extent must be entered at the sine of 38 28 either way the answer will fall upon 60 d of the Versed sine showing the Hour to be either 8 in the forenoon, or 4 in the afternoon. If the hour fall near noon, than the extent of the Compasses may be Quadrupled and entered as before, and look for the answer in the Versed Sins Quadrupled: Or before the distance be took to the Thread the extent of difference may be entered four times down from the Centre. The Converse of this Proposition will be to find the Sun's Altitude on all Hours universally. As the Secant of the Latitude, To Cousin Declination, Or, As the Secant of the Declination, To Cousin Latitude: So the Versed sine of the hour from Noon, To the difference of the sins of the Sun's Meridian Altitude, and of his Altitude sought, to be substracted from the sine of the Meridian Altitude, and there will remain the sine of the Altitude sought. So in Latitude of London, if the Sun's Declination were 13 d 00′, and the hour from noon 75 d, that is either 7 in the morning, or 5 in the afternoon. Lay the Thread over the Versed sine of the hour from noon, namely, 75 d, and from the sine of 77 d the Compliment of the Declination, take the nearest distance to it, then lay the Thread to the Secant of the Latitude, and enter the former extent between the Scale and the Thread, and you will find a sine equal to the difference sought, which sine take between the Compasses and setting down one foot at the sine of 51 d 28′ the Meridian Altitude, the other foot turned towards the Centre will fall upon the sine of 19 d 27′ the Altiude sought. A General Proportion for the Azimuth. Get the Remainder or Difference between these two Arks, the Sun's Altitude and the Compliment of the Latitude by Substracting the less from the greater, and then the Proportion will hold, As the Cousin of the Latitude, Is to the Secant of the Altitude, Or, As the Cousin of the Altitude, To the Secant of the Latitude: So is the sum of the sins of the Sun's Declination▪ and of the aforesaid Remainder, To the Versed Sine of the Azimuth from the Noon Meridian in Summer only when the Sun's Altitude is less than the Compliment of the Latitude. In all other Cases, So is the difference of the said sins, To the Versed sine of the Azimuth, as before from Noon Meridian. Example. The 11th of June aforesaid, the ☉ having 23 d 31′ of North declination, his Altitude was observed to be 18 d 20′, which substracted from 38 d 28′ the remainder is 20 d 8′, take out the sine thereof, and set down one foot at the sine of 23 d 31′, and set the other forwards towards 90 d, then take the nearest to the Thread laid over the Secant of the Latitude 51 d 32′, enter one foot of this Extent at the Compliment of the Altitude by reckoning the Altitude itself from 90 d towards the Centre, and the Thread laid to the other foot cuts the Line of Versed sins at 105 d the Azimuth from the South. The same day when the Altitude was more than the Colatitude, suppose 60 d 11′ the Remainder will be found to be 21 d 43′, take the distance between the sine thereof and of 23 d 31′, and because the Extent is but small enter it four times down the Line of sins from the Centre, and take the nearest distance to the Thread laid over the Secant of the Latitude, which entered at the Cousin of the Altitude, the Thread laid to the other foot shows 25 d in the Quadrupled Versed Sins for the Azimuth from the South. The Proportion hence derived for the Amplitude. As the Cousin of the Latitude, To Secant of the Declination, etc. as before. So in Summer is the sum in Winter, the difference of the sins of the Sun's Declination, and of the Compliment of the Latitude, To the Versed Sine of the Amplitude from Noon Meridian. The Proportion for the Azimuth will be better expressed by making the difference to be a difference of Versed sins. How the Versed sins in the Limb may be spared in Case a Quadrant want them. If a Quadrant can only admit of a Line of sins from the Centre, the common Quadrant of Mr Gunter's very well may, on the right edge above the Margin for the Numbers of the Azimuths, it may be easily fitted for any or many Latitudes by setting Marks or Pricks to the Tangent and Secant of the Latitudes in the Limb, which may be taken out by help of the Limb, Line of Sines, or by Protraction, and either of these general Proportions wrought upon it, or those which follow, if it be observed that whensoever the Thread lies over the Versed sine of any Ark in the Limb, it also at the same Time lieth over a Sine equal to half that Versed sine to the common Radius: Now because the sine of 30d doubled is equal to the Radius, let it be observed whether the sine cut by the Thread be greater or less than 30 deg. When it is less let the Line of Sines represent the former half of a Line of Versed Sins, and take the sine of the Ark the Thread lay over, and enter it twice forward from the end of the Scale towards the Centre, and you will obtain the Versed sine of the angle sought. When it is more take the distance between the sine of 30 d and the said sine, and letting the Line of sins represent the latter half of a Line of Versed sins, enter the said distance twice from the Centre, and you will obtain the Versed sine of the Arch sought, namely, the sine of an Arch, whereto 90 d must be added. Three sides to find an Angle, a general Proportion. As the Sine of one of the Sides including an angle, Is to the Secant of the Compliment of the other including side: So is the difference of the Versed Sins of the third side, and of the Ark of difference between the two including sides, To the Versed Sine of the Angle sought. And So is the difference of the Versed sins of the third side, and of the sum of the two including sides, To the Versed sine of the sought angles Compliment to 180d. To repeat the Converse when two sides and the angle comprehended are given to find the third side were needless. If one of the containing sides be greater than a Quadrant, instead of it in reference to the two first Terms of the Proportion, take the Compliment thereof to 180d for the reputed side, but in differencing or summing the two containing sides alter it not: And further note, that the same Versed sine is common to an Ark less than a Semicircle, and to its Compliment to 360 d. The Operation of this Proportion will be wholly like the former, so that there needs no direction but only how to take out a difference of two Versed sins to the common Radius, seeing this Quadrant of so small a Radius is not capable of such a Line from the Centre. And here note that the difference of two Versed sins less than a Quadrant, is equal to the difference of the natural sins of the Compliments of those Arks. And the difference of two Versed sins greater than a Quadrant is equal to the difference of the natural sins of the excess of those Arks above 90 d. And by consequence the difference of the Versed sins of two Arks the one less, the other greater than a Quadrant is equal to the sum of the natural sins of the lesser Arks Compliment to 90d, and the greater Arks excess above it. And so a difference of Versed sins may be taken out of the Line of natural sins considered as such. Or the Line of sins may be considered sometimes to represent the former half of a Line of Versed Sins as it is numbered with the small figures by its Compliments from the end of it to 90d at the Centre, and sometimes the latter half of it, and then the graduations of it as Sins must be considered as numbered from 90 d to 180 d at the end of it, and so a difference to be taken out of it by taking the distance between the two Terms, which if the two Arks fall the one to be greater the other less than 90 d will be a sum of two sins, as before hinted, and in this Case the sine of the greater Arks excess above 90 d to be set down outwards if it may be, at the Versed sine of the lesser Ark, or which is all one, at the sine of that Arks Compliment, and the distance from the Exterior foot of the Compasses to the Centre will be equal to the difference of the Versed sins of the Arks proposed. To measure a difference of Versed sins to the common Radius. In this Case also the Line of sins must sometimes represent the former, sometimes the latter half of a Line of Versed sins, and then one foot of the difference applied to one Ark, the other will fall in many Cases upon the Ark sought, each Proportion variously expressed, so that possibly either one or the other will serve in all Cases. But if one of the feet of the Compasses falls beyond the Centre of the Quadrant: To find how much it falls beyond it, bring the said foot to the Centre, and let the other fall backward on the Line, then will the distance between the said other foot, where it now falleth, and the place where it stood before be equal to the excess of the former foot beyond the Centre, which accordingly thence measured helps you to the Arch sought, and its Compliment both at once with due regard to the representation of the Line; this should be well observed, for it will be of use on other Instruments. A difference of Versed sins thus taken out to the Common Radius must be entered but once down from the Centre. To take out a Difference of Versed sins to half the common Radius. Count both the Arks proposed on the Versed sins in the Limb, and find what Arks of the equal Limb answer thereto, then out of the Line of sins take the distance between the said Arks, and you have the extent required, which being but half so large as it should be is to be entered twice down from the Centre. To measure a difference of Versed sins to half the common Radius. The Versed sins are largest at that end numbered with 180d, count the given Ark from thence, and laying the Thread over the equal Limb find what Ark answers thereto, then setting down the Compasses at the like Ark in the Line of sins from the end of it towards the Centre mind upon what Ark it falls, the Thread laid to the like Ark in the Limb showeth on the Versed sins the Ark sought. To save the labour of drawing a Triangle, I shall deliver the Proportion for the Azimuth derived from the general Proportion, As the Cousin of the Latitude, To the Secant of the Altitude, Or, As the Cousin of the Altitude, To the Secant of the Latitude: So is the difference of the Versed sins of the Sun or Stars distance from the Elevated Pole, and of the Ark of difference between the Latitude and Altititude. To the Versed sine of the Azimuth sought; as it falls in the Sphere that is from the Midnight Meridian. And So is the difference of the Versed sins of the Polar distance, and of the Ark of difference between a Semicircle and the sum of the Latitude and Altitude, To the Versed Sine of the Azimuth from Noon Meridian. A Canon derived from the Inverse of the general Proportion to find the Distance of places in the Ark of a great Circle. As the Secant of one of the Latitudes, To the Cousin of the other. So the Versed sine of the difference of Longitude, To the difference of the Versed sins of the Ark of distance sought, and of the Ark of difference between both Latitudes, when in the same Hemisphere, or the Ark of the sum of both Latitudes when in both Hemispheres, which difference added to the Versed sine of the said Ark gives the Versed sine of the Ark of distance sought. And So is the Versed sine of the Compliment of the difference of Longtitude to 180 d. To the difference of the Versed sins of the Ark of distance sought, and of an Ark being the sum of the Compliments of both Latitudes when in one Hemisphere; Or the sum of the lesser Latitude increased by 90d, and of the Compliment of the greater Latitude when in different Hemispheres, which difference substracted from the Versed sine of the said Ark, there will remain the Versed sine of the Ark of distance sought. This Proportion is to be wrought after the same manner as we found the Sun's Altitudes on all hours universally, and the difference to be measured in the Line of sins as representing the former half of a Line of Versed sins, according to the Directions given for measuring of a difference of Versed sins to the common Radius or Radius of the Quadrant. By altering the two first Terms of the Proportion above, we may work this Proposition by positive entrance. As the Radius, To the Cousin of one of the Latitudes: So the Cousin of the other Latitude, To a fourth. Again. As the Radius, To the Versed sine, as above expressed in both parts, So is that fourth, To the difference as above expressed. An Example for finding the distance between London and Bantum in the Arch of a great Circle the same that was proposed in Page 96. Bantam Longitude 140d Latitude 5d 40′ South. London Longitude 25, 50′ Latitude 51 32 North. difference of Longitude 114: 10 Sum 57 12 Lay the Thread to 5d 40′ in the Limb counted from left edge and from 38d 28′ in the sins the Compliment of our Latitude take the nearest distance to it, then lay the Thread to 114d 10′ in the Versed sins and entering the former extent down the Line of sins from the Centre take the nearest distance to it, then laying the Thread over 57d 12′ in the Versed sine, it cuts the Limb at 13d 15′ from the right edge, at the like Ark set down one foot of the former extent in the Line of sins, and the other will reach to the Sine of 41d 42′, then laying the Thread over the like Ark in the Limb, it will intersect the Versed sins at 109d 18′ the Ark of distance sought to be converted into Leagues or Miles according to the number of Leagues or Miles that answer to a degree in each several Country. Thus when we have two sides with the angle comprehended to find the third side, either to half or the whole common Radius without a Line of natural Versed sins from the Centre, or by the Proportions in page 93, or a third way, which I pretermit to the great Quadrant; and thus the Reader may perceive this small Quadrant to be many ways both Universal and particular, which are of sudden performance though tedious in expression. Three sides to find an angle. Each of the Proportions in Rectangles and Squares before delivered for the Tables, may as before suggested be reduced to single Terms, an instance shall be given in that which finds the Square of the sine of half the Angle sought. Add the three sides of the Triangle together, and from the half sum subtract each of the sides including the angle sought, than it will hold, As the sine of one of the Comprehending sides, (rather the greater that the entrance may be Lateral.) Is to the sine of the difference of the same side from the half sum: So is the sine of the difference of the other comprehending side, To a fourth sine, Again. As the Sine of the other comprehending side, Is to that fourth sine: So is the Radius, To half the Versed sine of the angle sought, And So is the Diameter, To the whole Versed sine. To work this on the Quadrant. Upon the first Term in the Line of sins being the greatest containing side, enter the extent of the second, and to the other foot lay the Thread, then from the third Term in the sins take the nearest distance to it, Which extent enter at the sine of the first Term in the second Proportion, and to the other foot lay the Thread, and it will cut the Versed sine at the angle sought. Having showed how all Proportions may be performed upon the Quadrant: I now proceed to the rest of the Lines. Of the Line of Chords on the left edge of the Backside. I shall not at present speak any thing as to the use thereof, that is intended to be done in a Treatise of the general Scale; the principal use of a Line of Chords is to prick off readily the quantity of any Arch of a Circle, to do which take the Chord of 60d, and draw a Circle with that Extent than any Arch being to be pricked off it is to be taken out of the Line of Chords, and to be transferred into the Circle swept, this supposeth the Radius not to vary. But to do it to any Radius that is lesser take the Semidiameter of the Circle, and enter it at the Chord of 60d laying the Thread to the other foot, and the nearest distances to the Thread will be Chords to the Semidiameter assigned, and the Converse will measure the Chord of any Arch by a Parralel entrance. A Chord may be taken off though no Line of Chords be graduated. The Bead wheresoever it be set carried from one edge of the Quadrant to the other, the Thread being extended doth describe the Quadrant of a Circle, if therefore extending the Thread down one edge of the Quadrant you set the Bead to the distance of the Radius (or Semidiameter of the Circle swept) from the Centre, and at it set down one foot of the Compasses, and lay the Thread kept at a certainty in stretching over the Limb to any Arch, & then open the Compasses to the Distance of the Bead, you shall take out the Chord of the said Arch. A Chord may very conveniently be taken off from any Circle swept Concentric to the Limb, and divers such there are upon both sides of this Quadrant; Sweep a Circle of the like Radius on Paper as that on the Quadrant, and then setting one foot to the Intersection of the Concentric Circle with the right edge, the Thread being laid over any Arch whatsoever in the Limb, take the distance to the Intersection of the Thread with the Concentric Circle, and transform the said Extent into the Circle drawn upon Paper. Of the Versed Sins Augmented. These are to be used with fitted Scales thereto, to stand upon a loose Ruler for the ready and more Exact finding the Hour and Azimuth near Noon, or at other times, and shall be treated of in the use of the Diagonal Scale. Of the Line of Latitudes and Scale of Hours on the spare edges of the foreside. The use of these Scales are for the ready pricking down of any Dial that hath a Centre in an Equicrural Triangle from the Substile, as shall be showed in the Use of the great Quadrant, though the Schems be fitted to small Scales. The Scale of Hours standing on the Edge on the foreside may very well be supplied from thence to another Radius, as shall in due Time be showed, though it do not proceed from the Centre, and therefore may be spared out of the Limb on the Backside. The Description of the Diagonal Scale. THe particular Scales handled in Page 181 would find the hour and Azimuth in the equal Limb without doubling the Extent, if laying the Thread over the Cousin of the Declination in the lesser sins when the hour is sought; or over the Cousin of the Altitude when the Azimuth is sought, it be minded what Ark of the Limb the Thread intersects, and then make the entrance of one foot of the Extent at the like Ark in the sins laying the Thread to the other foot according to nearest distance. But because these Scales are more convenient being twice as long, there is accordingly a Diagonal Scale fitted to serve for our English Region, and may be accommodated to any 5 or 6 degrees of Latitude, and placed conveniently on any Instrument for Survey to give the hour and Azimuth in the Limb of the Instrument or on the frame of the plain Table. And here I am to intimate that either the hour or Azimuth Scale before described on the small Quadrant, will serve to find both the Hour and Azimuth, as conveniently as either; the foundation whereof is, that the same Proportion demonstrated from the Analemma that finds the hour from six being applied to other sides of the Triangle will also find the Azimuth from the East or West, an instance whereof I give in the Use of a great Quadrant for finding the Azimuth when the Declination of the Sun or Stars exceeds the Latitude of the place. By the like parity of reason the Proportion that found the Azimuth is a general Proportion to find an angle, when the three sides are given the Canon will be, As the Cousin of one of the including sides, Is to the Radius: So is the Cousin of the side Opposite to the angle sought, To a fourth a Sine or Secant. Again. As the second including side, Is to the Cotangent of the first including side: So when any one of the sides is greater than a Quadrant is the sum, but when all less the difference between the 4th abovesaid, and the Cousin of the second Includer, To the Cousin of the angle sought. We do suppose but one of the three sides given to be greater than a Quadrant, if there be any such it subtends an Obtuse angle, and both the other sides being less than Quadrants subtend Acute Angles. When the 4th Sine is less than the Cousin of the second Includer, the Angle sought is Obtuse, other ways Acute. Hence the peculiar Proportion educed for the hour will be, As the Sine of the Latitude, Is to the Radius: So is the Sine of the Altitude, To a 4th a Sine or Secant. Again. As the Cousin of the Declination, Is to the Tangent of the Latitude, So in Summer is the difference, but in Winter the sum of the sins of the Declination of the Sun or Stars, and of the 4th Sine, To the Sine of the hour from six. When the 4th Ark is less than the Declination the hour is Obtuse, when greater Acute, and in Winter always Acute: But of this Proportion I make no use it being liable in some Cases to Excursion, and will not hold backward to find the Sun's Altitudes the hour being assigned. This Diagonal Scale is made after the same manner as the Hour Scale described in the small Quadrant, being but several Lines of sins the greater whereof are made equal to the Secant of the Latitude, whereto they are fitted, the Radius of which Secant is 5 Inches long. The lesser Sins continued the other way, their respective Radii are made equal to the sine of the Latitude of that greater sine whereto they are continued. The parralel Lines fitted to the respective Latitudes are not to be equidistant one from another; but having determined the distance between the two Extreme Latitudes, to which they are fitted for the the larger sine it will hold, As the difference of the Secants of the two extreme Latitudes, It to the distance between the Lines fitted thereto: So is the difference of the Secants of the lesser extreme Latitude, and any other intermediate Latitude, To the distance thereof from the lesser extreme. And so for the lesser sine continued the other way, having placed the two Extremes under the two former Extremes, to place the imtermediate Lines, the Canon would be, As the difference of the sins of the two extreme Latitudes, Is to the distance between the Lines fitted thereto: So is the difference of the sins of the lesser extreme Latitude, and of any other intermediate Latitude, To the distance thereof from the lesser Extreme. Having fitted the distances of the greater sine, straight Lines drawn through the two extreme sins shall divide the intermediate Parallels also into Lines of sins, proper to the Latitudes to which they are fitted: Now for the lesser sins they are continued the other way at the ends of the former Parallels, the Line proper to each Latitude should be divided into a Line of sins, whose Radius should be equal to the sine of the Latitude of the other sine whereto it is fitted; and so Lines traced through each degree to the Extremes; but by reason of the small distance of these Lines, the difference is so exceeding small, that it may not be scrupled to draw Lines Diagonal wise from each degree of the two outward extreme Sins, for being drawn true, they will not be perceived to be any other then straight Lines. Whereas these Lines by reason of the latter Proportion should not fall absolutely to be drawn, at the ends of the former Lines whereto they are fitted, and then they would not be so fit for the purpose, yet the difference being as we said, so insensible that it cannot be scaled, they are notwithstanding there placed and crossed with Diagonals drawn through each degree of the Extremes. The Uses of the Diagonal Scale. 1. To find the time of Sun rising or setting. In the Parralel proper to the Latitude take out the Sun's Declination out of the lesser continued sins, and enter one foot of this extent at the Compliment of the Declination in the Line of sins, and in the equal Limb the Thread being laid to the other foot will show the time sought. In the Latitude of York, namely 54d, if the Sun have 20d of Declination Northward he rises at 4 and sets at 8 Southward he rises at 8 and sets at 4 2. To find the Hour of the Day or Night for South Declination. In the Parralel proper to the Latitude account the Declination in the lesser continued sine, and the Altitude in the greater sine, and take their distance, which extent apply as before to the Cousin of the Declination in the Line of sins on the Quadrant, and laying the Thread to the other foot according to nearest distance it shows the time sought in the equal Limb. Thus in the Latitude of York when the Sun hath 20d of South declination, his Altitude being 5d, the hour from noon will be found 45 minutes past 8 in the morning, or 15 minutes past 3 in the afternoon feré. For North Declination. The Declination must be taken out of the lesser sine in the proper Parralel, and turned upward on the greater sine and there it shows the Altitude at six for the Sun or any Stars in the Northern Hemispere, the distance between which Point and the given Altitude must be entered as before at the Cousin of the declination, laying the thread to the other foot and it shows the hour in the Limb from six towards noon or midnight, according as the Sun or Stars Altitude was greater or lesser than its Altitude at six. So in the Latitude of York, when the Sun hath 20d of North declination if his Altitude be 40d, the hour will be 46 minutes past 8 in the morning, or 14 minutes past 3 in the afternoon. 4. The Converse of the former Proposition will be to find the Altitude of the Sun at any hour of the day, or of any Star at any hour of the night. I need not insist on this, having shown the manner of it on the small quadrant, only for these Scales use the Limb instead of the lesser sins, for Stars the time of the night must first be turned into the Stars hour, and then the Work the same as for the Sun. 5. To find the Amplitude of ehe Sun or Stars. Take out the Declination out of the greater sine in the Parralel proper to the Latitude, and measure it on the Line of sins on the lesser Quadrant, and it shows the Amplitude sought. So in the Latitude of York 54d when the Sun hath 20d of Declination, his Amplitude will be 35d 35′. 6. To find the Azimuth for the Sun or any Stars in the Hemisphere. For South Declination. Account the Altitude in the lesser sine continued in the proper Parralel, and the Declination in the greater sine, and take their distance enter one foot of this extent at the Cousin of the Altitude on the Quadrant, and lay the Thread to the other according to nearest distance, and in the Limb it shows the Azimuth from East or West Southwards. So in the Latitude of York, when the Sun hath 20d of South Declination, his Altitude being 5d, the Azimuth will be found to be 44d 47′ to the Southwards of the East or West. For North Declination. Account the Altitude in the lesser sine continued, and apply it upward on the greater sine and it finds a Point thereon, from whence take the distance to the declination in the said greater sine in the Parralel proper to the Latitude of the place, and enter one foot of this Extent at the Cousin of the Altitude on the Line of sins, and the Thread being laid to the other foot according to nearest distance, shows the Azimuth in the Limb from East or West. So in the Latitude of York, when the Sun hath 20d of North Declination, and 40d of Altitude, his Azimuth will be 23d 16′ to the Southwards of the East or West. When the Hour or Azimuth falls near Noon, for more certainty you may lay the Thread to the Compliment of the Declination for the Hour, or the Compliment of the Altitude for the Azimuth, in the Limb, and enter the respective extents Parralelly between the Thread and the Sins, and find the answer in the sins. We might have fitted one Scale on the quadrant to give both the hour and Azimuth in the Equal Limb by a Lateral entrance, and have enlarged upon many more Propositions, which shall be handled in the great Quadrants. Mr Sutton was willing to add a Backside to this Scale, and therefore hath put on particular Scales of his own for giving the requisites of an upright Decliner in this Latitude, which he hath often made upon Rulers for Carpenters and other Artificers and Diallists, and whereof he was willing to afford them a Print; whereto I have added other Scales for giving the Hour and Azimuth near Noon. On the Backside are drawn these Lines, A large dialing Scale of 6 hours or double Tangents, with a Line of Latitudes fitted thereto. A large Chord. A Line for the Substiles distance from the Meridian. A Line for the Styles height. A Line for the angle of 12 and 6. A Line for the inclination of Meridian's. All these Scales relate to dialing. An Azimuth Scale being two Lines of natural sins of the same Radius set together at O, and thence numbered with Declinations, this Scale must be made of the same sine that the hour Scale following is made of continued from O one way to 38d 28′, and the other way to 23d 31′ or further at pleasure; but numbered from the beginning which is at the end of that 38d 28′ the Compliment of the Latitude with 10d 20′, etc. up to 60d. The Hour Scale is no other than a Line of sins with the declinations set against the Meridian Altitudes in the Latitude of London, the Radius of which sine is equal in length to the dialing Scale of hours. Of the Uses of these Scales. The Line of Hours and Latitudes is general for pricking down all dials with Centres as will afterwards be showed in the Use of the great Quadrant, and by help of the Scale of Hours may the Diameter of a such a Circle be graduated as is placed in on the back of the great Quadrant, and the Line of Latitudes will serve as a Chord to divide the upper Quadrant, and the Hour Scale or Line of Sines will serve as a Chord to divide a Semicircle, whose Diameter is equal to the Scale of Hours into 90 equal parts and their Subdivisions, and hereby may Proportions in sins and Tangents, or Tangents alone be wrought by Protraction, and so the necessary Arks in dialing found generally as is done by Mr Foster in the three last Schems of his Posthuma, this will easily be understood if the use of the Circle on this Quadrant be well apprehended. The particular Scales give the requisite Arks of upright Decliners in this Latitude by inspection, for count the plains Declination in the Line of Chords, and a Square laid over it intersects all those Arks or to be found by applying the Declination taken out of the Chords with Compasses to every other Line. Example. So if an upright Plain decline 35d from the Meridian. The Substiles distance from the Meridian will be— 24d 30′ The Styles height— 30 38 The Inclinations of Meridian's— 41 49′ The angle of 12 and 6— 54 10 These particular Scales also resolve some of the Cases of right angled Sphoerical Triangles, relating to the Motion of the Sun or Stars thus, Of the Line of the Styles height. Account the Declination in the Line for the Styles height, and against it in the Chord stands the Amplitude of the Sun or Stars from the Meridian. Example for Amplitude. So when the Sun hath 18d of Declination, his Amplitude will be 67d 13′ from the Meridian, and 29d 47′ from the Vertical. The reason hereof is because the two first fixed Terms of the Proportion that Calculate the Styles height are the Radius and the Co-sine of the Latitude, and the two first Terms that Calculate the Amplitude are the Cousin of the Latitude and the Radius, and therefore must as well serve in this Case as in that. On this Style Line may be found the Sun's Altitudes on all hours, when he is in the Equinoctial by applying the hour from six taken from the Chords to the other end of the Style Line. Of the Substiler Line. Hereby we may find the time of Sun rising and setting, take the Declination out of the Substilar Line and measure it on the Line of Chords. Example. So when the Sun hath 18 of North Declination, the Ascensional difference is 24d 9′ in time 1 hour 36½ minutes, and so much the Sun rises and sets from six. Hereby may be also found the Equinoctial Altitudes to every Azimuth. Of the Line for the Angle of 12 and 6. Hereby we may find the time when the Sun will be due East or West. Account the Compliment of the Declination in this Scale, and against it in the Chords stands the hour from six. Example. So when the Sun hath 18d of North Declination, he will be East or West at 7 in the morning, or 5 in the afternon. By these Scales the requisites of an East or West Reclining or Inclining Dial in this Latitude may be found. 1. The Substiles distance from the Meridian. Account the Compliment of the Reclination Inclination in the Chords, and against it in the Line for 12 and 6 stands the Compliment of the angle sought. 2. For the Styles height. Apply the Reclination in the lesser sins on the Diagonal Scale in the Parralel proper to the Latitude to the greater sine and it shows the Ark sought. 3. For the Inclination of Meridian's. This may be also found on the Diagonal Scale when the Substiles distance is not more than the Latitude, By Accounting the Substiles distance on the greater sine, and applying it to the lesser. 4. For the Angle of 12 and six. Account the Compliment of the Reclination in the Chords, and against it in the Substilar Line is the Compliment of the angle sought. So if an East or West Plain Recline or Incline 35d. The Substiles distance from the Meridian will be— 45d 52′ The Styles height— 26 41 The Inclination of Meridian's— 66 27 And the angle of 12 and 6— 56 55 Of the Hour and Azimuth Scales. This Scale is fitted to find the Hour from Noon in the Versed sine: augmented, and the Proportion to be wrought by it the same as delivered in the use of the small Quadrant. As the Cousin of the Declination, Is to the Secant of the Latitude: So is the difference of the sins of the Suns proposed and Meridian Altitude, To the Versed sine of the hour from Noon. And of this one Proportion we make two by introducing the Radius. As the Radius, is to the Secant of the Latitude: So is the former distance, To a fourth. By fitting the Radius of the sins equal in length to the Secant of the Latiude; this first Proportion is removed for the said difference of sins taken out of this fitted Scale is the 4th Proportional, the Proportion that remains to be wrought upon the Quadrant is, As the Cousin of the Declination, Is to the difference of the sins taken out of this fitted Scale: So is the Radius, To the Versed sine of the hour from Noon. By this means if in the same Proportion as we increase the length of the fitted Scale, we also increase the versed sins lying in the Limb, we may find the hour and Azimuth near noon with certainty if the Altitude be well given: These Scales in their Use presuppose the Hour and Azimuth of the Sun to be nearer the noon Meridian then 60d. Operation to find the Hour. Take the distance between the Altitude and the Declination proper to the season of the year out of the Hour Scale, and enter one foot of this Extent at the Cousin of the Declination in the Line of sins, and laying the Thread to the other foot according to nearest distance, it shows the hour from noon in the Versed sins Quadrupled. Example. When the Sun hath 23d 31′ of North Declination, and 60d of Altitude, the hour from noon will be 13d 58′ to be Converted into time. When the hour is found to be less than 40d from Noon, the former extent may be doubled and entered as before, and it shows the hour in the Versed sins Octupled. And when the hour is less than 30d from Noon, the former extent may be tripled and entered as before, and after this manner it is possible to make the whole Limb give the hour next Noon, the Versed Sine Duodecupled, lies on the other side of the Quadrant; and in this case, an Ark must first be found in the Limb, and the Thread laid over the said Ark, counted from the other edge, will intersect the said Versed Sine at the Ark sought. To find the Sun's Azimuth: TAke the distance in the Azimuth Scale, between the Altitude and the Declination, proper to the season of the year, and entering it at the Cousin of the Altitude, laying the Thread to the other foot, according to nearest distance, it will show the Azimuth in the Versed Sins quadrupled; or, when the Azimuth is near Noon, according to the former restrictions for the hour, the extent may be doubled, or tripled, and the answer found in the Versed Sins Octupled, or Duodecupled, as was done for the hour. Example. So when the Sun hath 23d 31′ of North Declination, his Altitude being 60d. The Azimuth will be found to be 26d 21′ from the South. By the like-reason, when we found the Hour and Azimuth in the equal Limb by the Diagonal Scale, if those extents had been doubled, the Hour and Azimuth near six, or the Vertical, might have been found in a line of Sins of 30d, put thorough the whole Limb, but that we thought needless. FINIS. THE DESCRPITION AND USES Of a Great Universal Quadrant: With a Quarter of Stofters particular Projection upon it, Inverted. Contrived and Written by John Collins Accountant, and Student in the Mathematics. LONDON, Printed in the Year, 1658. The DESCRIPTION Of the Great Quadrant. IT hath been hinted before, that though the former contrivance may serve for a small Quadrant, yet there might be a better for a great one. The Description of the Fore-side. On the right edge from the Centre is placed a line of Sines. On the left edge from the Centre, a line of Versed Sins to 180d. The Limb, the same as in the small Quadrant. Between the Limb and the Centre are placed in Circles, a Line of Versed Sins to 180d, another through the whole Limb to 90d. The Line of lesser Sins and Secants. The line of Tangents. The Quadrat and Shadows. Above them, the Projection, with the Declinations, Days of the month, and Almanac. On the left edge is placed the fitted Hour, and Azimuth Scale. Within the Projection abutting against the Sins, is placed a little Scale, called The Scale of Entrance, being graduated to 62d, and is no other but a small line of Sines numbered by the Compliments. At the end of the Secant is put on the Versed Sins doubled, that is, to twice the Radius of the Quadrant, and at the end of the Tangents tripled, to some few degrees, to give the Hour and Azimuth near Noon more exactly. The Description of the Backside. On the right edge from the Centre, is placed a Line of equal part being 10 inches precise, decimally subdivided. On the outside next the edge, is placed a large Chord to 60●, equal in length to the Radius of the Line of Sines. On the left edge is placed a Line of Tangents issuing from the Centre, continued to 63d 26′, and again continued apart from 60d, to 75d The equal Limb. Within it a Quadrant of Ascensions, divided into 24 equal hours and its parts, with Stars affixed, and Letters graved, to refer to their Names. Between it and the Centre is placed a Circle, whereof there is but three Quadrants graduated. The Diameter of this Circle is no other than the dialing Scale of 6 hours, or double Tangents divided into 90d. Two Quadrants, or the half of this Circle beneath the Diameter, is divided into 90 equal parts or degrees. The upper divided Quadrant, is called the Quadrant of Latitudes. From the extremity of the said Quadrant, and Perpendicular to the Diameter, is graduated a Line of Proportional Sins; M Foster call it the Line Sol. Diagonal-wise, from one extremity of the Quadrant of Latitude to the other, is graduated a line of Sines; that end numbered with ●0 ᵈ, that is next the Diameter, being of the same Radius with the Tangents. Opposite and parallel thereto from 45d of the Semicircle, to the other extremity of the Diameter, is placed a Line of Sines equal to the former. Diagonal-wise, from the beginning of the Line Sol, to the end of the Diameter, is graduated a Line of 60 Chords. From the beginning of the Diameter, but below it, towards 45d of the Semicircle, is graduated the Projection Tangent, alias, a Semi-tangent, to 90d, being of the same Radius with the Tangents. The other Quadrant of this Circle being only a void Line, there passeth through it from the Centre, a Tangent of 45d, for dialing, divided into 3 hours, with its quarters and minutes. Below the Diameter is void space left, to graduate any Table at pleasure, and a Line of Chords may be there placed. Most of these Lines, and the Projection, have been already treated upon in the use of the small Quadrant, those that are added, shall here be spoke to. Of the Line of Versed Sins, on the left Edge, issuing from the Centre. THis Line, and the uses of it, were invented by the learned Mathematician, M. Samuel Foster, of Gresham College, deceased, from whom I received the uses of it, applied to a Sector; I shall, and have added the Proportions to be wrought upon it, and in that, and other respects, diversify from what I received; wherein I shall not be tedious, because there are other ways to follow, since found out by myself. The chief uses of it are, to resolve the two cases of the fourth Axiom of Spherical Trigonometry; as, when three sides are given to find an Angle, or two sides with the Angle comprehended, to find the third side, which are the cases that find the Hour and Azimuth generally, and the Sun's Altitudes on all hours. For the Hour, the learned Author thought meet to add a Zodiaque of the Suns-place annexed to it, both in the use of his Sector, as also in the use of his Scale, published since his death, entitled Posthuma Fosteri, that the Sun's place being given, which for Instrumental use might be obtained, by knowing on what day of each month the Sun enters into any Sign, and allowing a degree for every days motion, come by it prope verum, and being sought in the annexed Zodiaque (which is no other than two lines of 90d. Sines, each made equal to the Sine of 23d 31′ the Sun's greatest Declination) just against it stands the Sun's Declination, if accounted in the Versed Sine, from 90d each way; but this for want of room, and because the Declination is more easily given by help of the day of the month, I thought fit to omit, the rather, because it may also be taken from the Table of Declinations. But from hence I first observed, that if the two first terms of a Proportion were fixed, if two natural Lines proper to those terms, were fitted of an equal length, and posited together, if any third term be given, to find a fourth in the same proportion, it would be given by inspection, as standing against the third; but if the Lines stand asunder, or a difference be the third term, application must be made from one Line to the other with Compasses, as in the same Scale there is also fitted a Line of 60 parts, equal in length to the Radius of a small Sine, serving to give the Miles in every several Latitude, answerable to one degree of Longitude. Three sides given to find an Angle, the Proportion, As the difference of the Versed Sins of the Sum, and difference of any two Sides including an Angle, Is to the Diameter, So is the difference of the Versed Sins of the third side, And of the Ark of difference between the two including Sides, To the Versed Sine of the Angle sought; And so is the difference of the Versed Sins of the third side And of the sum of the two including sides, To the Versed Sine of the sought Angles, Compliment to a Semicircle. Corollary. And seeing there is such proportion between the latter terms of the foregoing Proportion, as between the former, omitting the two first terms, it also holds, As the difference of the Versed Sins of the third side, and of the Ark of difference between the two including sides Is to the Versed Sine of the Angle sought, So is the difference of the Versed Sins of the third side, And of the sum of the two including sides, To the Versed Sine of the sought Angles, Compliment to 180d. And this is the Proportion M. Foster makes use of in his Scale, page 25 and 27. to find the Hour and Azimuth by Protraction, as also in page 68 in dialing, when three sides are given to find an Angle, by constituting two right angled equi-angled plain Triangles, the legs whereof consist of the 4 terms of this Proportion. But in that Protraction work, the first and third terms of the Proportion are given together, with the sum of the second and fourth terms, to find out the said terms respectively. The Proportion for the Hour. As the difference of the Versed Sins of the Sum, and difference of the Compliment of the Latitude, and of the Sun or Stars distance from the Elevated Pole, Is to the Diameter or Versed Sine of 180d, So is the difference of the Versed Sins of the Compliment of the Altitude, and of the Ark of difference between the Compliment of the Latitude, and of the Polar distance, To the Versed Sine of the Hour from Noon. And if the latter clause of the third term be the Sum of the Co-latitude and Polar distance, the Proportion will find the Versed Sine of the hour from midnight, And if the sum of any two Arks exceed a Semicircle, take its Compliment to 360d, for the same Versed Sine is common to both. When the Declination is towards the Elevated Pole, the Polar distance is the Compliment of it to 90d; and when towards the Depressed Pole, the Polar distance is equal to the Sum of 90d, and of the Declination added together. Example. Let the Sun's Declination be 15d 46′ North, Compliment,— 74d 14′ The Compliment of the Latitude,— 38 28 Sum— 112: 42 Difference— 35: 46 And let the Altitude be 20d, Compliment— 70: 00 Operation. Take the distance between the Versed Sins of 35d 46′, and of 112d 42′, and entering one foot of that extent at the end of the Versed Scale at 180d, lay the thread to the other foot, according to nearest distance, then take the distance between the Versed Sins of 35d 46′, and 70d, and entering that extent parallelly, between the Thread and the Scale, and the other foot will rest upon the Versed Sine of 77d 32′, the quantity of the Hour from the Meridian being either 50′ past 6 in the morning, or 10′ past 5 in the afternoon. The Reader may observe in this work, that the thread lies over a Star, by entering the first extent; as also, that there is the same Star graduated at 35d 46′ of the Versed Sine, and this no other than the Bull's eye, having 15d 46′ of North Declination, for which Star in this Latitude, there needs be no summing or differencing of Arks, in regard the Stars declination varies not: So to find that Stars hour at any time, having any other Altitude, only lay the thread over that Star in the Quadrant, and take the distance between the Star in the Scale, and the Compliment of its Altitude, and enter that extent parallelly between the Thread and the Scale, and it finds the Stars hour from the Meridian: Thus when that Star hath 39d of Altitude, its hour from the Meridian will be found to be 45d 54′, in time, 3 hours 3½′, which to get the true time of the night, must be turned into the Sun's hour by help of the Nocturnal on the Backside: But admitting the Sun's Declination and Altitude to have been the same with the Stars, the true time of the day thus found, would have been 56½′ past 9 in the morning, or 3½′ past 3 in the afternoon; and thus the Reader may have what Stars he pleases put on of any Declination, and for any Latitude; and they may be put on at such a distance from the Centre, that the distance from it to the Star, may be a Chord to be measured in the Limb, to give the Stars Ascensional difference, or the like conclusion: And thus the thread being once laid, and the former point found for one example to the Sun's Declination, neither of them varies that day; which is a ready general way for finding the time of the day for the Sun. To find the Semidiurnal, and Seminocturnal Arks. SUppose the Sun to have no Altitude, and the Compliment of it to be 90d, and then work by the former precept, and you will find the Semidiurnal Ark from the beginning of the Line, and the Seminocturnal Ark from the end of the Line, which doubled, and turned into time, shows the length of the Day and Night, and the difference between 90d, and either of those Arks is the Ascensional difference, or time of rising and setting from 6. To find the Azimuth generally. The Proportions for this purpose have been delivered before, from which it may be observed, that there are no two terms fixed, and therefore to every Altitude, the containing sides of the Triangle, namely, the Compliments both of the Altitude and Latitude must be summed and differenced, when the Proposition is to be performed on this Line solely, and the Operation will be after the same manner, as for the hour, namely, with a Parallel entrance: and this is all I shall say of the Author's general way; and of any other that he used, I never heard of; those ways that follow, being of my own supply. By help of this Line to work a Proportion in Sines alone, wherein the Radius leads. As the Radius Is to the Sine of any Ark, So is the Sine of any other Ark To the Sine of a fourth Ark. This fourth Sine, as I have said before, is demonstrated by M. Gellibrand, to be equal to half the difference of the Versed Sins of the Sum, and difference of the two middle terms of the Proportion. Operation. Let the Proportion be, As the Radius Is to the Sine of— 40d So is the Sine of— 27 To a fourth Sine Sum— 67 Difference— 13 Take the distance between the Versed Sins of the said sum and difference, and measure it on the Line of Sines from the Centre, and it will reach to 17d, the fourth Sine sought. By help of this Line may the Divisions of the line Sol, or Proportional Sins, be graduated to any Radius less than half the Radius of the Quadrant, the Canon is, As the Versed Sine of any Ark added to a Quadrant, Is to the Radius, or length of the Line Sol, So is the Versed Sine of that Arks Compliment to 90d To that length which pricked backward from the end of the Radius of the said Line, shall graduate the Arch proposed. Example. Suppose you would graduate 20 of the Line Sol, enter the Radius of the said Line upon the Versed Sine of 110d, laying the thread to the other foot; and from the Versed Sine of 70d, take the nearest distance to the thread, which prick from the end of the Line Sol, towards the beginning, and it shall graduate the said 20d. This Line Sol is made use of by M. Foster in his Scale for dialing. The Line of Versed Sins was placed on the left edge of the foreside of the Quadrant, for the ready taking out the difference of the Versed Sins of any two Arks, and to measure a difference of two Versed Sins upon it, which are the chief uses I shall make of it; whereas to Operate singly upon it, it would be more convenient for the hand to have it lie on the right edge of the Quadrant. An example for finding the Azimuth generally, by help of Versed Sins in the Limb, and of other Lines on the Quadrant. I shall rehearse the Proportion, As the Cousin of the Latitude is to the Secant of the Altitude, Or, As the Cousin of the Altitude is to the Secant of the Latitude, So is the difference of the Versed Sins of the Sun's distance from the Elevated Pole, and of the Ark of difference between the Latititude and Altitude, To the Versed Sine of the Azimuth from the midnight meridian. And making the latter clause of the third term the Compliment of the Sum of the Latitude and Altitude to a Semicircle, the Proportion will find the versed Sine of the Azimuth from the noon Meridian. Example. Altitude,— 51d 32′ Latitude— 34: 32 Compliment 55d 2● Difference 17: 00 ☉ distance from elevated Pole, 66: 29 Operation in the first Terms of the Proportion. On the Line of Versed Sins, take the distance between 17d, and 66d 29′, and entering it twice down the line of Sines, from the Centre, take the nearest distance to the thread laid over the Secant of 51d 32′, the given Altitude, and entering one foot of this Extent at the Sine of 55d 28′ the Compliment of the Latitude, lay the thread to the other foot, according to nearest distance, and in the line of Versed Sins in the Limb, it will lie over 95d, for the Sun's Azimuth from the midnight meridian. And the Sun's declination supposed the same, he shall have the like Azimuth from the North, in our Latitude of London, when his Altitude is 34d 32′, for the sides of the Triangle are the same. Another Example. To find it in the versed Sine of 90d Latitude— 47d 27′ Altitude— 51: 32 Sum— 98: 59 Compliment— 81: 1 Polar distance— 66: 29 Take the distance in the Line of Sines, as representing the former half of a Line of Versed Sins, between these two Arks counted towards the Centre, viz. 66d 29′, and 81d 01′, and enter this extent twice down the Line of Sines from the Centre, and take the nearest distance to the thread lying over the Secant of the Latitude 47d 27′, then enter one foot of this extent at 51d 32′ counted from the end of the Sins towards the Centre, laying the thread to the other foot, according to nearest distance, and in the Versed Sine of 90d, it shows the Azimuth to be 65d from the South in this our Northern Hemispere. Of the fitted Particular Scale, and the Line of Entrance thereto belonging. THis Scale serves to find both the Hour and Azimuth in the Latitude of London, to which it is fitted, in the equal Limb, by a Lateral or positive Entrance, it consists of two Lines of Sines. The greater is 62d of a Sine, as large as can stand upon the Quadrant, the Radius of the lesser Sine is made equal to 51d 32′ of this greater, being fitted to the Latitude: The Scale of Entrance standing within the Projection, and abutting on the Line of Sines, is no other but a portion of a Line of Sines, whose Radius is made equal to 38d 28′ of the greater Sine of the fitted Scale; and this Scale of Entrance is numbered by its Compliments up to 62d, as much as is the Suns-greatest meridian Altitude in this Latitude. The ground of this Scale is derived from the Diagonal Scale, the length whereof bears such Proportion to the Line of Sines whereto it is fitted, as the Secant of the particular Latitude doth to the Radius, which is the same that the Radius bears to the Cousin of the Latitude, and consequently, making the Line of Sines to represent the fitted Scale, the Radius of that Sine whereto it is fitted, must be equal to the Cousin of the Latitude: and so we needed no particular Scale, but this would remove the particular Scale, or Scale of Entrance, nearer the Centre, and would not have been so ready as this fitted Scale; however, hence I might educe a general method for finding the hour and Azimuth in the Limb, without Tangents or Secants. The first Work would be to proportion out a Sine to a lesser Radius, which would find the point of Entrance, the next would be to find the Altitude, or Depression, at 6. the third would be to enter the sum, or difference of the Sins of the Altitude, or depression at 6 at the point of Entrance, and to lay the thread to the other foot; but I shall demonstrate it from other grounds. 1. To find the time of Sun Rising, or Setting. Take the Declination from the lesser Sine, and enter it at the Declination in the Scale of Entrance, laying the thread to the other foot, according to nearest distance, and it shows the time of Rising or setting in the equal Limb. So when the Sun hath 13d of South Declination, he riseth at 8′ past 7 in the morning f●re, and sets at 52′ past 4 in the afternoon. 2. To find the true time of the day. In Summer, or Northwardly Declination, take the distance between the Altitude in the greater Sine, and the Declination in the lesser Sine. In Winter, take the Declination in the lesser Sine, and with your Compasses add it to the Altitude in the greater Sine. These extents enter at the Declination in the Scale of Entrance, and lay the thread to the other foot, according to nearest distance, and in the equal Limb, it will lie over the true time of the day. In Summer, when the Declination in the fitted Scale is above the Altitude, the hour is found from 6 towards midnight, when below it, towards Noon. Example. When the Sun hath 13d of North Declination, his Altitude being 39d 10′ will be a quarter past 9 in the morning, or 3 quarters past 2 in the afternoon; and when he hath the same South Declination, his Altitude being 16d 14′ the time of the day will be found the same. The Converse will find the Sun's Altitudes on all hours by this fitted Scale, which I shall handle the general way. 3. To find the Amplitude. Take the Declination from the greater Sine, and enter it at the beginning of the Scale of Entrance, laying the thread to the other foot, according to nearest distance, and it shows it in the Limb. When the Sun hath 13d of Declination, his Amplitude will be 21d 12′. 4. To find the Azimuth of the Sun. In Summer▪ take the distance between the Altitude in the lesser Sine, and the Declination in the greater. In Winter, or South Declinations, take the Declination from the greater Sine, and add it to the Altitude in the lesser Sine with your Compasses. These Extents, enter at the Altitude in the Scale of Entrance, and lay the thread to the other foot, according to nearest distance; and in the equal Limb, it shows the Azimuth from the East or West. In Summer, when the Altitude falls below the Declination, the Azimuth is found from the East or West, Northwards; when above it, Southwards. So when the Sun hath 13d of North Declination, his Altitude being 43d 50′ the Azimuth will be found to be 45d from East or West, Southwards; and when he hath the same South Declination, his Altitude being 14d 50′ he shall have the same Azimuth. These Scales are fitted to give the Altitude at six, and the Vertical Altitude by Inspection. Against the Declination in the greater lesser Sine stands the Vertical Altitude or Depression, Altitude or Depression at six. When the Hour or Azimuth falls near Noon, mind against what Arch of the Line of Sines the point of Entrance falls, the thread may be laid to the like Arch in the Limb, and the respective extents entered parallelly between the Scale and the thread, and the answer found in the Line of Sines. But we have a better remedy by help of the Versed Sine of 90d put thorough the whole Limb. The joint use of the Fitted Scale, with the Versed Sine of 90d in the Limb. IN the following Propositions, I shall make no use of the lesser Sine of the Fitted Scale. Get the Summer and Winter Meridian Altitude, by summing and differencing the Declination, and the Compliment of the Latitude, which may be done with Compasses in the equal Limb, by applying the Chord of the Declination both ways from the Co-latitude. To find the Hour of the Day in Winter. Take the distance between the Meridian Altitude, and the given Altitude, out of the greater Sine of the fitted Scale, and as before, enter it at the Declination in the Scale of Entrance, laying the thread to the other foot, according to nearest distance, and in the Versed Sine of 90d it shows the hour from Noon. So if the Sun have 13d of South Declination, the Meridian Altitude is 25d 28′, if the given Altitude be 17d 44′ the time of the day will be half an hour past 9 in the morning, or as much after 2 in the afternoon. To find the Hour of the Day in Summer. Take the distance between the Summer Meridian Altitude, and the proposed Altitude, and if this extent be less than the distance of the Declination in the Scale of Entrance from the Centre, enter it at the Declination in the said Scale, and laying the thread to the other foot, it will in the Versed Sine of 90d show the Hour from Noon. If the Sun have 23d 31′ of North Declination, his Meridian Altitude will be 61 59′, if his given Altitude be 47d 51′, the time of the day will be a quarter past 9 in the morning, or three quarters of an hour past 2 in the afternoon. If the Extent be larger than the distance of the point of Entrance▪ to wit, the distance of the Declination in the Scale of Entrance from the Centre, the hour must be found from midnight. In this case, with your Compasses add the Sine of the Winter Meridian Altitude, taken from the greater Sine of the fitted Scale, to the Sine of the Altitude in the said Scale, and enter the said whole extent at the point of Entrance, as before; and in the Versed Sine of 90d, the thread will show the hour from midnight. When the Sun hath 23 31′ of North Declination, if his Altitude be 5d 24′, the time of the day will be half an hour past 4 in the morning, or half an hour past 7 in the evening, the Winter Meridian Altitude to this Declination being 14d 57′. When the hour in these examples falls near Noon, the extent of the Compasses may be doubled, or tripled, and an Ark first found in the Limb, then if the thread be laid over the like Ark from the other edge, it will accordingly in the Versed Sins doubled or tripled, show the time sought; and the like may be done for the Azimuth. To find the Azimuth of the Sun in Winter: Get the Ark of difference between the Sun's Altitude, and the Compliment of the Latitude, and in the greater Sine of the fitted Scale, take the distance between the said Ark, and the Sun's Declination, and enter one foot of this Extent at the Altitude in the Scale of Entrance, laying the thread to the other foot, and in the Versed Sine of 90d, it shows the Azimuth from Noon Meridian. Example. Colatitude,— 38d 28′ Altitude,— 12: 13 Ark of Difference— 26: 15 Declination— 13: 00 The Azimuth to this example, will be 50d from the South. In Summer, get the Ark of difference between the Altitude, and the Compliment of the Latitude, then when the Sun's Altitude is the lesser of the two, take the sum, but when the greater, the difference of the Sins of the Sun's Declination, and of the said Ark, and enter it at the Altitude on the Scale of Entrance, and you will find the Azimuth from the noon Meridian, as before; but when either of those extents are larger than the distance between the point of Entrance and the Centre, the Azimuth must be found from the midnight Meridian. In this case, take the difference, that is, the distance of the Sins of the Sun's Declination, and of the Ark▪ being the sum of the Altitude and Colatitude, out of the greater Sine of the fitted Scale, and enter it at the Altitude in the Scale of Entrance, laying the thread to the other foot, and in the Versed Sine it shows the Azimuth from the North. Example for finding the Azimuth from the North. Colatitude— 38d 28′ Altitude— 14: 15 Sum— 52: 43 Declination,— 23: 31 The Azimuth to this example, will be found to be 70d from the North. Of the joint use of the Diagonal Scale, with the Line of Sines on this Quadrant. If the respective extents that found the Hour and Azimuth in the Limb on the small Quadrant, be doubled, and applied here to the Line of Sines issuing from the Centre, which in this case becomes the Scale of Entrance, the Hour and Azimuth will be also found in the equal Limb of this Quadrant, for all those respective Latitudes to which the Diagonal Scale is accommodated. Of the Hour and Azimuth Scales on the Backside thereof. THose Scales were fitted to the Versed Sins quadrupled on that small Quadrant, and consequently, are fitted to the Versed Sine of 90d, and the Line of Sines on this Quadrant, which is just double the Radius of that Quadrant. Those Scales are peculiarly fitted for the Latitude of London, and thereby we may always find the Hour and Azimuth in the Versed Sine of 90, without the trouble of summing or differencing of Arks. 1. By the Hour Scale, to find the Hour of the Day. Take the distance between the Declination, proper to the season of the year, and the Altitude, and entering one foot of that extent at the Compliment of the Declination in the Sins, lay the thread to the other foot, according to nearest distance, and it shows the hour from Noon. Example. When the Sun hath 13d of North Declination, his Altitude being 47● 24′, the Hour will be 30′ past 10 in the morning, or as much past 1 in the afternoon. In Summer, when this extent is greater than the Cousin of the Declination, and that it will be, when the Sun hath less Altitude than he hath at 6. The Declination is graduated against the Meridian Altitudes. In this case, add the Sine of the Altitude given, to the Sine of the Meridian Altitude in Winter, to that Declination, with your Compasses, and enter that whole extent at the Declination counted in the Line of Sines from 90d laying the thread to the other foot, according to nearest distance, and in the Versed Sine of 90d, it will show the hour from midnight. Declination,— 23d 31′ North, The hour will be found either 4 in the morning, or 8 at night. Altitude— 1: 34 The hour will be found either 4 in the morning, or 8 at night. 2. By the Azimuth Scale, to find the Azimuth of the Sun. Take the distance between the Declination proper to the season of the year, and the Altitude, and entering one foot of this extent at the Compliment of the Altitude in the Lines of Sines issuing from the Centre, to the other lay the thread according to nearest distance, and it shows the Azimuth from the noon Meridian in the Versed Sine of 90d. Declination— 23d 31′ North, The Azimuth hereto will be found 65d from the South. Altitude— 47: 27 The Azimuth hereto will be found 65d from the South. In Summer, when this extent is greater than the Cousin of the Altitude, and that it will be, when the Sun hath less Altitude than he hath in the Vertical, the Azimuth must be found from the midnight Meridian. In this case, because the Azimuth Scale is not continued far enough, the sum of the Altitude and Colatitude must be gotten, and the distance taken between the said Ark and the Declination, counted in the hour-Scale as a Sine, and that extent entered at the Altitude counted from 90d in the Line of Sines, and the thread laid to the other foot, will show the Azimuth from the North in the Versed Sine of 90d in the Limb. Colatitude,— 38● 28′ The Azimuth to this example will be 65d from the North. Altitude— 10: 19 The Azimuth to this example will be 65d from the North. Sum— 48: 47 The Azimuth to this example will be 65d from the North. Declination— 23: 31 The Azimuth to this example will be 65d from the North. North. General Proportions. It now remains to be showed, how the Hour, and Azimuth, etc. may be found generally, either in the equal Limb, or in the Versed Sine of 90d, and that without the help of Tangents or Secants, and possibly with more convenience then with them. In page 55. I have asserted, that the fourth term in any direct Proportion, bears such Proportion to the first term, as the Rectangle of the two middle terms doth to the square of the first term. And in page 105. That the Sine of any Arch bears such proportion to the Secant of the Compliment of another Ark, as the Rectangle of the Sins of both those Arks, doth to the Square of the Radius. Whence it follows, That, As the Radius, Is to the Sine of one of the sides including an Angle, So is the Sine of the other containing side, To a fourth Sine. I say then, that this fourth Sine bears such Proportion to the Radius, as the Sine of one of those including sides, doth to the secant of the Compliment of the other. And therefore, when three sides are given to find an Angle, it will hold, As the Radius, Is to the Sine of one of those including sides, So is the Sine of the other including side, To a fourth sine. Again, As that fourth Sine, Is to the difference of the Versed Sins of the third side, and of the Ark of difference between the two including sides, So is the Radius, To the Versed Sine of the Angle sought. And as that fourth Sine, Is to the difference of the Versed Sins of the third side, and of the sum of the two including sides, So is the Radius, To the Versed Sine of the sought Angles, Compliment to 180d, or a Semicircle. Thus we are freed from a Secant in the two first terms of 3 several Proportions that find 〈…〉 Hour and Azimuth: All which I shall further confirm from the Analemma, and then proceed to Application, in the Scheme annexed. Proportions in the Analemma. UPon the Centre C, draw a Circle, and let N C be the Axis of the Horizon, and E P the Axis of the World, A C the Equator, ☉ F and Z Y two Parallels of Declination on each side the Equator, alike equidistant, S G the parallel of Altitude at 6, and D E F the parallel of Depression at 6; draw a parallel of Altitude less than the Altitude at 6 V R, and another greater M N continued; also a parallel of Depression less than the Depression at 6 W P, and another greater X Y, and there will be constituted divers right lined, right angled Triangles, relating to the motion of the Sun or Stars, in which it will hold. As Radius is to the Cousin of the Declination, So is the Cousin of the Latitude To a fourth. Namely the difference of the Sins of the Meridian Altitude, and Altitude at 6 in Summer, equal to the Sum of the Sins of the Meridian Altitude and Depression at 6 in Winter, which is equal to the sum of the Sins of the midnight Depression and Altitude at 6 in Summer. A: B ☉ ∷ B: A ☉. Again the same, As D: S E ∷ E: D S Again the same— G: B F ∷ B: F G. As that fourth is to the Radius, So is the Sine of the Meridian Altitude, To the Versed Sine of the Semidiurnal Ark A ☉: ☉ B ∷ ☉ I: ☉ K. The two first terms are common to all the rest of the following Proportions. And so is the Sine of the midnight Depression, To the Versed Sine of the Seminocturnal Ark. G F: B F ∷ F L to K F. And so is the Sine of the Altitude, To the difference of the Versed Sins of the Semidiurnal Ark and Hour sought from Noon, ☉ A: B ☉ ∷ I M: K N. And so is the Sine of the Depression, To the difference of the Versed Sins of the Seminocturnal Ark, and of the hour from Midnight, F G: F B ∷ P L: K O And so is the difference of the Sins of the Sun's Meridian, and given Altitude, To the Versed Sine of the hour from Noon, ☉ A: ☉ B ∷ ☉ M: ☉ N. If the Sun have Depression, So is the sum of the Sins of the Sun's Meridian Altitude, and proposed Depression, To the Versed Sine of the hour from Noon, A ☉: ☉ B ∷ ☉ Q: ☉ O. And so is the difference of the Sins of the Midnight and propose Depression, To the Versed Sine of the hour from Midnight, F G: F B ∷ P F: O F. But supposing the Sun to have Altitude, retaining still the two first terms, it holds. And so is the sum of the Sins of the Midnight Depression and given Altitude, To the Versed Sine of the hour from Midnight. F G: F B ∷ F R: F S. And so is the Sine of the Altitude, or Depression at six, To the Sine of the Ascensional difference, A ☉: ☉ B ∷ A I: B-K. In Summer, if the Sun have Altitude, So is the difference of the Sins of the Altitude at six, and of the given Altitude, To the Sine of the hour from six, towards Noon, if the given Altitude be greater than the Altitude at six, otherwise towards Midnight. A ☉: ☉ B ∷ A M: B N. Also A ☉: ☉ B ∷ A T: B S. If he have Depression, So is the sum of the Sins of the Altitude at six, and the given Depression, To the Sine of the Hour from six, towards Midnight. A ☉: ☉ B ∷ A Q: B O. In Winter, if the Sun have Altitude: So is the the sum of the Sins of his Depression at 6, and of his given Altitude, To the Sine of the hour from 6 toward Noon, S D: S E ∷ D V: Z E. If he have Depression. So is the difference of the Sins of his Depression at 6, and of has given Depression. To the Sine of the hour from 6 towards Noon, when the Depression is less than the Depression at 6, otherways towards Midnight. S D: S E ∷ W D: Q E. S D: S E ∷ D X: E Y. When two terms of a Proportion happen in the common Radius, and two in a Parallel, there needs no Reduction. In Latitudes nearer the Poles than the Polar Circles, the Semidiurnal Arks, when the Declination is towards the Elevated Pole, will be more than the Diameters of their Parallels; in that case, the difference, is the difference of the Versed Sine of the Hour, and of the fourth Proportional, found by the Proportion that finds the Semidiurnal Ark. General Proportions for the Hour. The Proportion selected for the Hour is, As the Radius, Is to the Cousin of the Latitude, So is the Cousin of the Declination, To a fourth: Namely, the difference of the Sins of the Meridian Altitude, and of the Altitude at 6. Again, 1. As that fourth, Is to the Radius, So in Summer, is the difference; but in Winter, the sum of the Sins of the Sun's Altitude or Depression at 6, To the Sine of the Hour from 6 towards Noon or Midnight, according as the Altitude or Depression is greater or less than the Altitude or Depression at 6. 2. And so is the difference of the Sins of the Meridian, and proposed Altitude, To the Versed Sine of the Hour from Noon: And so is the sum of the Sins of the Midnight Depression, and given Altitude, To the Versed Sine of the Hour from Midnight. 3. And so is the Sine of the Altitude, To the difference of the Versed Sins of the Semidiurnal Ark, and of the Hour sought. By the first Proportion, the hour may be found generally, either in the equal Limb, or Line of Sines. By the second Proportion, it may be found generally, either in the Versed Sins of 90d, or 180d. By the third Proportion, it may be found in the Line of Versed Sins issuing from the Centre in many cases. I shall add a brief Application of all three ways. The first Work will be to find the point of Entrance. Example, For the Latitude of Nottingham, 53d. Lay the thread to the Declination, admit 20 in the Limb, counted from the left edge, and from the Latitude in the Line of Sines, counted towards the Centre from 90d; take the nearest distance to the thread, the said extent measured from the Centre, will fall upon 34 25′, and there will be the point of Entrance; let it be recorded, or have a mark set to it. If the Sun's Declination be North, the Meridian Altitude in that Latitude, will be 57d, the said extent will reach from the Sine thereof, to the Sine of the Sun's Altitude, or Depression at 6, to that Declination, namely, to 15d 51′: which may also be found without the Meridian Altitude, by taking the distance from 20d in the Sins, to the thread laid over the Arch 53d, counted from the right Edge, and by measuring that extent from the Centre, the point thus found, I call the Sine point. Thirdly, If the respective distances between the Sine point, and the Sine of the given Altitude, be taken and entered upon the point of Entrance, laying the thread to the other foot, according to nearest distance, the hour may be found all day for that Declination, when it is North in the equal Limb. Example, For the Latitude of Nottingham, to the former Declination, being North. When the Sun hath 11d 31′ 20 17 of Altitude, the Hour in each Case will be found half an hour from 6, to the lesser Altitude beyond it, towards Midnight; to the greater, towards Noon. And when the Altitude is 38d 19′, the time of the day will be either half an hour past 8 in the morning, or half an hour past 3 in the Afternoon. An Example for the Latitude of Nottingham, when the Declination is as much South. Let the Altitude be 10d 6′, In this case add the Sine thereof to the Sine of 15d 51′, the whole extent will be equal to the Sine of 26d 39′; Enter this Extent upon the point of Entrance at 34d 25′ laying the thread to the other foot, according to nearest distance, and the time of the day found in the Limb, will be either half an hour past 9 in the morning, or half an hour past 2 in the afternoon. An Example for working the second Proportion. The Summer Meridian Altitude is 57d, if the given Altitude be 46d 11′, take the distance between the Sins of these two Arks, and entering this extent upon the point of Entrance, lay the thread to the other foot, according to nearest distance, it will in the Versed Sine of 90d, show the Hour from Noon to be 37d 30′, that is, either half an hour past 10 in the morning, or half an hour past 1 in the Afternoon. And when the Hour falls near Noon, we may double or triple the extent of the Compasses, and find an Ark in the Limb, which if counted from the other edge, and the thread laid over it▪ will give answer in the Versed Sins doubled or tripled accordingly. A third Example. If the Altitude were 3d 15′, in this case the distance between it and the Meridian Altitude being greater than the distance of the point of Entrance from the Centre, the hour must be found from Midnight; add the Sine thereof to the Sine of 17d, the Winter Meridian Altitude, the whole extent will be equal to the Sine of 20 25′; Enter the said extent upon the point of Entrance▪ as before, and in the Versed Sine of 90d, the hour will be found to be either half an hour past 4 in the Morning, or half an hour past 7 in the Evening. Examples for working the third Proportion. Take the Sine of 30d, and enter it upon the point of Entrance, laying the thread to the other foot, according to nearest distance, and there keep it; then take the nearest distance to it from the Sine of 57, the Meridian Altitude; and the said Extent prick upon the Line of Versed Sins on the left edge, and it will reach to 118● 54′, set a mark to it. Lastly, the nearest distance from the Sine of each respective Altitude to the thread, being pricked from the said mark, will reach to the Versed Sine of the hour from Noon, for North Declinations. So when the Sun hath 24d 48′ of Altitude, the Hour from 7: 17 Noon will be found to be— 75d 105 A Winter Example for that Declination. The nearest distance from the Sine of 17d, the Winter Meridian Altitude, to the thread, will reach to the Versed Sine of 61d 6′, the Compliment of the former to a Semicircle, at which set a mark; then if the Altitude were— 12d 30′ 14: 26 the nearest distances to the thread pricked from the latter mark, would show the hours to these Altitudes to be 2 hours 1 ½ hour from Noon This last Proportion in some cases will be inconvenient, being liable to excursion in Latitudes more Northwardly. Two sides with the Angle comprehended, to find the third side. As the Radius, Is to the Sine of one of the Includers, So is the Sine of the other Includer, To a fourth. Again, As the Radius, Is to the Versed Sine of the Angle included, So is that fourth, To the difference of the Versed Sins of the third side, and of the Ark of difference between the two including sides, And so is the Versed Sine of the Included Angel's Compliment to 180. To the difference of the Versed Sins of the third side, and of the sum of the two including sides. Another Proportion for finding it in Sines, elsewhere delivered. By the former Proportion, having the advantage both of lesser and greater Versed Sines, we may find the side sought, either in the line of Sines, or in the line of Versed Sins on the the left edge▪ issuing from the Centre. The Converse of the Proportion that found the Hour, will find the Sun's Altitudes on all Hours. As the Radius, Is to the Cousin of the Latitude, So is the Cousin of the Declination, To a fourth Sine. Namely, The difference of the Sins of the Sun's Meridian Altitude, and of his Altitude at 6 in Summer, but the sum of the Sins of his Depression at 6, and Winter Meridian Altitude, hereby we may obtain the point of Entrance and Altitude, or Depression at 6, as before, and let them be recorded, than it holds, As the Radius, Is to the Sine of the Hour from 6, So is that fourth Sine, To the difference of the Sins of the Sun's Altitude at 6, and of his Altitude sought; But in Winter, To the sum of the Sins of his Depression at 6, and of the Altitude sought. Hereby we may find two Altitudes at a time. Lay the thread to the Hour in the Limb, and from the point of Entrance, take the nearest distance to it, the said Extent being set down at the Altitude at 6, shall reach upward to the greater Altitude, and downward, to the lesser Altitude. Example. Admit the hour to be 5 and 7 in the morning, the Altitudes thereto for 20 North Declination for the Latitude of Nottingham, will be found to be 7d 17′, and 24● 48′ If the Hour be more remote from 6 then the time of Rising, we may find a Winter Altitude to as much South Declination, and a Summer Altitude, to the said North Declination. Thus if the Hour be 45d from 6, that is either 9 in the morning, or 3 in the afternoon, the nearest distance from the point of Entrance to the thread, will reach from the Sine of 15d 51′, the Altitude at 6 upwards, to the Sine of 42d 18′, the Summer Altitude to that Declination: But downwards, it reaches beyond the Centre: In this case measure, that extent from the Centre, and take the distance between the inward foot of the Compasses, and the Altitude at 6▪ which measured on the Sins, will be found to be 7d 17′ for the Winter Altitude to that Hour. So if the hour were 60d from 6, that is either 10, or 2, the Summer Altitude would be found to be 49d 42′, and the Winter Altitude 12d 30′. And this may be found in the Versed Sins on the left edge, accounted as a Sine each way from the middle, if use be made of the lesser Sins, instead of the Limb, in finding the point of Entrance, as also, in laying it to the Sine of each hour from 6, in which case the Compasses will always find two Altitudes at once; for when they fall beyond the midst of the said Line, it shows the Winter Altitudes counted from thence towards the end of the said Versed Sines. Having found the fourth Sine, which gives the point of Entrance as before, the Altitudes on all hours may be found by the Versed Sins of 90d in the Limb, the Proportion will be, As the Radius, Is to the Versed Sine of the Hour from Noon, So is the fourth abovesaid, To the difference of the Sins of the Meridian Altitude, and of the Altitude sought. But for hours beyond 6, the Proportion will be, As the Radius, Is to the Versed Sine of the Hour from Midnight, So is the fourth abovesaid, To the sum of the Sins of the Sun's Depression at Midnight (equal to his Winter Meridian Altitude,) and of his Altitude sought, Hereby also we may find two Altitudes at once. Operation. Lay the thread to the Versed Sine of the Hour from Noon, and from the point of Entrance at 34d 25′, take the nearest distance to it, the said Extent shall reach from the Summer Meridian Altitude, accounted in the Sins to the Altitude sought, also from the Winter Meridian Altitude, to the Altitude sought. Example. Latitude of Nottingham is 53d, Compliment— 37● Sun's Declination,— 20 Sum being the Summer Meridian Altitude— 57d Difference being Winter Meridian Altitude 17 If it were required to find the Altitudes for the hours of 11 and 1 The Extents so taken out will find the Summer Altitudes to be— 55● 00′ And the Winter Altitudes to the same hours and Declination— 15● 51● 10 and 2 The Extents so taken out will find the Summer Altitudes to be— 49, 42 And the Winter Altitudes to the same hours and Declination— 12, 30 9 and 3 The Extents so taken out will find the Summer Altitudes to be— 42, 18 And the Winter Altitudes to the same hours and Declination— 7, 17 8 and 4 The Extents so taken out will find the Summer Altitudes to be— 33, 47 And the Winter Altitudes to the same hours and Declination— 00, 32 But for hours more remote from the Meridian than 6, as admit for 5 in the morning, or 7 at night, which is 75d from the North Meridian; lay the thread to the said Ark in the Versed Sine of 90d, and the distance from the point of Entrance to it, shall reach from the Sine of 57d, the Meridian Altitude, to the Sine of 24d 48′, the Summer Altitude for the Hour 75d from Noon, and if that Extent be pricked from the Winter Meridian Altitude, it will reach beyond the Centre, in which case, enter that Extent upon the Line of Sines, and take the distance between the point of limitation and 17d, which will (being measured) be found to be the Sine of 7d 17′, the Altitude belonging to the hour 105 from Noon. In like manner, the Altitudes for the hours 97d 30 from Noon that is 82d 30′ from Midnight, will be 11d 31′ and for the like hours from Noon 20d 17′ 112, 30 from Noon that is 67, 30 from Midnight, will be 3: 15 and for the like hours from Noon 29: 19 In like manner, it might have been found in the Versed Sins issuing from the Centre, if in finding the point of Entrance, and in laying the thread to the Versed Sine of the Hour, we make use of the lesser Sins, and of the Versed Sine of 180d in the Limb. For the Azimuth. Two of the former Proportions may be conveniently applied to other sides, for finding the Azimuth universally. As the Radius, Is to the Cousin of the Latitude, So is the Cousin of the Altitude, To a fourth Sine. Get the sum of the Altitude and Colatitude; or, which is all one, the sum of the Latitude and Colatitude; and if it exceeds a Quadrant, take its Compliment to a Semicircle: This fourth Sine is equal to the difference of the Sins of this Compound Ark, and of another Ark to be thereby found, called the latter Ark. Then it holds, As the fourth Sine, Is to the Radius, So in Summer is the difference, but in Winter, the sum of the Sins of this latter Ark, and of the given Declination, To the Sine of the Azimuth from the Vertical. When the latter Ark is more than the Declination, the Azimuth will be found from the Vertical towards the Noon Meridian, otherwise towards the Midnight Meridian, and in winter, always towards the Noon Meridian. For such Stars as come to the Meridian between the Zenith and the elevated Pole, the fourth Ark will never exceed the Stars declination, and their Azimuth will be always found from the Vertical towards the Meridian they come to, above the Horizon. Example for the Latitude of Nottingham. Compliment of the Latitude is— 37d Altitude is 40●— 40 Sum— 77 Let the Declination be 20d North. To find the point of Entrance, take the nearest distance to the thread laid over 50 in the Limb, counted from right edge from the Sine of 37d, the said Extent measured from the Centre, falls upon the Sine of 27d 26′, and there will be the point of Entrance; the said Extent pricked from 77● in the Sins, will reach to the Sine of 30 51′, where the Sine point falls. Lastly, The distance between the Sine point, and the Sine of 20d being entered at the point of Entrance, and the thread laid to the other foot, the Azimuth will be found in the equal Limb to be 21d 48′ from the East or West Southwards, because the Sine point fell beyond the Declination. Another Example for that Latitude, the Declination being 20d South Altitude. 12d 30′ The point of Entrance will fall at the Sine of 36● The Sine point may be found without summing or differencing of Arks, by taking the nearest distance from the Sine of the Latitude, to the thread laid over the Altitude, counted in the Limb from the right edge; which Extent being added to the Sine of 20d the Declination, the whole Extent will be equal to the Sine of 31d, this being entered on the point of Entrance, and the thread laid to the other foot, the Azimuth will be found to be 61d 14′ from the East or West Southwards. A third Example for the Latitude of London, 51d 32′. Let it be required to find the Azimuth of the middlemost Star in the great Bear's tail, Declination is 56d 45′, let the Altitude be 44d 58′. The nearest distance from the Sine of 38d 28′ to the thread laid over the Altitude counted from the right edge, will find the point of Entrance to be at the Sine of— 26d 6′. The nearest distance from the Sine of 51d 32′ to the thread laid over the Altitude, counted from the right edge, need not be known, but the distance between that Extent, and the Sine of 56d 45′, the Stars Declination being entered on the point of Entrance, will find the Azimuth of that Star, by laying the thread to the other foot, to be 40d from the East or West Northwards. Thus we find it the general way, and so it will also be found by the fitted particular Scale; for the Hour, the point of Entrance, and Sine point, vary not till the Declination change; but for the Azimuth, they vary to every Altitude. To find the Azimuth in the Versed Sins. As the fourth, found by the former Proportion; namely, where the point of Entrance happened, Is to the Radius, So is the difference of the Versed Sins of the Polar distance, and of the Ark of Difference between the Altitude and the Latitude, To the Versed Sine of the Azimuth from Midnight Meridian. This finds the Angle itself in the Sphere. And so is the difference of the Versed Sins of the Polar distance, and of the Ark of residue of the sum of the Latitude and Altitude taken from a Semicircle. To the Versed Sine of the Azimuth from Noon Meridian. This finds the Compliment of the Angle in the Sphere to a Semicircle. The Proportion to find it from Midnight Meridian, the third term being expressed in Sines, will be thus. Get the sum of the Altitude and Colatitude, and when it exceeds a Quadrant, take its Compliment to a Semicircle, the Ark thus found, is called the Compound Ark. Then it holds, As the fourth found before. Is to the Radius, So in Summer Declinations, is the difference, but in Winter Declinations, the sum of the Sins of the Suns or Stars declination, and of the compound Ark, To the Versed Sine of the Azimuth from the Midnight Meridian of the place. Use this Proportion always for the Sun or Stars, when they come to the Meridian between the Zenith and elevated Pole. And to find it from the Noon Meridian, Get the difference between the Altitude and Colatitude, and then it holds, As the fourth Sine found before, Is to the Radius, So is the sum of the Sins of the said Ark of Difference, and of the Sun's Declination, To the Versed Sine of the Azimuth from the Noon Meridian, in Summer only, when the Sun's Altitude is less than the Colatitude. In all other cases, So is the difference of the said Sins, To the Versed Sine of the Azimuth, as before, from Noon Meridian. If by the former Proportion it be required to find the Azimuth in the Versed Sine of 90d, a difference of Versed Sins taken out of the Line of Versed Sins on the left edge must be doubled, and being taken out of the Line of Sines, as sometimes representing the former, sometimes the latter half of a Versed Sine, needs not be doubled. Example: Latitude of Nottingham— 53d Altitude of the Sun— 4 Ark of difference— 49 ☉ Declination 20 North, the Polar distance is— 70 The Point of entrance will fall at the Sine of 36d 54′ And the difference of the Versed Sins of 49● and 70●, equal to the distance between the Sins of 41● and 20 being entered at the Point of entrance, and the Tbread laid to the other foot will lie over 61d 30′ of the Versed Sine of 90●, and so much is the Sun's Azimuth from the North. Another Example for finding it from the South when the Altitude is more than the Colatitude. Altitude— 47d Colatitude— 37 of Nottingham. difference— 10 The Point of entrance will fall at the sine of 24d 14′ found by taking the nearest extent from sine of 37d to the Thread lying over 43d of the Limb the Coaltitude. Then the distance between the sins of 10d, the Ark of difference as above, and the sine of 20 the Sun's North Declination being entered at the Point of entrance, and the Thread laid to the other foot, will show 53d 55′ in the Versed sine of 90d for the Sun's Azimuth from the South. A third Example when the Altitude is less than the Colatitude in Summer. Compliment Latitude 37d of Nottingham. Altitude— 34 difference— 3 The Point of entrance will fall at the sine of 29d 55′, and the sum of the sins of 3d, and of 20d the Sun's declination supposed North, is equal to the sine of 23d 13′: Which Extent entered at 29d 55′, the Point of entrance, and the Thread laid to the other foot according to nearest distance, it will intersect the Versed sine of 90d at the Ark of 77d 57′, and so much is the Sun's Azimuth from the South. And if there were no Versed sins in the Limb, find an Ark of the equal Limb, and enter the sine of the said Ark down the Line of sins from the other end, and you may obtain the Versed sine of the Ark sought. More Examples need not be insisted upon, having found the Point of entrance, the distance between the Versed sins of the Base or side subtending the angle sought, and of the Ark of difference between the two including sides, being taken out of the straight Line of Versed Lines on the left edge, and entered at the Point of entrance, laying the Thread to the other foot shows in the Versed Sine of 180d in the Limb the angle sought; and if the said distance or Extent be doubled, and there entered it shows the angle sought in the Versed Sine of 90d, when the Angle is less than a Quadrant, when more, the distance between the Versed Sins of the Base and the sum of the Legs, will find the Compliment of the angle sought to a Semicircle without doubling in the Versed Sine of 180d in the Limb, with doubling in the Versed Sine of 90d. Lastly, Three sides, viz. all less than Quadrants, or one of them greater, generally to find an angle in the equal Limb, the Proportion will be, As the Radius, Is to the Cousin of one of the including sides: So is the Cousin of the other Includer, To a fourth Sine. Again, As the Sine of one of the Includers, To the Cosecant of the other: So when any one of the sides is greater than a Quadrant is the sum, but when all less, the difference of the fourth Sine, and of the Cousin of the third side, To the Cousin of the angle sought. If any of the three sides be greater than a Quadrant, it subtends an Obtuse angle, the other angel's being Acute; But when they are all less than Quadrants, if the 4th Sine be less than the Cousin of the third side, the angle sought is Acute, if equal thereto, it is a right angle, if greater an Obtuse angle. From the Proportion that finds the Hour from six, we may educe a single Proportion appliable to the Logarithms without natural Tables for Calculating the Hour of the day to all Altitudes, By turning the third Term, being a difference of Sines or Versed Sins into a Rectangle, and freeing it from affection. The two first Proportions to be wrought are fixed for one Declination; The first will be to find the Sun's Altitude or Depression at six. The second will be to find half the difference of the Sins of the Sun's Meridian Altitude, and Altitude sought, etc. as before defined, the Proportion to find it is, As the Secant of 60d, To the Cousin of the Declination: So is the Cousin of the Latitude, To the Sine of a fourth Arch. Lastly, To find the Hour. Get the sum and difference of half the Sun's Zenith distance at the hour of six; and of half his Zenith distance to any other proposed Altitude or Depression. Then, As the Sine of the fourth Arch, Is to the Sine of the sum: So is the Sine of the difference, To the Sine of the hour from six towards Noon or Midnight, according as the Altitude or Depression was greater or lesser than the Altitude or Depression at six. Observing that the Sine of an Arch greater than a Quadrant, is the Sine of that Arks Compliment to a Semicircle. Of the Stars placed upon the Quadrant below the Projection. ALL the Stars placed upon the Projection are such as fall between the Tropics and the Hour may be found by them with the Projection, as in the Use of the small Quadrant: Which may also be found by the fitted particular Scale, not only for Stars within the Tropics, but for all others without, when their Altitude is less than 62d, and likewise their Azimuth may be thereby found when their Declination is not more than 62d. For other Stars without the Tropics, they may be put on below the Projection any where in such an angle that the Thread laid over the Star shall show an Ark in the Limb, at which in the Sins the Point of entrance will always fall; And again, the same Star is to be graved at its Altitude or Depression at six in the Sins, and then to find the Stars hour in that Latitude whereto they are fitted, will always for Northern Stars be to take the distance in the Line of Sines between the Star and its given Altitude, and to enter that Extent at the Point of entrance, laying the Thread to the other foot according to nearest distance, and it gives the Stars hour in the equal Limb from six, which may also be found in the Sins by a Parallel entrance, laying the Thread over the Star. Example. Let the Altitude of the last in the end of the great Bear's Tail be 63d, take the distance between it and the Star which is graved at 37d 30′ of the Sins, the said Extent entered at the Sine of 23d, the Ark of the Limb the Thread intersects when it lies over the said Star, and by laying the Thread to the other foot you will find that Stars hour to be 46d 11′ from six towards Noon Meridian, if the Altitude increase, and in finding the true time of the night, the Stars hour must be always reckoned from the Meridian it was last upon; in this Example it will be 5 minutes past 9 feré. Of the Quadrant of Ascensions on the backside, This Quadrant is divided into 24 Hours with their quarters and subdivisions, and serves to give the right Ascension of a Star, as in the small Quadrant to be cast up by the Pen. It also serves to find the true Hour of the night with Compasses. First having found the Stars hour, take the distance on the Quadrant of Ascensions in the same 12 hours between the Star and the Sun's Ascension (given by the foreside of the Quadrant) the said Extent shall reach from the Stars hour to the true hour of the night, and the foot of the Compasses always fall upon the Quadrant; Which Extent must be applied the same way it was taken, the Sun's foot to the Stars hour. Example. If upon the 30th of December the last in the end of the Bear's Tail were found to be 9 hours' 05′ past the Meridian it was last upon, the true time sought would be 16 minutes past 3 in the morning. Another Example for the Bull's Eye. Admit the Altitude of that Star be 39 d, that Stars hour as we found it by the Line of Versed Sins was 3 ho 3′ from the Meridian, if the Altitude increase, than that Stars hour from the Meridian it was last upon was 57 minutes past 8— 8 h: 57′ If this Observation were upon the 23d of October, the Compliment of the Sun's Ascension would be— 9: 30 The Ascension of that Star is— 4: 16 The true time of the night would be forty— 10: 43 three minutes past ten. The distance between the Star and the Sun's Ascension being applied the same way, by setting the Sun foot at the Stars hour will show the true time sought. When the Star is passed the Meridian, having the same Altitude, the Stars hour will be 3′ past 3, and the true time sought, will be 49′ past 4 in the next morning. The Geometrical Construction of Mr foster's Circle. THe Circle on the Back side of the Quadrant, whereof one quarter is only a void Line, is derived from M. Foster's Treatise of a Quadrant, by him published in An●o 1638. the foundation and use whereof being concealed, I shall therefore endeavour to explain it. Upon the Centre H describe a circle, and draw the Diameter A C, passing through the Centre, and perpendicularly thereto, upon the point C, erect a Line of Sines C I, whose Radius shall be equal to the Diameter A C, let 90d of the Sine end at ay; I say then, if from the point A, through each degree of that Line of Sines, there be straight lines drawn, intersecting the Quadrant of the circle C G, as a line from the point D doth intersect it at B the Quadrant C G, which the Author calls the upper Quadrant, or Quadrant of Latitudes shall be constituted, and if C I be continued as a Secant, by the same reason the whole Semicircle C G A may be occupied; hence it will be necessary to educe a ground of calculation for the accurate dividing of the said Quadrant, and that will be easy; for A C being Radius, the Sine C D doth also represent the Tangent of the Angle at A, therefore seek the natural Sine of the Ark C D in the Table of Natural Tangents, and the Ark corresponding thereto, will give the quantity of the Angle D A C, then because the point A falls in the circumference of the Circle, where an Angle is but half so much as it is at the Centre, by 31 Prop. 3. Euc. double the Angle found, and from a Quadrant divided into 90 equal parts, and their subdivisions, by help of a Table so made, may the Quadrant of Latitudes be accurately divided: but the Author made his Table in page 5. without doubling, to be graduated from a Quadrant divided into 45 equal parts. Again, If upon the Centre C, with a pair of Compasses, each degree of the line of Sines be transferred into the Semicircle C G A it shall divide it into 90 equal parts; the reason whereof is plain, because the Sine of an Arch is half the chord of twice that Arch, and therefore the Sins being made to twice the Radius of this circle, shall being transferred into it, become chords of the like Arch, to divide a Semicircle into 90 equal parts. Again, upon the point A, erect a line of Tangents of the same Radius with the former Sine, which we may suppose to be infinitely continued, here we use a portion of it A E. If from the point C, the other extremity of the Diameter lines be drawn, cutting the lower Semicircle (as a line drawn from E intersects it at F) through each degree of the said Tangent, the said lower Semicircle shall be divided into 90 equal parts; the reason is evident a line of Tangents from the Centre shall divide a Quadrant into 90 equal parts, and because an Angle in the circumference is but half so much as it is in the Centre, being transferred thither, a whole Semicircle shall be filled with no more parts. The chief use of this Circle, is to operate Proportions in Tangents alone, or in Sines and Tangents jointly, built upon this foundation, that equiangled plain Triangles have their sides Proportional. In straight lines, it will be evident from the point D to E, draw a straight line intersecting the Diameter at L, and then it lies as C L to C D; so is A L to A E: it is also true in a Circle, provided it be evinced, that the points B L F fall in a straight line. Hereof I have a Geometrical Demonstration, which would require more Schemes, which by reason of its length and difficulty, I thought fit at present not to insert, possibly an easier may be found hereafter: As also, an Algebraick Demonstration, by the Right Honourable, the Lord Brunkard, whereby after many Algebraick inferences it is evinced, that as L K is to K B ∷ so is L N to ● F: whence it will follow, that the points B, L, F, are in a right line. If a Ruler be laid from 45d of the Semicircle, to every degree of the Quadrant of Latitudes, it will constitute upon the Diameter, the graduations of the Line Sol, whereby Proportions in Sins might be operated without the other supply. From the same Scheme also follows the construction of the straight line of Latitudes, from the point G, at 90● of the Quadrant of Latitudes, draw a straight Line to C, and transfer each degree of the Quadrant of Latitudes with Compasses, one foot resting upon C into the said straight line, and it shall be constituted. To Calculate it. The Line of Latitudes C G bears such Proportion to C A as the Chord of 90d doth to the Diameter, which is the same that the Sine of 45d bears to the Radius, or which is all one, that the Radius bears to the Secant of 45 d, which Secant is equal to the Chord of 90 d; from the Diagram the nature of the Line of Latitudes may be discovered. Any two Lines being drawn to make a right angle, if any Ark of the Line of Latitudes be pricked off in one of those Lines retaining a constant Hipotenusal A C, called the Line of Hours, equal to the Diameter of that Circle from whence the Line of Latitudes is constituted, if the said Hipotenusal from the Point formerly pricked off, be made the Hipotenusal to the Legs of the right angle formerly pricked off, the said Legs or sides including the right angle shall bear such Proportion one to another, as the Radius doth to the sine of the Ark so pricked off; and this is evident from the Schem, for such Proportion as A C bears to C D, doth A B bear to B C, for the angle at A is Common to both Triangles, and the angle at B in the circumference is a right angle, and consequently the angle A C B will be equal to the angle A D C, and the Legs A C to C D bears such Proportion by construction, as the Radius doth to the Sine of an Ark, and the same Proportion doth A B bear to B C, in all cases retaining one and the same Hypotenusal A C, the Proportion therefore lies evident. As the Radius, the sine of the angle at B, To its opposite side A C, the Secant of 45d: So is the sine of the angle at A, To its opposite side B C sought. Now the quantity of the angle at A was found by seeking the natural Sine of the Ark proposed in the Table of natural Tangents; and having found what Ark answers thereto, the Sine of the said Ark is to become the third Term in the Proportion. But the Cannon prescribed in the Description of the small Quadrant is more expedite than this, which Mr Sutton had from Mr Dary long since, for whom, and by whose directions he made a Quadrant with the Line Sol, and two Parallel Lines of Sines upon it, as is here added to the backside of this Quadrant. Of the Line of Hours, alias, the Diameter or Proportional Tangent. This Scale is no other than two Lines of natural Tangents to 45 d, each set together at the Centre, and from thence beginning and continued to each end of the Diameter, and from one end thereof numbered with 90 d to the other end. This Line may fitly be called a Proportional Tangent, for whersoever any Ark is assumed in it to be a Tangent, the remaining part of the Diameter is the Radius to the said Tangent. So in the former Schem, if C L be the Tangent of any Ark, the Radius thereto shall be A L. In the Schem annexed, let A B be the Radius of a Line of Tangents equal to C D, and also parralel thereto, and from the Point B to C draw the Line B C, and let it be required to divide the same into a Line of Proportional Tangents: I say, Lines drawn from the Point D to every degree of the Tangent, A B shall divide one half of it as required from the similitude of two right angled equiangled plain Triangles, which will have their sides Proportional, it will therefore hold, As C F, To C D: So F B, To B E, and the Converse, As the second Term C D, To the fourth B E: So is the first C F, To the third F B, and therefore C F bears such Proportion to F B, as C D doth to B E, which is the same that the Radius bears to the Tangent of the Ark proposed. If it be doubted whether the Diameter will be a double Tangent or the Line here described such a Line, a Proportion shall be given to find by Experience or Calculation, what Line it will be; for there is given the Radius C D, and the Tangent B E, the two first Terms of the Proportion, with the Line C B the sum of the third and fourth Terms, to find out the said Terms respectively; and it will hold by compounding the Proportion, As the sum of the first and second Term, Is to the second Term: So is the sum of the third and fourth Term, To the fourth Term, that is, As C D + B E, Is to B E: So is C F + F B = C B, To F B, see 18 Prop. of 5 of Euclid, or page 18 of the English Clavis Mathematicae, of the famous and learned Mr Oughtred. After the same manner is the Line Sol, or Proportional Sins made, that being also such a Line, that any Ark being assumed in it to be a Sine, the distance from that Ark to the other end of the Diameter, shall be the Radius thereto. A Demonstration to prove that the Line of Hours and Latitudes will jointly prick off the hour Distances in the same angles as if they were Calculated and pricked off by Chords. Draw the two Lines A B and C B crossing one another at right angles at B, and prick off B C the quantity of any Ark out of the line of Latitudes, and then fit in the Scale of Hours; so that one end of it meeting with the Point C, the other may meet with the other Leg of the right angle at A, from whence draw A E parralel to B C; So A B being become Radius, B C is the Sine of the Arch first pricked down from the line of Latitudes; from the Point B through any Point in the line of Proportional Tangents, at L draw the Line B L E, and upon B with the Radius B A draw the Arch A D, which measureth the Angle A B E to the same Radius: I say, there will then be a Proportion wrought, and the said Arch measureth the quantity of the fourth Proportional, the Proportion will be, As the Radius, To the Sine of the Ark pricked down from the Line of Latitudes: So is any Tangent accounted in the Scale, beginning at A, To the Tangent of the fourth Proportional; in the Schem it lies evident in the two opposite Triangles L C B and L A E, by construction equiangled and consequently their sides Proportional. Assuming A L to be the Tangent of any Ark, L C becomes the Radius, according to the prescribed construction of that Line, it than lies evident, As L C the Radius, To C B the Sine of any Ark, So is L A, the Tangent of any Ark, To A E, the Tangent of the fourth Proportional. Namely, of the Angle A B E, and therefore it pricks down the Hour-lines of a Dyal most readily and accurately: the Proportion in pricking from the Substile being always, As the Radius, To the Sine of the Styles height, So the Tangent of the Angle at the Pole, To the Tangent of the Hour-line from the Substile. Uses of the Graduated Circle. To work Proportions in Tangents alone. In any Proportion wherein the Radius is not ingredient, it is supposed to be introduced by a double Operation, and the Poportion will be, As the first term, To the second, So the Radius to a fourth. Again, As the Radius is to that fourth, So is the third Term given, To the fourth Proportional sought. In illustrating the matter, I shall make use of that Theorems for varying of Proportions, that the Tangents of Arches, and the Tangents of their Compliments are in reciprocal Proportions. As Tangent 23d, to Tangent 35d, So Tangent 55d to the Tangent of 67d. In working of this Proportion, the last term may be found to the equal Semicircle, or on the Diameter. 1. In the Semicircle. Extend the thread through 23d on the Diameter, and through 3● in the Semicircle, and where it intersects the Circle on the opposite side, there hold one end of it, then extend the other part of it over 55 in the Diameter, and in the Semicircle, it will intersect 67d for the term sought. 2. On the Diameter. Extend the thread over 23d in the Semicircle, and 35d on the Diameter, and where it intersects the void circular line on the opposite side, there hold it, then laying the other end of it over 55 d in the Semicircle, and it will cut 67 d on the Diameter. If the Radius had been one of the terms in the Proportion, the operation would have been the same, if the Tangent of 45 d had been taken in stead of it. To work Proportions in Sines and Tangents jointly. 1. If a Sine be sought, the middle terms being of a different species. Extend the thread through the first term on the Diameter, being a Tangent, and through the Sine, being one of the middle terms, counted in the unequal Quadrant, and where it intersects the Opposite side of the Circle hold it, then extend the thread over the Tangent, being the other middle term counted on the Diameter, and it will intersect the graduated Quadrant at the Sine sought. Example. If the Proportion were as the Tangent of 14d to the Sine of 29d So is the Tangent of 20d to a Sine, the fourth Proportional would be found to be the Sine of 45d. 2. If a Tangent be sought, the middle terms being of several kinds, Extend the thread through the Sine in the upper Quadrant, being the first term, and through the Tangent on the Diameter, being one of the other middle terms, holding it at the Intersection of the Circle on the opposite side, then lay the thread to the other middle term in the upper Quadrant, and on the Diameter, it shows the Tangent sought. Example. If the Sun's Amplitude and Vertical Altitude were given, the Proportion from the Analemma to find the Latitude would be, As the Sine of the Amplitude to Radius, So is the Sine of the Vertical Altitude, To the Cotangent of the Latitude Let the Amplitude be— 39d 54′ And the Sun's Altitude being East or West— 30 39′ Extend the thread through 39 54′, the Amplitude counted in the upper Quadrant, and through 45d on the Diameter, holding it at the intersection with the Circle on the Opposite side, then lay the thread over 30d 39′, the Vertical Altitude, and it will intersect the Diameter at 38d 28′, the Compliment of the Latitude sought. But Proportions derived from the 16 cases of right angled Spherical Triangles, having the Radius ingredient, will be wrought without any motion of the thread. An Example for finding the Sun's Azimuth at the Hour of 6. As the Radius to the Cousin of the Latitude, So the Tangent of the Declination, To the Tangent of the Azimuth, from the Vertical towards Midnight Meridian. Extend the thread over the Compliment of the Latitude in the upper Quadrant, and over the Declination in the Semicircle, and on the Diameter. it shows the Azimuth sought. So when the Sun hath 15d of Declination, his Azimuth shall be 9d 28′ from the Vertical at the hour of 6 in our Latitude of London. Another Example to find the time when the Sun will be due East or West. Extend the thread over the Latitude in the Semicircle, and over the Declination on the Diameter, and in the Quadrant of Latitudes it shows the Ark sought. The Proportion wrought, is, As the Radius to the Cotangent of the Latitude, So is the Tangent of the Declination, To the Sine of the Hour from 6. Example. So when the Sun hath 15● of North Declination, in our Latitude of London, the Hour will be found 12d 18′ from 6 in time 49⅕′ past 6 in the morning, or before it in the afternoon. Another Example to find the Time of Sun rising. As the Cotangent of the Latitude, to Radius, So is the Tangent of the Declination, To the Sine of the Hour from 6 before or after it. Lay the thread to the Compliment of the Latitude in the Semicircle, and over the Declination on the Diameter, and in the Quadrant of Latitudes, it shows the time sought in degrees, to be converted into common time, by allowing 15● to an hour, and 4′ to a degree. So in the Latitude of London, 51d 32′ when the Sun hath 15● of Declination, the ascensional difference or time of rising from 6, will be 19d 42′, to be converted into common time, as before. By what hath been said, it appears, that the Hour and Azimuth may be found generally by help of this Circle and Diameter. For the performance whereof, we must have recourse to the Proportions delivered in page 123. whereby we may always find the two Angle adjacent to the side on which the Perpendicular falleth, which may be any side at pleasure; for after the first Proportion wholly in Tangents is wrought, to find either of those Angles, will be agreeable to the second case of right angled Spherical Triangles, wherein there will be given the Hypotenusal, and one of the Legs, to find the adjacent Angle, only it must be suggested, that when the two sides that subtend the Angle sought, are together greater than a Semicircle, recourse must be had to the Opposite Triangle, if both those Angles are required to be found by this Trigonometry, otherwise one of them, and the third Angle may be found by those directions, by letting fall the perpendicular on another side, provided the sum of the sides subtending those Angles be not also greater than a Semicircle; or, having first found one Angle, the rest may be found by Proportions in Sines only. IN the Triangle ☉ Z P, if it were required to find the angles at Z and ☉, because the sum of the sides ☉ P and Z P are less than a Semicircle they might be both found by making the half of the Base ☉ Z the first Term in the Proportion, and then because the angles ☉ Z are of a different affection, the Perpendicular would fall without on the side ☉ Z continued towards B, as would be evinced by the Proportiod, for the fourth Ark discovered, would be found greater than the half of ☉ Z; hence we derived the Cannon in page 124, for finding the Azimuth; Whereby might also be found the angle of Position at ☉; so if it were required to find the angles at ☉ and P, the sides ☉ Z and Z P being less than a Semicircle the Perpendicular would fall within from Z on the side ☉ P, as would also be discovered by the Proportion, for the fourth Ark would be found less than the half of ☉ P. But if it were required to find both the angles at Z and P, in this Case we must resolve the Opposite Triangle Z B P, because the sum of the sides ☉ Z and ☉ P are together greater than a Semicircle, and this being the most difficult Case, we shall make our present Example. The Proportion will be, As the Tangent of half Z P, Is to the Tangent of the half sum of Z B and P B: So is the Tangent of half their difference, To a fourth Tangent. That is, As Tangent 19d 14′, Is to the Tangent of 86d 30′,: So is the Tangent of 9d 30′, To a fourth. Operation. Extend the Thread through 19 d 14′ on the Semicircle, and 9 d 30′ on the Diameter, and hold it at the Intersection on the opposite side the Semicircle, then lay the Thread to 86 d 30′ in the Semicircle, and it shows 82 d 44′ on the Diameter for the fourth Ark sought. Because this Ark is greater than the half of Z P, we may conclude that the Perpendicular B A falls without on the side Z P continued to A. fourth Ark— 82d 44′ half of Z P is— 19 14 sum— 101 58 is Z A difference— 63 30 is P A Then in the right angled Triangle B P A, right angled at, A we have P A and B P the Hypotenusal, to, find the angle B P A, equal to the angle ☉ Z P. The Proportion is As the Radius, Is to the Tangent of 13d, the Compliment of B P: So is the Tangent of P A 63d 30′, To the Cousin of the angle at P. Extend the Thread through 13 d on the Diameter, and through 63 d 30′ in the Semicircle counted from the other end, and in the upper Quadrant, it shows 27 d 35′ for the Compliment of the angle sought. And letting this Example be to find the Hour and Azimuth in our Latitude of London, so much is the hour from six in Winter when the Sun hath 13 d of South Declination, and 6 d of Altitude, in time 1 ho 50⅓ minutes past six in the morning, or as much before it in the afternoon. To find the Azimuth. Again, in the Triangle Z A B right angled at A, there is given the Leg or Side Z A 101 d 58′, and the Hipotenusal Z B 96 d, to find the angle B Z P; here noting that the Cousin or Cotangent of an Ark greater than a Quadrant is the Sine or Tangent of that Arks excess above 90 d, and the Sine or Tangent of an Ark greater than a Quadrant, the Sine or Tangent of that Arks Compliment to 180 d, it will hold, As the Radius, To the Tangent of 6d: So is the Tangent 78d 2′, To the Sine of 29 d 44′, found by extending the Thread through 78 d 2′ on the Semicircle, counted from the other end, alias, in the small figures, and in the Quadaant it will intersect 29 d 44′; now by the second Case of right angled Sphoerical Triangles, the angle A Z B will be Acute, wherefore the angle ☉ Z B is 119 d 44′ the Sun's Azimuth from the North, the Compliment being 60 d 16′ is the angle A Z B, and so much is the Azimuth from the South. To work Proportions in Sines alone. THat this Circle might be capacitated to try any Case of Sphoerical Triangles, there are added Lines to it, namely, the Line Sol falling perpendicularly on the Diameter from the end of the Quadrant of Latitudes, whereto belongs the two Parallel Lines of Sines in the opposite Quadrants, the upermost being extended cross the Quadrant of Latitudes. The Proportion not having the Radius ingredient, and being of the greater to the less. Account the first Term in the line Sol, and the second in the upper Sine extending the Thread through them, and where it intersects the opposite Parallel hold it; then lay the Thread to the third Term in the line Sol, and it will intersect the fourth Proportional on the upper Parallel. As the Sine of 30d, To the sine of any Arch: So is the Cousin of that Arch, To the sine of the double Arch and the Converse. By trying this Canon, the use of these Lines will be suddenly attained. Example. As the sine of 30d, To the sine of 20d: So is the sine of 70d, To the sine of 40d. But if it be of the less to the greater, the answer must be found on the Line Sol. Account the first Term on the upper Sine, and the second in the Line Sol, and hold the Thread at the Intersection of the opposite Parallel, then lay the Thread to the third Term on the uper Parallel, and on the line Sol it will intersect the fourth Proportional if it be less than the Radius. But Proportions having the Radius ingredient, will be wrought without any Motion of the Thread. As the Cousin of the Latitude, To Radius: So is the sine of the Declination, To the sine of the Amplitude. So in our Latitude of London, when the Declination is 20d 12′ the Amplitude will be found to be 33d 42′. Extend the Thread through 38 d 28′ on the line Sol. and through the Declination in the upper Sine, and it will intersect the opposite Parallel Sine at 33 d 42′, the Amplitude sought. The use of the Semi-Tangent and Chords are passed by at present. The line Sol is of use in dialing, as in Mr foster's Posthuma, page 70 and 71, where it is required to divide a Circle into 12 equal parts for the hours, and each part into 4 subdivisions for the quarters, and into such parts may the equal Semicircle be divided; that if it were required to divide a Circle of like Radius into such parts, it might be readily done by this. Of the Line of Hours on the right edge of the foreside of the Quadrant. This is the very same Scale that is in the Diameter on the Backside, only there it was divided into degrees, and here into time, and placed on the outermost edge; there needs no line of Latitudes be fitted thereto, for those Extents may be taken off as Chords from the Quadrant of Latitudes, by help of these Scales thus placed on the outward edges of the Quadrants may the hour-lines of Dial's be pricked down without Compasses. To Draw a Horizontal Dyal. FIrst draw the line C E, for the Hour-line of 12, and cross it with the Perpendicular A B, then out of a Scale or Quadrant of Latitudes set of C B and C A, each equal to the Styles height, or Latitude of the place, then place the Scale of 6 hours on the edge of the Quadrant, whereto the Line of Latitudes was fitted, one extremity of it at A, and move the Quadrant about, till the other end or extremity of it will meet with the Meridian line C E; then in regard the said Scale of Hours stands on the very brink or outward most edge of the Quadrant, with a Pin, Pen, or the end of a black-lead pen, make marks or points upon the Paper or Dyal against each hour (and the like for the quarters, and other lesser parts) of the graduated Scale, and from those marks draw lines into the Centre, and they shall be the hour-lines required, without drawing any other lines on the Plain, the Scale of Hours on the Quadrant is here represented by the lines A E, and E B, the hour lines above the Centre, are drawn by continuing them out through the Centre. And those that have Paper prints of this line, may make them serve for this purpose, without pricking down the hour points by Compasses, by doubling the paper at the very edge or extremity of the Scale of Hours. Otherwise to prick down the said Dial without the Line of Latitudes and Scale of hours in a right angled Parallellogram. Having drawn C E the Meridian line, and crossed it with the perpendicular C A B, and determining C E to be the Radius of any length, take out the Sine of the Latitude to the same Radius, and prick it from C to A and B, and setting one foot at E, with the said Extent sweep the touch of an Arch at D and F, then take the length of the Radius C E, and setting down one foot at B, sweep the touch of an Ark at D, intersecting the former, also setting down the Compasses at A, make the like Arch at F, and through the points of Intersection, draw the straight lines A F, B D, and F E D, and they will make a right angled Parallellogram, the sides whereof will be Tangent lines. To draw the Hour-lines: Make E F, or E D Radius, and proportion out the Tangents of 15d and prick them down from E to 1 and 11 and draw lines 30 and prick them down from E to 2 and 10 and draw lines through the points thus found, and through the points F and D, and there will be 3 hours drawn on each side the Meridian line. Again, make A F or B D Radius, and proportion out the Tangent of 15d, and prick it down from A to 5, and from B to 7. Also proportion out the Tangent of 30d, and prick it down from A to 4, and from B to 8, and draw lines into the Centre, and so the Hour-lines are finished, and for those that fall above the 6 of clock line, they are only the opposite hours continued, after the like manner are the halfs and quarters to be pricked down. Lastly, By chords prick off the Styles height equal to the Latitude of the place, and let it be placed to its due elevation over the Meridian line. Of Upright Decliners. DIvers Arks for such plains are to be calculated, and may be found on the Circle before described. 1. The Substiles distance from the Meridian. By the Substilar line is meant, a line over which the Style or cock of the Dyal directly hangeth in its nearest distance from the Plain, by some termed the line of deflexion, and is the Ark of the plain between the Meridian of the Plain, and the Meridian of the place. The distance thereof from the Hour-line of 12, is to be found by this Proportion. As the Radius, To the Sine of the Plains Declination, So the Cotangent of the Latitude, To the Tangent of the Substile from the Meridian. 2. For the Angle of 12 and 6. An Ark used when the Hour-lines are pricked down from the Meridian line in a Triangle or Parallellogram, (and not from the Substile,) without collecting Angles at the Pole. As the Radius, Is to the Sine of the Plains Declination, So is the Tangent of the Latitude, To the Tangent of an Ark, the Compliment whereof is the Angle of 12 and 6. 3. Inclination of Meridian's. Is an Ark of the Equinoctial, between the Meridian of the plain, and the Meridian of the place, or it is an Angle or space of time elapsed between the passage of the shadow of the Style from the Substilar line into the Meridian line, by some termed the Plains difference of Longitude; and not improperly, for it shows in what Longitude from the Meridian where the Plain is; the said Plain would become a Horizontal Dyal, and the Styles height shows the Latitude, this Ark is used in calculating hour distances by the Tables and in pricking down Dial's by the Line of Latitudes, and hours from the Substile. As the Radius, Is to the Sine of the Latitude, So the Cotangent of the Plains Declination, To the Cotangent of the Inclination of Meridian's. Or, As the Sine of the Latitude to Radius, So is the Tangent of the Plains Declination, To the Tangent of Inclination of Meridian's. 4. The Styles height above the Substile. As the Radius, Is to the Cousin of the Latitude, So is the Cousin of the Plains Declination, To the Sine of the Styles height. Or the Substiles distance being known, As the Radius, To the Sine of the Substiles distance from the Meridian, So is the Cotangent of the Declination, To the Tangent of the Styles height. Or, The Inclination of Meridian's being known. As the Radius, To the Cousin of the Inclination of Meridian's, So is the Cotangent of the Latitude, To the Tangent of the Styles height. 5. Lastly, For the distances of the Hour-lines from the Substilar Line. As the Radius, Is to the Sine of the Styles height above the Plain, So is the Tangent of the Angle at the Pole, To the Tangent of the Hours distance from the Substilar Line. By the Angle at the Pole, is meant the Ark of difference between the Ark called the Inclination of Meridian's, and the distance of any hour from the Meridian, for all hours on the same side the Substile falls, and the sum of these two Arks for all hours on the other side the Substile. These Proportions are sufficient for all Plains to find the like Arks, without having any more, if the manner of referring Declining Reclining Inclining Plains to a new Latitude, and a new Declination in which they shall stand as upright Plains, be but well explained, for East or West Reclining Inclining Plains, their new Latitude is the Compliment of their old Latitude, and their new Declination, is the Compliment of their Reclination Inclination, which I count always from the Zenith, and upon such a supposition, taking their new Latitude and Declination, those that will try, shall find that these Proportions will calculate all the Arks necessary to such Dial's. So if an Upright Plain decline 25d in our Latitude of London from the Meridian. The Substiles distance from the Meridian is— 18d 34′ The Angle of 12 and 6 is— 62: 00 The Inclination of Meridian's is— 30: 47 The Styles height is— 34: 19 To Delineate the same Dial from the Substile by the Line of Latitudes, and Scale of hours in an Equicrutal Triangle. To Draw an Upright Decliner. An Upright South Plain for the Latitude of London, Declining 25d Eastwards. TO prick down this Dial by the line of Latitudes, and Scale of Hours in an Isoceles Triangle. Draw C 12 the Meridian Line perpendicular to the Horizontal line of the Plain, and with a line of Chords, make the Angle F C 12, equal to the Substiles distance from the Meridian, and draw the line F C for the Substile; Draw the line B A perpendicular thereto, and passing through the Centre at C, and out of the line of Latitudes on the other Quadrants, or out of the Quadrant of Latitudes on this Quadrant, set off B C and C A each equal to the Styles height, then fit in the Scale of 6 hours, proper to those Latitudes, so that one Extremity meeting at A, the other may meet with the Substilar line at F. Then get the difference between 30d 47′, the inclination of Meridian's, and 30d the next hours distance lesser than the said Ark, the difference is 47′ in time, 3′ nearest then fitting in the Scale of hours as was prescribed. Count upon the said Scale, Hour. Min. 0 3 from F to 10 1 3 11 2 3 12 3 3 1 4 3 2 5 3 3 And make points at the terminations with a pin or pen, & draw lines from those points into the Centre at C, & they shall be the true hour-lines required on this side the Substile. Again, Fitting in the Scale of Hours from B to F, count from that end at B the former Arks of time. Ho Min 00, 03 from B to 4 1, 3 5 2, 3 6 3, 3 7 4, 3 8 5, 3 9 And make Points at the Terminations, through which draw Lines into the Centre, and they shall be the hour Lines required on the other side the Substile. The like must be done for the halfs and quarters, getting the difference between the half hour next lesser (in this Example 22d 30′) under the Ark called the inclination of Meridian's, the difference is 1d 17′ in time 33′ nearest to be continually augmented an hour at a time, and so pricked off as before was done for the whole hours. By three facile Proportions, may be found the Styles height, the Inclination of Meridian's, and the Substiles distance from the Plains perpendicular, for all Plains Declining, Reclining, or Inclining, which are sufficient to prick off the Dyal after the manner here described, which must be referred to another place. If the Scale of hours reach above the Plain, as at B, so that B C cannot be pricked down, then may an Angle be pricked off with Chords on the upper side the Substile, equal to the Angle F C A, on the under side, and thereby the Scale of hours laid in its true situation, having first found the point F on the under side. To prick down the former Dyal in a Rectangular ☉ blong, or long square Figure from the Substile. Having set off the Substilar F C, assume any distance in it, as at F to be the Radius, and through the fame at right Angles, draw the line E F D, then having made F C any distance Radius, take out the Sine of the Styles height to the same Radius, and entering it at the end of the Scale of three hours, make it the Radius of a Tangent, and proportion out Tangents to 3′ and set them off from F to 10 1 hour 3 and set them off from F to G 2 3 and set them off from F to H Again, Take out the Tangents of the Compliment of the first Ark, increasing it each time by the augmentation of an hour, namely 57′ and prick them from F to I and from the points 1 ho. 57 and prick them from F to K and from the points 2 57 and prick them from F to E and from the points thus found, draw lines into the Centre. Then for the other sides of the Square, make C F the Radius of the dialing Tangent of 3 hours, and proportion out Tangents to the former Arks, namely, 3′ and prick them from B to P Also to the latter Arks, 57′ and prick them from A to— N 1 ho. 3 and prick them from B to O Also to the latter Arks. 1 h. 57 and prick them from A to— M 2 3 and prick them from B to L Also to the latter Arks. 2 57 and prick them from A to— D and draw lines from these terminations into the Centre, and the Hour-lines are finished; after the same manner must the halfs and quarters be finished. And how this trouble in Proportioning out the Tangents may be shunned without drawing any lines on the Plain, but the hour-lines, may be spoke to hereafter, whereby this way of dialing, and those that follow, will be rendered more commodious. Lastly, the Style may be pricked off with Chords, or take B C, and setting one foot in F, with that Extent sweep the touch of an occult Arch, and from C, draw a line just touching the outward extremity of the said Arch, and it shall prick off the Angle of the Styles height above the Substile. To prick off the former Dyal in an Oblique Parallellogram, or Scalenon alias unequal sided Triangle from the Meridian. First, In an Oblique Parallellogram. DRaw CE the Meridian line and with 60d of a line of Chords, draw the pricked Arch, and therein from K, contrary to the Coast of Declination, prick off 62d, the angle of 12 and 6, and draw the line C D for the said hour line continued on the other side the Centre, and out of a line of Sines, make C E equal to 65d the Compliment of the Declination; then take out the sine of 38d 28′ the Compliment of the Latitude, and enter it in the line D C, so that one foot resting at D, the other turned about, may but just touch the Meridian line, the point D being thus found, make C F equal to C D, and with the sides C F and C E make the Parallellogram D G F H, namely, F H and G D equal to C E: and E G and E H equal to D C. And where these distances (sweeping occult arches therewith) intersect will find the points H and G limiting the Angles of the Parallellogram. Then making E H or C D Radius, proportion out the Tangents of 15d and prick them down from E to 1 and 11 and 30 and prick them down from E to 2 and 10 and draw lines into the Centre through those points, and the angular points of the Parallellogram at H and G, and there will be 6 hours drawn, besides the Meridian line or hour line of 12. Then making D G Radius, proportion out the Tangent of 15d, and prick it down from D upwards to 5, and downward to 7, also proportion out the tangent of 30d and prick it from D to 8, and from F to 4, and draw lines into the Centre, and so the hour lines are finished; after the same manner are the halfs and quarters to be proportioned out and pricked down: and if this Work is to be done upon the Plain itself, the Parallel F H will excur above the plain, in that case, because the Parallel distance of F H from the Meridian, is equal to the parallel distance of D G the space G. 8. may be set from H to 4, and so all the hour lines pricked down. To prick down this Dyal in a Scalenon, or unequal sided triangle from the Meridian, from E to D draw the straight line D E, and from the same point draw another to F, and each of them (the former hour lines being first drawn) shall thereby be divided into a line of double tangents, or scale of 6 hours, such a one as is in the Diameter of the Circle on this quadrant, or on the right edge of the foreside; and therefore by help of either of them lines, if it were required to prick down the Dyal, it might be done by Proportioning them out, take the extent D E, and prick it from one extremity of the Diameter in the Semicircle on the quadrant, and from the point of Termination draw a line with black Lead to the other extremity, (which will easily rub out again either with bread or leather pare) and take the nearest distance from 15 of the Diameter to the said line, and the said extents 30 of the Diameter to the said line, and the said extents 45 of the Diameter to the said line, and the said extents shall reach from, E to 11 and from D to 7 shall reach from, E to 10 and from D to 8 shall reach from, E to 9 and from D to 9 and the like must be done for the line E F, entering that in the Semicirle as before; or without drawing lines on the quadrant, if a hole be drilled at one end of the Diameter, and a thread fitted into it, lay the thread over the point in the Diameter, and take the nearest distances thereto. Lastly, from a line of Chords, prick off the substilar line, and the styles height as we before found it. This way of dialing in a Parallellogram, was first invented by John Ferrereus a Spaniard, long since, and afterwards largely handled by Clavius, who demonstrates it, and shows how to fit it into all plains whatsoever, albeit they decline, recline, or incline, without referring them to a new Latitude; the Triangular way is also built upon the same Demonstration, and is already published by Mr Foster in his Posthuma, for it is no other than dialing in a Parallellogram, if the Meridian line C E be continued upwards, and C E set off upwards, and lines drawn from the point, so found to D and E, shall constitute a Parallellogram. An Advertisement about observing of Altitudes. IMagine a line drawn from the beginning of the line Sol, to the end of the Diameter, and therein suppose a pair of sights placed with a thread and bullet hanging from the beginning of the said line, as from a Centre; I say the line wherein the sights are placed, makes a right angle with the line of sins on the other side of Sol, and so may represent a quadrant, the equal Limb whereof is either represented by the 90d of the equal Semicirle, or by the 90d of the Diameter and thereby an Altitude may be taken. Now to make an Isoceles equicrural, or equal legged triangle made of three straight Rulers, the longest whereof will be the Base or Hipotenusal line; thus to serve for a quadrant to take Altitudes withal, will be much cheaper, and more certain in Wood, than the great Arched wooden framed quadrants. Moreover, the said Diameter line supplies all the uses of the Limb, from it may be taken off Sins, Tangents, or Secants, as was done from the Limb; and therein the Hour and Azimuth, found generally by help of the line of Sins on the left edge, as is largely showed in the uses of this quadrant, besides its uses in dialing, only when such an Instrument is made apart, it will be more convenient to have the line of Sines to be set on the right edge, and the Diameter numbered also by its Compliments; this Diameter or double Tangent, or Hipotenusal line being first divided on, all the other lines may from it, by the same Tables that serve to graduate them from the equal Limb be likewise inscribed: and here let me put a period to the uses of this quadrant. Gloria Deo. The Description of an Universal small Pocket Quadrant. THis quadrant hath only one face. On the right edge from the Centre is placed a line of sins divided into degrees and half degrees up to 60 d. afterwards into whole degrees to 80 d. On the left edge issueth a line of 10 equal parts, from the Centre being precise 4 inches long, each part being divided into 10 subdivisions and each subdivision into halfs. These two lines make a right angle at the Centre, and between them include a Projection of the Sphere for the Latitude of London. Above the Projection are put on in quadrants of Circles a line of Declinations 4 quadrants for the days of the month, above them the names of 5 Stars with their right Ascensions graved against them, and a general Almanac. Beneath the Projection are put on in quadrants of Circles a particular sine and secant, so called, because it is particular to the Latitude of London. Below that the quadrat, and shadows. Below that a line of Tangents to 45 d. Last of all the equal Limb. On the left edge is placed the Dialling scale of hours 4 Inches long, outwardmost on the right edge a line of Latitudes fitted thereto. Within the line of sins close abutting thereto is placed a small scale called the scale of entrance beginning against 52 d. 35 min. of the sins numbered to 60 d. The line of sins that issueth from the Centre should for a particular use have been continued longer to wit to a secant of 28 d. because this could not be admitted, the said secant is placed outward at the end of the scale of entrance towards the Limb, and as much of the sine as was needful placed at its due distance, at the other end of the scale of entrance. Of the uses of the said quadrant. THe Almanac hath been largely spoke to in pag. 12, and 13, also again in the uses of the Horizontal quadrant pag. 11, 12. The quadrat and shadows from pag. 35 to 44. The line of Latitudes and scale of hours pag. 250. Again, from page to 262 to 274, also the line of sins, equal parts, and Tangents, in other parts of the Book. The use of the Projection. THis projection is only fitted for finding the hour in the limb, and not the Azimuth, all the Circular lines on it are parallels of Altitude or Depression except the Ecliptic and Horizon, the Ecliptic, is known by the Characters of the signs, and the Horizon lieth beneath it, being numbered with 10, 20, 30, 40. The parallels of Altitude are the Winter parallels of Stofler's Astrolable, and are numbered from the Horizon upwards towards the Centre, the parallels of Depression which supply the use of Stoflers Summer Altitudes are numbered downwards from the top of the Projection towards the limb. To find the time of Sun rising, and his Amplitude. LAy the thread over the day of the month, and set the Bead to the Ecliptic, then carry the thread and Bead to the Horizon, and the thread in the limb, shows the time of rising, and the Bead on the Horizon the quantity of the Amplitude. Example. So on the second of August the Sun's Declination being 15 d▪ his Amplitude will be 24 d. 35 min. and the time of rising 41′ past 4 in the morning. To find the Hour of the Day. HAving taken the Sun's Altitude and rectified the Bead as before showed, if the Sun have South Declination bring the Bead to that parallel of Altitude on which the Sun's height was observed, amongst those parallels that are numbered upward towards the Centre, and the thread in the limb showeth the time of the day. Eample. So when the Sun hath 15 d. of South Declination, as about 28th of January, if his Altitude be 15 deg. the time of the day will be 39 m. past 2 in the afternoon, or 21 m. past 9 in the morning. But in the Summer half year bring the Bead to lie on those parallels that are numbered downwards to the limb, and the thread showeth therein the time of the day sought. Example. If on the second of August his Declination being 15 d. his Altitude were 40 d. the true time of the day would be 8 m. past 9 in the morning, or 52 m. past 2 in the afternoon. If the Bead will not meet with the Altitude given amongst those parallels that run donwnwards towards the right edge, than it must be brought to those parallels that lie below the Horizon downward towards the left edge, and the thread in the Limb shows the time of the day before six in the morning or after it in the evening in Summer. Example. When the Sun hath 15 d. of North Declination as on the second of August if his Altitude be 5 d. the time of the Day will be 44 m. before 6 in the morning, or after it in the evening. Of the general lines on this quadrant. THe line of sins on the right edge is general for finding either the hour or the Azimuth in the equal limb, or in the said line of sins, as I have largely showed in page 231 for finding the hour, also for finding the Sun's Altitudes on all hours, as in page 234, for finding the Azimuth from page 237 to pag. 2.9. Though this quadrant hath neither secants nor versed sins as the rest have, yet both may be easily supplied, let it be required to work this Proportion. As the Co-sine of the declination, Is to the secant of the Latitude, So is the difference of the sins of the Sun's Meridian and given Altitude, To the versed sine of the hour from noon, before or after six the hour may be found from midnight by the proportions in page 230. Let the Radius of the sins be assumed to represent the secant of the Latitude, the Radius to that secant will be the cousin of the Latitude, then lay the thread to the compliment of the Declination in the limb counted from right edge, and take the nearest distance to it. I say that extent shall be the cousin of the Declination to the Radius of the Secant enter this at 90 d. of the line of sins laying the thread to the other foot according to nearest distance, then in the sins take the distance between the Meridian Altitude and the given Altitude, and enter that extent so upon the sins that one foot resting thereon, the other turned about may just touch the thread the distance between the resting foot and the Centre is equal to the versed sine of the ark sought and being measured from the end of the line of sins towards the Centre shows the ark sought. Example. When the Sun's Declination is 15 d. North if his Altitude were 35 d. 21 m. the time of the day would be found 45 d. from noon, that is 9 in the morning or 3 in the afternoon. Of finding the Azimuth generally. THough this may be found either by the sins alone in the equal limb as before mentioned, or by versed sins as was instanced for the hour, see also page 239, 240, 241, yet where the Sun hath vertical Altitude or Depression, as in places without the Tropics towards either of the Poles, it may be found most easily in the equal limb by the joint help of sins and tangents by the proportions in page 175. First, find the vertical Altitude as is showed in page 174. Then for Latitudes under 45 d. Enter in Summer Declinations the difference, but in Winter Declinations the sum, of the sins of the vertical Altitude, and of the proposed Altitude once done the line of sins from the Centre, and laying the thread over the Tangent of the Latitude take the nearest distance to it, then enter that Extent at the compliment of the Altitude in the Sins, and lay the thread to the other foot, and in the limb it shows the Azimuth from the East or West. Example. For the Latitude of Rome to wit 42 d. If the Sun have 15 d. of North Declination his vertical Altitude is 22 d. 45 m. If his given Altitude ●e 40 d. the Azimuth of the Sun will be 17 d. 33 m. to the Southward of the West. If his declination were as much South and his proposed Altitude 18 d. his Azimuth would be 41 d. 10 m. to the Southwards of the East or West. For Latitudes above 45. If we assume the Rad. of the quadrant to be the tangent of the Latit. the Rad. to that Tang. shall be the co-tangent of the Latit. wherefore lay the thread to the compliment of the Latitude in the line of Tangents in the limb, and from the compliment of the Altitude in the Sins take the nearest distance to it, I say that extent shall be cousin of the Altitude to the lesser Radius which measure from the Centre, and it finds the Point of entrance whereon enter the former Sum or difference of sins as before directed, and you will find the Azimuth in the equal limb. Or if you would find the answer in the sins, enter the first extent at 90 d. laying the thread to the other foot, then enter the Sum or difference of the Sins of the vertical and given Altitude, so between the scale and the thread, that one foot turned about may but just touch the thread, the other resting on the sins, and you will find the sine of the Azimuth sought. Example. For the Latitude of Edinburg 55 d. 56 m. If the Sun have 15 d. of Declination, his vertical Altitude or depression is 18 d. 14 m. the Declination being North, if his proposed Altitude were 35 d. the Azimuth of the Sun would be 28 d. to the Southwards of the East or West. But if the Declination were as much South, and the Altitude 10 d. the Azimuth thereto would be 46 d. 58 m. to the Southwards of the East or West. The first Operation also works a Proportion to wit. As the Radius Is to the cotangent of the Latitude. So is the cousin of the Altitude, To a fourth sine. I say this 4th sine bears such Proportion to the Radius as the cousin of the Altitude doth to the tangent of the Latitude, for the 4th term of every direct Proportion bears such Proportion to the first terms thereof, as the Rectangle of the two middle terms doth to the square of the first term. But as the rectangle of the co-tangent of the Latitude and of the cousin of the Altitude is to the square of the Radius, So is the cousin of the Altitude is to the tangent of the Latitude, or which is all one, So is the co-tangent of the Latitude, To the secant of the Altitude, as may be found by a common division of the rectangle, and square of the Radius by either of the terms of the said rectangle, by help of which notion I first found out the particular scales upon this quadrant. All Proportions in sins and Tangents may be resolved by the sine of 90 d. and the Tangent of 45 d. on this quadrant if what hath been now wrote, and the varying of Proportions be understood, as in page 72 to 74 it is delivered. Because the Projection is not fitted for finding the Azimuth there are added two particular scales to this quadrant, namely, the particular sine in the limb, and the scale of entrance abutting on the sins fitted for the Latitude of London. Lay the thread to the day of the month, and it shows the Sun's Declination in the scales proper thereto. Then count the Declination in the Limb laying the thread thereto, and in the particular sine, it shows the Sun's Altitude or Depression being East or West. To find the Sun's Azimuth. FOr North Declinations take the distance between the sins of the vertical Altitude and given Altitude, but for South Declinations add with your compass the sine of the given Altitude to the sine of the vertical Altitude, enter the extent thus found, at the Altitude in the scale of entrance laying the thread to the other foot according to nearest distance, and in the equal limb it shows the Azimuth sought from the East or West, or it may be found in the sins by laying the thread to that arch in the limb that the Altitude in the scale of entrance stands against in the sins, and entering the former extent paralelly between the thread and the sins. Example. So when the Sun hath 13 d. of Declination his vertical Altitude or Depression is 16 d. 42 m. If the Declination were North and his Altitude 8 d. 41 m. his Azimuth would be 10 d. to the North-wards of the East or West. But if it were South and his Altitude 12 d. 13 m. the Azimuth would be 40d to the Southwards of the East or West. By the same particular scales the hour may be also found. To find the time of Sun rising or setting. TAke the sine of the Declination, and enter it at the Declination in the Scale of entrance and it shows the time sought in the equal lim●e from six. Example. When the hath 10 d. of Declination the Ascensional difference is 49 m. which added to, or substracted from six shows the time of rising and setting. To find the hour of the day for South Declination. IN taking the Altitude, mind what Ark in the particular Sine the thread cut, add the Sine of that Ark to the Sine of the Declination, and enter that extent at the Declination in the Scale of entrance laying the thread to the other foot according to nearest distance, and in the equal limb it shows the hour from six. So if the Declination were 13 d. South and the Sun's Altitude 14 d. 38 m. the thread in the particular Sine would cut 18 d. 49 m. and true time of the day would be 9 in the morning or 3 in the morning. To find the time of the day for North Declination. HAving observed what Ark the thread in taking the Altitude hung over in the Particular Sine take the distance between the Sine of the said Ark, and the Sine of the Declination and entering that extent at the Declination in the Scale of entrance the thread in the limb shows the hour from six. Example. If the Sun's Declination were 23 d. 31 m. North, and his Altitude 39 d. the Arch in the particular Sine would be 53 d. 32 m. and the time of the day would be about 3 quarters past 3 in the afternoon, or a quarter past 8 in the morning. When the Altitude is more than the Latitude the thread will hang over a Secant in the particular Scale, this happens not till the Sun have more than 13 d. of North Declination, in this case take the distance between the Secant before the beginning of the Scale of entrance, and the Sine of the Declination at the end of the same and enter it as before. Example. The Sun's declination being 23 d. 31 m. North if his Altitude were 55 d. 29 m. the thread in the particular Scale would hang over the Secant of 18 d. 11 m. and the true time of the day would be a quarter past 10 in the morning, or 3 quarters past 1 in the afternoon. The Proportions here used are expressed in Page 193. The Stars hour is to be found by the projection by rectifying the Bead to the Sar and then proceed as in finding the Sun's hour, afterwards the ●ue time of the night is to be found as in page 32. ERRATA. In the Treatise of the Horizontal quadrant, pag. 43 line 6 for the 3 January read the 30th. In the Reflex Dialling pag. 5, add to the last line these words, As Kircher showeth in his Ars Anaclastica. FINIS. THE DESCRIPTION AND USES OF A GENERAL QUADRANT, WITH THE HORIZONTAL PROJECTION, UPON IT INVERTED. Written and Published By JOHN COLLINS Accountant, and Student in the Mathematics. LONDON, Printed Anno M. DC. LVIII. The Description OF THE HORIZONTAL QUADRANT. THis Denomination is attributed to it because it is derived from the Horizontal projection inverted. Of the Fore-side. On the right edge is a Line of natural Sins. On the left edge a Line of Versed-Sines. Both these Lines issue from the Centre where they concur and make a right Angle, and between them and the Circular Lines in the Limb is the Projection included, which consists of divers portions and Arkes of Circles. Of the Parallels of Declination. THese are portions of Circles that cross the quadrant obliquely from the left edge, towards the right. To describe them. OBserve that the left edge of the quadrant is called the Meriridian Line, and that every Degree or Parallel of the Sun's Declination if continued about would cross the Meridian in two opposite points, the one below the Centre towards the Limb, and the other above, and beyond the Centre of the quadrant, the distance between these two points is the Diameter of the said Parallel, and the Semidiameters would be the Centre points. It will be necessary in the first place, to limit the outwardmost Parallel of Declination, which may be done in the Meridian Line at any point assumed. The distance of this assumed point from the Centre in any Latitude, must represent the Tangent of a compound Ark, made by adding half the greatest Meridian Altitude to 45 Deg. which for London must be the Tangent of 76 Degr. And to the Radius of this Tangent must the following work be fitted. In like manner, the Semidiameters of all other Parallels that fall below the Centre, are limited by pricking down the Tangents of Arkes, framed by adding half the Meridian Altitude suitable to each Declination continually to 45 Degr. Now to limit the Semidiameters above or beyond the Centre only prick off the respective Tangents of half the Sun's midnight Depression from the Centre the other way, retaining the former Radius, by this means there will be found two respective points limiting the Diameters of each Parallel, which had, the Centres will be easily found falling in the middle of each Diameter. But to do this Arithmetically, first, find the Ark compounded of half the Sun's meridian Altitude, and 45 Degr. as before, and to the Tangent thereof, add the Tangent of half the Sun's midnight depression, observing that the Sun's midnight depression in Winter-Summer, is equal to his Meridian Altitude in Summer-Winter, his declination being alike in quantity, though in different Hemispheres, the half sum of these two Tangents are the respective Semidiameters sought, and being pricked in the meridian line either way from the former points limiting the Diameters, will find the Centres. Or without limiting those Points for the Diameters: first, get the Difference between the Tangents of those Arkes that limit them on either side, and the half sum abovesaid, the said difference pricked from the Centre of the quadrant in the meridian line finds the respective Centres of those Parallels, the said half sums being the respective Semidiameters wherewith they are to be described. Of the Line or Index of Altitudes. THis is no other than a single pricked line standing next the Meridian line, or left edge of the quadrant, to which the Bead must be continually rectified, when either the hour or Azimuth is found by help of the projection. To graduate it. Add half the Altitudes respectively whereto the Index is to be fitted to 45 Degr. and prick down the Tangents of these compound arkes from the Centre. Example. To graduate the Index for 40 Degr. of Altitude, the half thereof is 20, which added to 45 Degr. makes 65 Degr. which taken from a Tangent to the former Radius, and pricked from the Centre, gives the point where the Index is to be graduated with 40 Degrees. Hence it is evident that where the divisions of the Index begin marked (0) the distance of that point from the Centre is equal to the common Radius of the Tangents. Because this quadrant (as all natural projections) hath a reverted tail, the graduations of the Index are continued above the Hozontal point (0) towards the Centre to 30 Degr. 40′ as much as is the Sun's greatest Vertical Altitude in this Latitude, and the graduations of the Index are set off from the Centre by pricking down the Tangents of the arkes of difference between half the proposed Altitude, and 45 Deg. thus to graduate 20 deg. of the Index the half thereof is 10 Degrees, which taken from 45 Degrees, the residue is 35 Degrees, the Tangent thereof pricked from the Centre gives the point where the Index is to be graduated with 20 Degrees. Of the hour Circles. THese are known by the numbers set to them by crossing the Parallels of Declination, and by issuing from the upper part of the quadrant towards the Limb. To describe them. LEt it be noted that they all meet in a point in the Meridian Line below the Centre of the quadrant: the distance whereof from the Centre is equal to the Tangent of half the Compliment of the Latitude taken out of the common Radius, which at London will be the Tangent of 19 Deg. 14′. The former point which may be called the Pole-point, limits their Semidiameters, to find the Centres prick off the Tangent of the Latitude and through the termination raise a line Perpendicular to the Meridian line, the distance from the Pole-point being equal to the Secant of the Latitude, must be made Radius. And the Tangents of 15 Degrees, 30 Degrees &c. pricked off on the former raised line, gives the respective Centres of the hour Circles, the distances whereof from the Pole point are the Semidiameters wherewith those hour Circles are to be drawn. Of the reverted Tail. THis needs no Rule to describe it, being made by the continuing of the parallels of Declination to the right edge of the quadrant and the hour Circles up to the Winter Tropic or parallel of Declination nearest the Centre, however the quantity of it may be known by setting one foot of a pair of Compasses in the Centre of the quadrant, and the other extend to 00 Degrees of Altitude in the Index; an Arch with that extent swept over the quadrant as much as it cuts off will be the Reverted Tail, and so much would be the Radius. Of a Quadrant made, of this Projection not inverted. BY what hath been said it will be evident to the judicious that this inversion is no other than the continance of the extents of one quarter of the Horizontal projection. Which otherwise could not with convenience be brought upon a quadrant. Hence it may be observed that. Having assigned the Radius, a quadrant made of the Horizontal Projection without inversion, to know how big a Radius it will require when inverted the proportion will hold. AS the Radius, is to the distance of the intersection of the Aequinoctial point with the Horizon from the Centre equal to the Radius of the said Projection when not inverted, in any common measure. So is the Tangent of an Ark compounded of 45 Degrees, and of half the Sun's greatest Meridian Altitude. To the distance between the Centre and the outward Tropic next the Limb in the said known measure when inverted, whence it follows that between the Tropics this projection cannot be inverted, but the reverted tail will be but small, and may be drawn with convenience without inversion. Of the Curved Line and Scales belonging to it. BEyond the middle of the Projection stands a Curved or bending Line, numbered from the O or cipher both ways, one way to 60 Degrees, but divided to 62 Degrees, the other way to 20 Degr. but divided to 23 Deg. 30′. The Invention of this Line owns Mr. Dary for the Author thereof, the Use of it being to find the hour or Azimuth in that particular latitude whereto it is fitted by the extension of a thread over it, and the lines belonging to it. The lines belonging to it are two, the one a Line of Altitudes, and Declinations standing on the left edge of the quadrant, being no other but a line of Sines continued both ways, from the beginning one way to 62 Degrees, the other way to 23. Degrees 30′. The other line thereto belonging is 130 Deg. of a line of Versed Sins, which stands next without the Projection being parallel to the left edge of the quadrant. To draw the Curve. DRaw two lines of Versed Sins, it matters not whether of the same Radius or no, nor how posited; provided they be parallel, let each of them be numbered as a Sine both ways, from the middle at (0) and so each of them will contain two lines of Sines, to the right end of the uppermost set C, to the left end D, and to the right end of the undermost set A, and to the left end B. First, Note that there is a certain point in the Curve where the Graduations will begin both upwards and downwards, this is called the Aequinoctial point; to find it, lay a ruler from A to the Compliment of the Latitude counted from (0) in the upper Scale towards D, and draw a line from A to it, then count it the other way towards C, viz. 38 Degrees 28′. for the Co-latitude of London, and lay a ruler over it, and the point B, and where it intersects the line before drawn, is the Aequinoctial point to be graduated. Then to graduate the Division on each side of it, requires only the making in effect of a Table of Meridian altitudes to every degree of Declination (which because the Curve will also serve for the Azimuth in which case the graduations of the Curve, which in finding the hour were accounted Declinations must be accounted Altitudes) must be continued to 62 Degrees for this Latitude, and further also if it be intended that the Curve shall find a Stars hour that hath more declination. To make this Table. GEt the Sum and difference of the Compliment of the latitude and of the Degrees intended to be graduated, and if the sum exceed 90 Degrees, take its compliment to 180 degrees instead of it: being thus prepared the Curve will be readily made. To graduate the under part of the Curve. Account the sum in the upper line from O towards D, and from the point A in the under line draw a line to it. Account the difference in the upper lfne when the degree proposed to be graduated is less than the compliment of the Latitude from O towards C: but when it is more towards D, and from the point B lay a Ruler over it, and where the Ruler intersects, the line formerly drawn is the point where the degree proposed is to be graduated. Example. Let it be required to find the point where 60 deg. of the Curve is to be graduated. Ark proposed 60 deg. Co-latitude 38 : 28 98 : 28 Sum 81 : 32 Difference 21 32 Count 81 deg. 32′ in the upper line from O towards D, and from the point A draw a line to it. Count the difference 21 degrees 32′ from O towards D, because the co-latitude is less than the ark proposed, and lay a Ruler over it, and the point B, and where it intersects the former line is the point where 60 deg. of the Curve is to be graduated on the lower side. Another Example. Let it be proposed to graduate the same way, The ark of 30 degr. 30 degr. Co-latitude 38 : 28 Sum 68 : 28 Difference 8 : 28 Count 68 deg. 28′ from O towards D, and from the point A draw a line to it. Again in the said upper line, count 8 deg. 28′ upwards from O towards C, & from the point B lay a ruler over it, & where it intersects the line last drawn is the point where 30 d. of the curve is to be graduated. To graduate the upper part of the curve requires no other directions, the same arkes serve, if the account be but made the other way, and in accounting the sum the ruler laid over B. in the lower line instead of A, and in counting the difference over A, instead of B, neither is there any Scheme given hereof, the Practitioner need only let the upper line be the line of altitudes on the left edge of the quadrant continued out to 90 deg. at each end, and to that end next the Centre set C, and to the other end D. So likewise let that end of the Versed Scale next the right edge of the quadrant be continued to 180 deg. whereto set A, and at the other end B, and then if these directions be observed, and the same distance and position of the lines retained, it will not be difficult to constitute a Curve in all respects agreeing with that on the fore-side of the quadrant. Of the hour and Azimuth Scale on the right edge of the Quadrant. THis Scale stands outwardmost on the right edge of the quadrant, and consists of two lines, the one a line of 90 sins made equal to the cousin of the Latitude, namely, to the sine of 38 deg. 28′, and continued the other way to 40 deg. like a Versed sine. The annexed line being the other part of this Scale, is a line of natural Tangents beginning where the former sine began, the Tangent of 38 deg. 28′ being made equal to the sine of 90 deg. this Tangent is continued each way with the sine; towards the Limb of the quadrant it should have been continued to 62 deg. but that could not be without excursion, wherefore it is broken off at 40 degrees, and the residue of it graduated below, and next under the Versed sine belonging to the Curve that runs cross the quadrant being continued but to half the former Radius. Of the Almanac. NExt below the former line stands the Almanac in a regular ob-long with month's names graved on each side of it. Below the Almanac stands the quadrate, and shadows in two Arkes of circles terminating against 45 deg. of the Limb, below them a line of 90 sins in a Circle equal to 51 deg. 32′ of the Limb broken off below the straight line, and the rest continued above it. Below these are put on in Circles a line of Tangents to 60 degrees. Also a line of Secants to 60 deg. with a line of lesser sins ending against 30 deg. of the Limb (counted from the right edge) where the graduations of the Secant begins. Last of all the equal Limb. Pricked with the pricks of the quadrat. Abutting upon the line of sins, and within the Projection stands a portion of a small sine numbered with its Compliments beginning against 38 deg. 28′ of the line of sins, this Scale is called the Scale of entrance. Upon the Projection are placed divers Stars, how they are inscribed shall be afterwards shown. The description of the Backside. Put on in quarters or Quadrants of Circles. 1 THe equal Limb divided into degrees, as also into hours and halves, and the quarters pricked to serve for a Nocturnal. 2 A line of Equal parts. 3 A line of Superficies or Squares. 4 A line of Solids or Cubes. 5 A Tangent of 45 degrees double divided to serve for a dialing Tangent, and a Semitangent for projections. 6 The line Sol, alias a line of Proportional Sins. 7 A Tangent of 51 degrees 32′ through the whole Limb. 8 A line of Declinations for the Sun to 23 deg. 31′. Four quadrants with the days of the Month. 9 10 11 12 13 The Suns true place, with the Characters of the 12 Signs. 14 The line of Segments, with a Chord before they begin. 15 The line of Metals and Equated bodies. 16 The line of Quadrature. 17 The line of Inscribed bodies. 18 A line of 12 hours of Ascension with Stars names, Declinations, and Ascensional differences. Above all these a Table to know the Epact, and what day of the Week, the first day of March, happened upon, by Inspection continued to the year 1700. All these between the Limb and the Centre. ON the right edge a line of equal parts from the Centre decimally subdivided, being a line of 10 inches; also a dialing Tangent or Scale of 6 hours, the whole length of the quadrant not issuing from the Centre. On the left edge a Tangent of 63 deg. 26′ from the Centre. Also a Scale of Latitudes fitted to the former Scale of hours not issuing from the Centre, and below it a small Chord. The Uses of the Quadrant. Lordsday 1657 63 68 74 ☉ 85 91 96 anno 25 1 26 3 4 11 6 epact Monday 58 ☽ 69 75 80 86 ☽ 97 anno 6 7 14 9 15 17 epact Tuesday 59 64 70 ♂ 81 87 92 98 anno 17 12 18 20 26 22 28 epact Wenesday ☿ 65 71 76 82 ☿ 93 99 anno 23 29 25 1 3 9 epact Thursday 60 66 ♃ 77 83 88 94 ♃ anno 28 4 6 12 7 14 epact Friday 61 67 72 78 ♀ 89 95 700 anno 9 15 11 17 18 25 20 epact Saturday 62 ♄ 73 79 84 90 ♄ 701 anno 20 22 28 23 29 1 epact Days the same as the first of March. March 1 8 15 22 29 November August 2 9 16 23 30 August May 3 10 17 24 31 Jnuary October 4 11 18 25 0 October April 5 12 19 26 00 July Septem. 6 13 20 27 00 December June 7 14 21 28 00 February Perpetual Almanac. Of the Uses of the Projection. BEfore this Projection can be used, the Sun's declination is required, & by consequence the day of the month for the ready finding thereof there is repeated the same table that stands on the Backside of this quadrant in each ruled space, the uppermost figure signifies the year of the Lord, and the column it is placed in showeth upon what day of the Week the first day of March happened upon in that year, and the undermost figure in the said ruled space showeth what was the Epact for that year and this continued to the year 1701 inclusive. Example. Looking for the year 1660 I find the figure 60 standing in Thursday Column, whence I may conclude that the first day of March that year will be Thursday, and under it stands 28 for the Epact that year. Of the Almanac. HAving as before found what day of the Week the first day of March happened upon, repair to the Month you are in, and those figures that stand against it shows you what days of the said month the Week day shall be, the same as it was the first day of March. Example For the year 1660, having found that the first day of March happened upon a Thursday, look into the column against June, and February, you will find that the 7th, 14th, 21th and 28th days of those Months were Thursdays, whence it might be concluded if need were that the quarter day or 24th day of June that year happeneth on the Lord's day. Of the Epact. THe Epact is a number carried on in account from year to year towards a new change, and is 11 days, and some odd time besides, caused by reason of the Moon's motion, which changeth 12 times in a year Solar, and runs also this 11 days more towards a new change, the use of it serves to find the Moon's age, and thereby the time of high Water. To know the Moon's age. Add to the day of the Month the Epact, and so many days more, as are months from March to the month you are in, including both months, the sum (if less than 30) is the Moon's age, if more, subtract 30; and the residue in the Moon's age (prope verum.) Example. The Epact for the year 1658 is 6, and let it be required to know the Moon's age the 28 of July, being the fifth month from March both inclusive 6 28 5 The sum of these three numbers is 39 Whence rejecting 30, the remainder is 9 for the Moon's age sought. The former Rule serves when the Month hath 31 days, but if the Month hath but 30 Days or less, take away but 29 and the residue is her ages To find the time of the Moons coming to South. MUltiply the Moon's age by 4, and divide by 5, the quotient shows it, every Unit that remains is in value twelve minutes of time, and because when the Moon is at the full, or 15 days, old she comes to South at the hour of 12 at midnight, for ease in multiplication and Division when her age exceeds 15 days reject 15 from it. Example, So when the Moon is 8 days old, she comes to South at 24 minutes past six of the clock, which being known, her rising or setting may be rudely guessed at to be six hours more or less before her being South, and her setting as much after, but in regard of the varying of her declination no general certain rule for the memory can be given. Here it may be noted that the first 15 days of the Moon's age she cometh to the Meridian after the Sun, being to the Eastward of him, and the later 15 days, she comes to the Meridian before the Sun, being to the Westward of him. To find the time of high Water. TO the time of the Moons coming to South, add the time of high water on the change day, proper to the place to which the question is suited, the sum shows the time of high waters For Example, There is added in a Table of the time of high Water at London, which any one may cast up by memory according to these Rules, it is to be noted, that Spring Tides, high winds, and the Moon in her quarters causes some variation from the time here expressed. Moon's age Moon South Tide London Days. Ho. mi. Ho. Mi 0 15 12 — 3 00 1 16 12: 48 3: 48 2 17 1: 36 4: 36 3 18 2: 24 5: 24 4 19 3: 12 6: 12 5 20 4 7 00 6 21 4: 48 7: 48 7 22 5: 36 8: 36 8 23 6: 24 9: 24 9 24 7: 12 10: 12 10 25 8: 00 11: 00 11 26 8: 48 11: 48 12 27 9: 36 12: 36 13 28 10: 24 1: 24 14 29 11: 12 2: 12 This Rule may in some measure satisfy and serve for vulgar use for such as have occasion to go by water, and but that there was spare room to grave on the Epacts nothing at all should have been said thereof. A Table showing the hours and Minutes to be added to the time of the Moons coming to South for the places following being the time of high Water on the change day. H. m. Quinborough, Southampton, Portsmouth, Isle of Wight, Beachie, the Spits, Kentish Knock, half tide at Dunkirk. 00 :  00 Rochester, Maulden, Aberdeen, Redban, West end of the Nowre, Black tail. 00 :  45 Gravesend, Downes, Rumney, Silly half tide, Blackness, Ramkins, Semhead. 1 :  30 Dundee, St. Andrew's, Lixborne, St. Lucas, Bel Isle; Holy Isle. 2 :  15 London, Tinmouth, Hartlepoole, Whitby, Amsterdam, Gascoigne, Britain, Galizia. 3 :  00 Barwick, Flamborough head, Bridlington bay, Ostend, Flushing, Bourdeaux, Fountnesse. 3 :  45 Scarborough quarter tide, Lawrenas, Mountsbay, Severne, King sale, Corke-haven, Baltamoor, Dungarvan, Calais, Creek, Bloy seven Isles. 4 :  30 Falmouth, Foy, Humber, Moonles, Newcastle, Dartmouth, Torbay, Caldy Garnesey, St. Mallows, Abrowrath, Lizard. 5 :  15 Plymouth, Weymouth, Hull, Lin, Lundy, Antwerp, Holmes of Bristol, St. David's head, Concalo, Saint Malo. 6 :  00 Bristol, foulness at the Start. 6 :  45 Milford, Bridg-water, Exwater, Lands end, Waterford, Cape clear, Abermorick Texel. 7 :  20 Portland, Peterperpont, Harflew, Hague, St. Magnus Sound, Dublin, Lambay, Mackuels' Castle. 8 :  15 Poole, S. Helen, Man Isle, catness, Orkney, Fair Isles, Dunbar, Kildien, Basse Islands, the Casquers, Deep at half tide. 9 : Needles, Oxford, Laysto, South and North Forelands. 9 :  45 Yarmouth, Dover, Harwich, in the frith Bullen, Saint John de luce, Calais road. 10 :  30 Rye, Winchelsea, Gorend, Rivers mouth of Thames, Fair Isle Rhodes. 11 :  15 To find the Epact for ever. IN Order hereto, first, find out the Prime Number divide the year of the Lord by 19 the residue after the Division is finished being augmented by an Unit is the Prime sought, and if nothing remain the Prime is an Unit. To find the Epact. MUltiply the Prime by 11, the product is the Epact sought if less than 30, but if it be more, the residue of the Product divided by 30 is the Epact sought, there note that the Prime changeth the first of January, and the Epact the first of March. Otherwise. Having once obtained the Epact add 11 so it the Sum if less than 30 is the Epact for the next year if more reject 30, and the residue is the Epact sought. Caution. When the Epact is found to be 29 for any year, the next year following it will be 11 and not 10, as the Rule would suggest. A Table of the Epacts belonging to the respective Primes. Pr. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Ep. 11 22 3 14 25 6 17 28 9 20 1 12 23 4 15 26 7 18 29 The Prime number called the Golden Number, is the number of 19 years in which space the Moon makes all variety of her changes, as if she change on a certain day of the month on a certain year she shall not change the same day of the month again till 19 years after: and then it doth not happen upon the same hour of the day, yet the difference doth not cause one day's variation in 300 years, as is observed by Mr. Philip's. The Uses of the Quadrant. WIthout rectifying the Bead nothing can be performed by this Projection, except finding the Sun's Meridian Altitude being shown upon the Index, by the intersection of the Parallel of declination therewith. Also the time when the Sun will be due East or West. TRace the Parallel of Declination to the right edge of the Projection, and the hour it there intersects (in most cases to be duly estimated) shows the time sought, thus when the Sun hath 21 deg. of North declination, we shall find that he will be due East or West, about three quarters of an hour past 4 in the afternoon, or a quarter past 7 in the morning. The declination is to be found on the Backside of the quadrant by laying the thread over the day of the month. To rectify the Bead. LAy the thread upon the graduated Index, and set the Bead to the observed or given Altitude, and when the Altitude is nothing or when the Sun is in the Horizon set the Bead to the cipher on the graduated Index, which afterwards being carried without stretching to the parallel of Declination the thread in the Limb shows the Amplitude or Azimuth, and the Bead amongst the hours shows the true time of the day. Example. Upon the 24th of April the Sun's declination will be found to 16 deg. North. Now to find his Amplitude and the time of his rising, laying the thread over the graduated Index, set the Bead to the beginning of the graduations of the Index, and bring it without stretching to the parallel of declination above being 16 d▪ and the thread in the limb will lie over 26 deg. 18′ for the Sun's Amplitude or Coast of rising to the Northward of the East, and the Bead amongst the hours showeth 24 minutes past 4 for the time of Sun rising. Which doubled gives the length of the night 8 hours 49 min. In like manner the time of setting doubled gives the length of the day. The same to find the hour and Azimuth let the given Altitude be 45 degrees. HAving rectified the Bead to the said Altitude on the Index and brought it to the intersect, the parallel of declination the thread lies over 50 degrees 48′. For the Sun's Azimuth from the South. And the Bead among the hours shows the time of the day to be 41 minutes past 9 in the morning, or 19 minutes past two in the afternoon. Another Example wherein the operation will be upon the Reverted tail. Let the altitude be 3 deg. 30′ And the declination 16 deg. North as before. TO know when to rectify the Bead to the upper or nether Altitude will be no matter of difficulty, for if the Bead being set to the nether Altitude will not meet with the parallel of declination, than set it to the upper Altitude, and it will meet with Winter parallel of like declination, which in this case supplies the turn. So in this Example, the Bead being set to the upper Altitude of 3 deg. 30′ and carried to the Winter parallel of declination. The thread in the Limb will fall upon 68 deg. 28′ for the Sun's Azimuth from the North, and the Bead among the hours shows the time of the day to be either 5 in the morning or 7 at night. Another Example. Admit the Sun have 20 degr. of North Declination (as about the 9th of May) and his observed altitude were 56 deg. 20′ having rectified the Bead thereto, and brought it to intersect the parallel of 20 deg. among the hours it shows the time of the day to be 11 in the morning or 1 in the afternoon, and the Azimuth of the Sun to be 26 deg. from the South The Uses of the Projection. TO find the Sun's Altitude on all hours or Azimuths will be but the converse of what is already said, therefore one Example shall serve. When the Sun hath 45 deg. of Azimuth from the South. And his Declination 13 deg. Northwards. Lay the thread over 45 deg. in the Limb, and where the thread intersects the Parallel of Declination thereto remove the Bead which carried to the Index without stretching, shows 43 deg. 50′ for the Altitude sought. Likewise to the same Declination if it were required to find the Sun's Altitude for the hours of 2 or 10. Lay the thread over the intersection of the hour proposed with the parallel of Declination, and thereto set the bead which carried to the Index shows the Altitude sought namely 44 deg. 31′. The same Altitude also belongs to that Azimuth the thread in the former Position lay over in the Limb. This Projection is of worst performance early in the morning or late in the evening, about which time Mr. Daries Curve is of best performance whereto we now address ourselves. Of the curved line and Scales thereto fitted. This as we have said before was the ingenious invention of M. Michael Dary derived from the proportionalty of two like equiangled plain Triangles accommodated to the latitude of London, for the ready working of these two Proportions. 1. For the Hour. As the Cousin of the Latitude, is to the secant of the Declination, So is the difference between the sine of the Suns proposed and Meridian Altitude. To the versed sine of the hour from noon, and the converse, and so is the sine of the Sun's Meridian Altitude, to the versed sine of the semidiurnal Ark. 2. For the Azimuth. The Curve is fitted to find it from the South and not from the North, and the Proportion wrought upon it will be. As the cousin of the Latitude, is to the Secant of the Altitude. So is the difference of the versed sins of the Suns (or Stars) distance from the elevated Pole, and of the sum of the Compliments both of the Latitude and Altitude, to the versed sine of the Azimuth from the noon Meridian. Which will not hold backward to find the Altitude on all Azimuths, because the altitude is a term involved, both in the second and third terms of the former proportion. If the third term of the former Proportion had not been a difference of Sines, or Versed sins, the Curved line would have been a straight-line, and the third term always counted from one point, which though in the use it may seem to be so here, yet in effect the third term for the hour is always counted from the Meridian altitude. Here observe that the thread lying over 12 or the end of the Versed Scale, and over the Sun's meridian altitude in the line of altitudes, it will also upon the curve show the Sun's declination, which by construction is so framed that if the distance from that point to the meridian altitude, be made the cousin of Latitude, the distance of the said point from the end of the versed Scale numbered with 12 shall be the secant of the declination to the same Radius, being both in one straight-line by the former constitution of the thread, and instead of the thread you may imagine a line drawn over the quadrant, then by placing the thread as hereafter directed it will with this line & the fitted scales constitute two equiangled plain triangles, upon which basis the whole work is built. In the three first Proportions following relating to time, the Altitude must always be counted upwards from O in the line of Altitude, and the Declination in the Curve upwards in Summer, downwards in Winter. 1 To find the time of the Suns rising and setting by the Curve. WE have before intimated that the sun's Declination is to be found on the back of the quadrant, having found it, lay one part of the thread over 0 deg. in the Line of Altitude, and extending it, lay the other part of it over the Sun's Declination counted from O in the Curve, and the thread upon the Versed scale shows the time of Suns rising and setting, which being as much from six towards noon in Winter as towards midnight in Summer, the quantity of Declination supposed alike both ways on each side the Equinoctial, the thread may be laid either way from O in the Curve to the Declination. Example. When the Sun hath 20 deg. of Declination, the thread being laid over 20 deg. in the Curve and O in the Altitude on the left edge shows that the Sun riseth setteth 1 hour 49′ before after six in the Summer and riseth setteth as much after before six in the Winter. 2 The Altitude and Declination of the Sun being given to find the hour of the day. COunt the Altitude from O in the Scale of Altitudes towards the Centre, and thereto lay the thread, then count the Declination from O in the Curve, if North upwards towards the Centre, if South downwards towards the Limb. And lay the thread extended over it, and in the Versed Scale it shows the time of the day sought. Example. The Altitude being 24 d. 46′ and the Declination 20 d. North counting that upwards in the Scale of Altitudes, and this upward in the curve, and extending the through thread, it will intersect the Versed Scale at 7 and 5, showing the hour to be either 7 in the morning, or 5 in the afternoon. Another Example for finding when twliight begins. Let the Sun's Declination be 13 deg. North, the Depression supposed 18 degr. under the Horizon. In stead of the case propounded, suppose the Sun to have 13 deg. of South Declination, and Altitude 18 deg. above the Horizon accordingly extending the thread through 18 in the Altitudes counted upward from O in the line of Altitudes and through 13 deg. counted downward in the Curve from O, and upon the Versed Scale, the thread will show that the Twilight begins at 28 minutes past 2 in the morning, and at 32 min. past 9 at night. 3 The Converse of the last Proposition is to find the Sun's altitudes on all hours. EXtend the thread over the hour proposed in the versed Scale and also over the Declination in the Curve counted upward if North, downward if South. And in the Scale of Altitudes it shows the Altitude sought. Example. If the Sun have 13 deg. of North Declination his Altitude for the hour of 7 in the morning, or 5 in the afternoon will be found to be 19 deg. 27′. In the following Propositions the altitude must always be counted from O in the Curve downwards, and the Declination in the line of altitudes, if North downward, if South upwards. 4 To find the Sun's Amplitude or coast of rising and setting. Example. If the Sun had 20 deg. of Declination the thread being laid to O in the Curve, and to 20 in the line of altitudes or Declinations, either upwards or downwards the thread will lie 33 deg. 21′ from 90 in the Versed Scale, for the quantity of the Sun's Coast of rising or setting from the true East or West in Winter Southward, in Summer Norhward. 5 The Sun's altitude and Declination being proposed to find his Azimuth. COunt the altitude from O in the Curve downward, and the declination in the Winter upon the line of Declinations from O upwards, in Summer downwards, and the thread extended showeth the Azimuth sought, on the Versed Scale. Example. So when the Sun hath 18 deg. 37′ of North Declination, as as about 19 July, if his altitude were 39 deg. the Sun's Azimuth would be found to be 69 deg. from the South. 6 The Converse of the former Proposition will be to find the Sun's Altitude on all Azimuths. THe Instrument will perform this Proposition though the Porportion for finding the Azimuth cannot be inverted. Lay the thread to the azimuth in the Versed Scale, and to the Declination in the Scale on the left edge, and upon the Curve it will intersect the altitude sought. Example. If the Sun had 16 deg. 13′ of South Declination, as about the 27th of October, if his Azimuth were 39 deg. from the South the altitude agreeable thereto would be found to be 14 deg. These Uses being understood▪ if the hour and altitude or the azimuth and altitude were given to find the Declination, the manner of performance cannot lurk. Of the Hour and Azimuth Scale on the right Edge of the Quadrant. THis Scale being added by myself, and derived from Proportions in the Analemma, I shall first lay them down, and then apply them. In the former Scheme draw F C V the Horizon, Z C the Axis of the Horizon, C P the axis of the Sphere G C continued to N the Equator, O L a parallel of North, and E I a parallel of South Declination, W X a parallel of winter altitude, S L a parallel of altitude less than the Compliment of the latitude, N Z P a parallel of greater altitude, and from the points E and B. let fall the perpendiculars E F and B H, and from the points B G and N let fall the perpendiculars B G, G M, and N O which will be the sins of the Sun's declination, by this means there will be divers right lined right angled plain Triangles constituted from whence are educed, the Proportions following to calculate the Sun's hour or Azimuth. Note, first, that T V is the Versed sine of the Semidiurnal ark in Summer, and E I in Winter, and Y V the sine of the hour of rising before six in Summer, equal to the distance of I from the Axis continued in Winter, which may be found in the Triangle C Y V, but the Proportion is. As the Cotangent of the latitude, To Radius. So the Tangent of the Sun's Declination, To the sine of his ascentional difference, being the time of his rising from six, thus we may attain the Semidiurnal ark. Then for the hour in the Triangle B H I it holds. As the Cousin of the latitude, to the sine of the altitude. So is the Secant of the Declination. To the difference of the Versed sins of the Semidiurnals ark, and of the hour sought. In the Triangle B H I it leys. As the Cousin of the Latitude the sine of the angle at I. To its opposite side B H the sine of the altitude. So is the Radius or the angle at H. To B I h difference of the Versed sine of the Semidiurnal ark, and of the hour sought, in the parallel of declination and by consequence, so is the secant of the Declination, to the said difference in the Common Radius as we have else where noted, if this difference be subtracted from the Versed sine of the semidiurnal ark there will remain E B the versed sine of the hour from noon, the like holds, if perpendiculars be let fall from any other parallel of Declination, from the same Scheme it also follows. As the Cousin of the Latitude, Is to the secant of the Declination. So is the sine of the Meridian Altitude. To the versed sine of the semidiurnal ark. Here observe the like Proportion between the two latter terms, as between the two former which may be of use on a Sector. If the Scheme be considered not as fitted to a peculiar question for finding the hour, but as having three sides to find an angle, it will be found upon such a consideration in relation to the change of sides, that the Proportion for the Azimuth following is no other than the same Proportion applied, to other sides of the Triangle, and so we need have no other trouble to come by a Proportion for the Azimuth, but it also follows from the same Scheme. In the Triangles C D A and C K G, and C Z N the first operation will be to find A D, and G K, and N ● in all which the Proportion will hold. As the Radius to the Tangent of the Latitude. Or as the Cotangent of the Latitude to Radius. So is the Tangent of the Altitude, to the said respective quantities, which when the Altitude is less than the Compliment of the Latitude, are the sins of the Sun's Azimuth from the Vertical belonging to the proposed Altitudes when the Sun is in the Equinoctial, or hath no declination. The next proportion will be. As the Cousin of the Latitude, Is to the Secant of the Altitude. So is the Sine of the declination. To the difference sought being a 4 Proportional. Hereby we may find A B in the Winter Triangle A G B which added to A D, the sum is the sine of the Azimuth from the Vertical consequently W B, is the Versed sine of the Azimuth, from the noon Meridian. Also we find G L in the Summer triangle L M G, when the Altitude is less than the Compliment of the Latitude, which added to S G the sum S L is the Versed sine of the Azimuth from the South. Likewise we may find N R in the Triangle R O N, and by subtracting it from N Z, there will remain R Z, and consequently Q R the versed sine of the Azimuth from the Meridian in Summer when the Altitude is greater than the Co-latitude. And for Stars that come to the Meridian between the Zenith, and the Elevated Pole, we may find N c, in the Triangle N c d where it holds, as the sine of the Angle at N, the compliment of the Latitude, to its opposite sides c d, the pricked line, the sine of the Declination: so is the Radius to N c, the parallel of altitude the Azimuth sought. The latter Proportion lies so evident, it need not be spoken to, if what was said before for the hour be regarded, and the former Proportion lies. As the Cousin of the Latitude, the sine of the Angle at A. To its Opposite side D C, the sine of the altitude. So is the sine of the Latitude, the angle at C. To its opposite side A D in the parallel of altitude. And in stead of the Cousin, and sine of the Latitude. We may take the Radius, and the Tangent of the Latitude. Another Analogy will be required to reduce it to the common Radius. As the Cousin of the Altitude to Radius. So the fourth before found in a parallel. To the like quantity to the Common Radius. These Analogies or Proportions being reduced into one, by multiplying the terms of each Proportion, and then freed from needless affection will produce the Proportion at first delivered. The Uses of the said Scale. WE have before noted, that if two terms of a Proportion be fixed, and natural lines thereto fitted of an equal length, that if any third term be sought in the former line, the fourth term will be found in the other line by inspection, as standing against the third. So here, in this Scale which consists of two lines, the one an annexed Tangent, the other a line of Sines continued both Ways, the Radius of the Sins being first fittted, the Tangent annexed must be of such a Radius, as that 38 deg. 28′, of it may be equal in length to the Radius of the Sine to which it is adjoined, and then looking for the Declination in the Tangent just against it stands the time of rising, from six or ascentional difference, or the Semidiurnal ark, if the same be accounted from the other end as a Versed Sine. So if the Sun's Altitude be given, and accounted in the Tangent, just against it stands the Sun's Azimuth, when he is in the Equinoctial upon the like altitude, and thus the point N will be found in the Tangent at the altitude, when it is more than the Colatitude. 1 An Example for finding the time of the Sun rising. If the Declination be 13 deg. look for it in the annexed Tangent, and just against it in the hour Scale stands 16 deg. 53′ the ascentional difference in time 1 hour 7½ min. showing that the Sun riseth so much before, and setteth so much after 6 in Summer, and in Winter riseth so much after, and setteth before 6, for this ark may be found on either side of six where the declination begins each way. 2 To find the time of the day. To perform this Proposition we divide the other Proportion into two, by introducing the Radius in the Middle. As the Radius is to the Secant of the Declination. So is the sine of the altitude to a fourth. Again. As the Cousin of the Latitude to Radius. So the fourth before found. To the difference of the Versed Sins of the Semidiurnal ark, and of the hour sought. The former of these Proportions must be wrought upon the quadrant, the latter is removed by fitting the Radius of the Sins that gives the answer, equal in length to the Cousin of the latitude. Wherefore to find the time of the day, lay the thread to the Secant of the declination in the limb, and from the sine of the altitude take the nearest distance to it, and because the Secant is made, but to half the Common Radius, set down one foot of this extent at the Declination in the annexed Tangent, and enter the said extent twice forward, and it will show the time of the Day. Example. Let the Declination be supposed 23 deg. 31′ North, and the Altitude 38 deg. 59′ the nearest distance from the Sine thereof, to the thread laid over the Secant of 3● deg. 31′ will reach being turned twice over from 3● d. 31′ in the annexed Tangent nearest the Centre to 33 deg. 45′ in the Sins, alias to 56 d. 15′ counted as a Versed Sine showing the time of the day to be a quarter past 8 in the morning, or three quarters past three in the afternoon. 3 To find the Sun's Altitude on all hours. Take the distance between the hour and the Declination in the fitted Scale, and enter it down, the line of Sins from the Centre, then laying the thread over the Cousin of the Declination in the Limb, the nearest distance to it shall be the sine of the Altitude sought. Example. Thus whee the Sun hath 13 deg. of South Declination, count it in that part of the annexed Tangent nearest the Limb, if then it were required to find the Suns Altit. for the hours of 10 or 2 by the former Prescriptions the Altitude would be found 10 d. 25′ 4 To find the Sun's Amplitude. Take the Sine of the Declination from the line of the Sins, and apply it to the fitted Scale where the annexed Tangent begins, and either way it will reach to the Sine of the Amplitude. Example. So when the Sun hath 15 deg: of Declination his Amplitude will be found to be 24 deg. 35′. 5 To find the Azimuth or true Coast of the Sun. Here we likewise introduce the Radius in the latter Proportion. 1 In Winter lay the thread to the Secant of the Altitude in the Limb, and from the sine of the Declination, take the nearest distance to it, the said extent enter twice forward from the Altitude in the annexed Tangent, and it will reach to the Versed Sine of the Azimuth from the South. Example. So when the Sun hath 15 deg. of South Declination, if his Altitude be 15 deg. the nearest distance from the sine thereof to the thread laid over the Secant of 15 degrees, shall reach in the fitted Scale from the annexed Tangent of 15 deg. being twice repeated forward to the Versed sine of 39 deg. 50′ for the Sun's Azimuth from the South. 2 In Summer when the Altitude is less than 40 deg. enter the former extent from the sine of the Declination to the thread laid over the Secant of the Altitude twice backward from the Altitude in the annexed Tangent, and it will reach to the Versed sine of the Azimuth from the South. Example. So if the Sun have 15 deg. of North Declination, and his Altitude be 30 deg. the prescribed extent doubled shall reach from the annexed Tangent of 30 deg. to the Versed sine of 75 deg. 44′ for the Sun's Azimuth from the South. 3 In Summer when the Altitude is more than 40 deg. and less than 60 deg. apply the extent from the sine of the Declination to the thread, laid over the Secant of the Altitude once to the Discontinued Tangent placed a Cross the quadrant from the Altitude backwards minding how far it reaches, just against the like ark in the annexed Tangent stands the Versed sine of the Azimuth from the South. 4 When the Altitude is more than 60 deg. this fitted Scale is of worst performance, however the defect of the Secant might be supplied by Varying the Proportion. 6 To find the Sun's Altitude on all Azimuths. JUst against the Azimuth proposed stands the Sun's altitude in the Equator suitable thereto, which was the first Ark found by Calculation when we treated of this subject, and the second ark is to be found by a Proportion in sins wrought upon the quadrant. This quadrant is also particularly fitted for giving the hour, and Azimuth in the equal limb. The sine of 90 deg. made equal to the sine if 51 deg. 32′ gives the altitude of the Sun or Stars at six, for if the thread be laid over the Declination counted in the said sine, it shows the Altitude sought in the limb, so when the Sun hath 13 deg. of Declination his Altitude or Depression at 6 is 10 deg. 9′. It also gives the Vertical Altitude if the Declination be counted in the limb, seek what ark it cuts in that particular sine, when the Sun hath 13 deg. of Declination, his Vertical Altitude or Depression is 16 deg. 42′. To find the hour of the Day. HAving found the Altitude of the Sun or Stars at six, take the distance between the sine thereof in the line Sines, and the Altitude given, and entering one foot of that extent at the Declination in the Scale of entrance laying the thread to the other foot according to nearest distance, it will show the hour from six in the limb. Example. When the Sun hath 13 deg. of Declination his Altitude, or Depression at six will be 10 deg. 9′ if the Declination be North, and the Altitude of the Sun be 24 deg. 5′ the time of the day will be half an hour past 7 in the morning, or as much past 4 in the afternoon. In winter when the Sun hath South Declination as also for such Stars as have South Declination, the sine of their Altitude must be added to the sine of their Depression at six, and that whole extent entered as before. When the Sun hath the same South Declination, if his Altitude be 11 deg. 7′ the time of the day will be half an hour past 8 in the morning, or 30 min. past 3 in the afternoon. To find the Azimuth of the Sun or Stars. LAy the thread over their Altitude in the particular sine fitted to the Latitude, and in the equal Limb it shows a fourth Ark. When the Declination is North, take the distance in the line of Sins between that fourth Ark and the Declination, and enter one foot of that extent at the Altitude in the Scale of entrance, laying the thread to the other foot, and in the equal Limb it shows the Azimuth from the East or West. Example. When the Altitude is 44 deg. 39′ the Arch found in the equal Limb will be 33 deg. 20′ then if the Declination be 23 deg 31′ North, the distance in the line of sins between it and the said Ark being entered at 44 deg. 39′ in the Scale of entrance the thread being laid to the other foot will show the Azimuth to be 20 deg. from the East or West. But if the Declination be South, add with your Compasses the sine thereof to the sine of the fourth Ark, and enter that whole extent as before, and the thread will show the Azimuth in the equal limb. Example. When the Altitude is 12d. 13′ the fourth Arch will be found to be 9 degrees 32 minutes, then admit the Declination to be 13 degrees South, whereto adding the Sine of the fourth Ark, the whole will be equal to the sine of 22 deg. 41 minutes, and this whole extent being entered at 12 deg. 13′ in the Scale of entrance lay the thread to the other foot according to nearest distance, and it will intersect the equal. Limb at 40 deg. and so much is the Sun's Azimuth from the East or West. Because the Scale of entrance could not be continued by reason of the Projection, the residue of it is put on an little Line near the Amanack the use whereof is to lay the thread to the Altitude in it when the Azimuth is sought, and in the Limb it shows at what Ark of the Sins the point of entrance will happen which may likewise be found by pricking down the Coaltitude on the line of Sines out of the fitted hour Scale on the right edge. How to find the hour and Azimuth generally in the equal limb either with or without Tangents or Secants hath been also showed, and how that those two points for any Latitude might be there pricked and might be taken off, either from the Limb, or from a line of Sines, or best of all by Tables, for half the natural Tangent of the Latitude of London, is equal to the sine of 〈◊〉 39 deg. And half the Secant thereof equal to the sine of 〈◊〉 53d. 30 Against which Arkes of the Limb the Tangent and Secant of the Latitude are graduated, but of this enough hath been said in the Description of the small quadrant. Of the Quadrat and Shadows. THe use thereof is the same as in the small quadrant only if the thread hang over any degree of the Limb less than 45d. to take out the Tangent thereof out of the quadrat count the Arch from the right edge of the quadrant towards the left, and lay the thread over it, the pricks are repeated in the Limb to save this trouble for those eminent parts. Of the equal Limb. WE have before showed that a Sine, Tangent and Secant may be taken off from it, and that having a Sine or Secant with the Radius thereof the correspondent Ark thereto might be found, & that a Chord might be taken off from Concentric Circles or by help of a Bead, but if both be wanting enter the Semidiameter or Radius whereto you would take out a Chord twice down the right edge from the Centre, and laying the thread over half the and laying the thread over half the Arch proposed, take the nearest distance to it, and thus may a chord be taken out to any number of degrees less than a Semicircle. It hath been asserted also that the hour and Azimuth might be found generally without Protraction by the sole help of the Limb with Compasses and a thread. Example for finding the hour. THe first work will be to find the point of entrance take out the Cousin of the Latitude by taking the nearest distance to the thread laid over the said Ark from the concurrence of the Limb with the right edge, and enter it down the right edge line and take the nearest distance to the thread laid over the compliment of the Declination counted from the right edge, this extent entered down the right edge finds the point of entrance, let it be noted with a mark. Next to find the sine point take out the sine of the Declin. & enter it dowh the right edge, & from the point of termination, take the nearest distance to the thread laid over the ark of the Latit. counted from the right edge, this extent enter from the Centre and it finds the sine point, let it be noted with a mark. Thirdly, take out the sine of the Altitude & in Winter add it in length to the sine point, in Summer enter it from the Centre & take the distance between it & the sine point which extent entered upon the point of entrance, if the thread be laid to the other foot shows the the hour from 6 in the equal limb before or after it, as the Sine of the Altitude fell short or beyond the sine point. Example. In the latitude of 39 d. the Sun having 23d. 31′ of North Declination, and Altitude 51 deg. 32′ the hour will be found to be 33 deg. 45′ from six towards noon. Note the point of entrance and sine point Vary not, till the Declination Vary. After the same manner may the Azimuth be found in the limb, by proportions delivered in the other great quadrant. Also both or any angle when three sides are given may be found by the last general Proportion in the small quadrant which finds the half Versed sine of the Ark fought, which would be too tedious to insist upon & are more proper to be Protracted with a line of Chords. To find the Azimuth universally. THe Proportion used on the small quadrant for finding it in the equal limb (wherein the first Operation for the Vertical Altitude was fixed for one day,) by reason of its Excursions will not serve on a quadrant, for the Sun or Stars when they come to the Meridian between the Zenith and the elevated Pole, but the Proportion there used for finding the hour applied to other sides will serve for the Azimuth Universally, and that is As the Radius, Is to the sine of the Latitude, So is the sine of the Altitude, To a fourth sine. Again. As the Cousin of the Altitude, Is the Secant of the Latitude. Or, As the Cousin of the Latitude, Is the Secant of the Altitude. So In Declinations towards the Elevated Pole is the difference, but towards the Depressed Pole the sum of the fourth sine, and of the sine sine of the Declination. To the sine of the Azimuth from the Vertical. In Declinations towards the Depressed Pole, the Azimuth is always obtuse, towards the elevated Pole if the Declination be more than the fourth Arch it is acute, if less obtuse. Example for the Latitude of the Barbados 13 deg. Altitude 27 deg. 27′. Declination 20 deg. North. Lay the thread to 27 deg. 27′ in the Limb, and from the sine of 13 deg. tahe nearest distance to it which enter on the line of Sins from the Centre, and take the distance between the limited point, and the sine of 20 deg. the Declination, this latter extent enter twice down the line of the Sins from the Centre, and take the nearest distance to the thread laid over the Secant of 27 deg. 27′ this extent enter at the sine of 77 deg. the Compliment of the Latitude, and laying the thread to the other foot it will lie over 16 deg. in the equal Limb, the Sun's Azimuth to the Northwards of the East or West. Otherways. Another Example for the same Latitude and Declination, the Altitude being 52 deg. 27′ lay the thread to it in the Limb, and take the nearest distance to it from the sine of 13 deg. as before, and enter it down the line of sins from the Centre, and from the point of the limitation take the distance to the sine of 20 deg. the Sun's Declination, this latter extent enter once down the line of sins from the Centre, and take the nearest distance to the Thread laid over the Secant of the Altitude 52 deg. 27′ than lay the thread to 77 deg. the Compliment of the Latitude in the lesser sins, and enter the former extent between the Scale and the thread, and the foot of the Compasses showeth 16 deg. as before, for the Sun's Azimuth to the Northward of the Vertical, that the Sun may have the same Azimuth, upon two several Altitudes hath been spoken to before, and how to do this without Secants hath been shown. Two sides with the Angle comprehended to find the third side. DIvers ways have been showed for doing of this before, I shall add one more requiring no Versed sins nor Tangents. 1 If both the sides be lesser than quadrants, and the Angle at liberty. Or, 2 If one of the sides be greater than a quadrant, and the Angle included acute, it will hold. As the Radius, To the Cousin of one of the including sins. So is the Cousin of the other, To a fourth sine. Again. As the Cosecant of one of the including Sides ● is the Sine of the other, So is the Cousin of the angle included, To a seventh Sine. The difference between the fourth and the seventh Sine, is the Cousin of the Side sought. 1 In the first case if the angle given be obtuse, and the seventh Sine greater than the fourth Sine, the Side sought is greater than a quadrant in other cases less. If in the second case the seventh Sine be less than the fourth, the side sought is greater than a quadrant in other cases less. In this second case when one of the includers is greater than a quadrant, and the angle obtuse resolve the opposite Triangle by the former Rules, or the sum of the fourth and seventh Sine shall be the Cousin of the side sought in this case greater than a quadrant. We have before noted that the Cousin of an Ark greater than a quadrant is the Sine of that Arkes excess above 90 deg. this no other than the converse of the Proportion for the hour demonstrated from the Analemma, in the Triangle O Z P. Let there be given the Sides O P 113 deg. 31′ the side Z P 38 deg. 28′ and the angle comprehended Z P O 75 to find the Side O Z. Operation. Lay the thread to 51 deg. 32′ in the Limb, and from 13 deg. 31′ in the Sins take the nearest distance to it which measured from the Centre will reach to the sine of 18 deg. 12 minutes the fourth Sine. Again, laying the thread to 23 deg. 31′ in the Limb, from the Sine of 15 deg. take the nearest distance to it, then lay the thread to the Secant of 51 deg. 32′ and enter the said extent between the Scale and the thread, the distance between the resting foot, and the Sine of 18 deg. 12 minutes before found measured from the Centre is equal to the Sine of 9 deg. 32′ being the Cousin of the side sought which in this instance because the seventh Sine is less than the fourth sine is greater than a quadrant, and consequently must have 90 deg. added thereto, therefore the side O Z is 99 deg. 28 minutes if the question had been put in this Latitude what depression the Sun should have had under the Horizon at the hours of 5 or 7 in the Winter Tropic it would have been found 9 deg. 28′ and this is such a Triangle as hath but one obtuse Angle yet two sides greater than quadrants, and how to shun a Secant, and a parallel entrance hath been showed elsewhere. Of the Stars on the Projection, and in other places of the fore-side of the quadrant. SUch only are placed on the Projection as fall between the Tropics being put an according to their true Declinations, and in that respect might have stood any where in the parallel of Declination, but in regard we shall also find the time of the night by them with Compasses, they are also put on in a certain Angle from the right edge of the quadrant, to find the quantity of the Angle for Stars of Northerly declination, get the difference of the Sins of the Stars Altitude six hours from the Meridian, and of its Meridian Altitude, and find to the Sine of what Arch the said difference is equal, against that Arch in the Limb, let the Star be graduated in its proper declination, but for Stars of Southwardly Declination, get the sum of the Sins of their Depression at six and of their Meridian Altitude, and find what Ark in the Sines corresponds thereto as before. We have put on no Stars of Southwardly Declination that will fall beyond the Winter Tropic, but some of Northerly Declination falling without the Summer Tropic, are put on that are placed without the Projection towards the Limb. All these Stars must be graduated against the line of Sins at their respective Altitudes or Depressions at the Stars hour of Six from the Meridian, and must have the same letter set to them in both places, as also upon the quadrant of 12 hours of Ascension on the Backside where they are put on according to their true Ascension with their Declinations and Ascensional differences graved against them with the former Letter, and such of them as have more than 12 hours of right Ascension have the Character plus ✚ affixed, denoting that if there be 12 hours of Ascension added to that Ascension they stand against, the sum is their whole true right Ascension. To find the quantity of a Stars hour from the Meridian by the Projection. SEt the Bead upon the Index of Altitude to the Stars observed Altitude, and bring it to the parallel of Declination the Star is graved in, so will it show among the hour lines, that Stars hour from the Meridian, and the thread in the Limb will show the Stars Azimuth. Example. Admit the Altitude of Arcturus be 52 deg. the hour of that Star from midnight, if the Altitude increase will be 7′ past 10 ferè, and the Azimuth of that Star will be 47 deg. 43′ to the Eastwards of the South. The hour and Azimuth of any Star within the Tropics, may be also found by the fitted Scale on the right edge of the quadrant, or by the Curve, after the same manner as for the Sun, using the Stars Declination as was done for the Suns, or in the equal limb as we showed for the Sun, which may well serve for most of the Stars in the Hemisphere. Otherwise with Compasses according to the late suggested placing of them. To find the hour of any Star from the Meridian that hath North Declination. TAke the distance between the Star point in the line of Sines, and it's observed Altitude, and laying the thread over the Star where it is graved on or below the Projection, enter the former extent paralelly between the thread and the Scale, and it shows the Stars hour from six in the sins towards noon, if the Altitude fell beyond the Star point, otherwise towards midnight. Example. For the Goat Star let its Altitude be 40 deg. and past the Meridian, the hour of that Star will be 44′ from six, for the Compasses fall upon the sine of 11 deg. 4′ the hour is towards noon Meridian, because the Altitude is greater than 34 deg. the point where the Star is graved, the thread lying over the Star intersects, the Limb at 25 deg. 47′ if the distance between the Star, and its Altitude be entered at the sine of that Ark, and the thread laid to the other foot, the hour will be found in the equal Limb the same as before. For Stars of Southwardly Declination. BEcause the Star point cannot fall the other way beyond the Centre of the quadrant, therefore the distance between the Star point, and the Centre must be increasing by adding the sine of the Stars Altitude thereto, which will fall more outwards towards the Limb, and then that whole extent is to be entered as before. Example. The Virgin's Spike hath 9 deg 19′ of South Declination the Depression of that Star at six will be found by help of the particular sine to be 7 deg. 17′ and at that Ark in the sins the Star is graved, if the Altitude of that Star were 20 deg. the sine thereof added to the Star will be equal to the sine of 29 deg. 6′ this whole extent entered at the sine of 37 deg. 52′ the Ark of the Limb against which the Star is graved, and the thread laid to the other foot, the hour of that Star if the Altitude increase will be 19′ past 9 To find the true time of the right. THis must be done by turning the Stars hour into the Sun's hour or common time, either by the Pen as hath been showed before, which may be also conveniently performed by the back of this quadrant, for the thread lying over the day of the month showeth the Compliment of the Sun's Ascension in the Limb. Or with Compasses on the said quadrant of Ascensions. THe thread lying over the day of the month, take the distance between it and the Star on the said quadrant, the said extent being applied, the same way as it was taken the Sun's foot to the Stars hour shall reach from the Stars hour to the true hour of the night, and if one of the feet of the Compasses fall off the quadrant, a double remedy is elsewhere prescribed. Example. If on the 12th of January the hour of the Goat Star was 16′ past 5 from the Meridian, the true time sought would be 49′ past 1 in the morning. Example. If upon the third of January, the hour of the Virgin's Spike, were observed to be 19′ past 9, the true time sought would be 45′ past 2 in the morning. To find the time of a Stars rising and setting. THe Ascentional difference is graved against the Star, the Virgin's Spike hath 48′ of Ascentional difference, that is to say, that Stars hour of rising is at 48′ past 6, and setting at 12′ past 5, And the true time of that Stars rising upon the third of January, will be at 22′ past 10 at night, and of its setting at 47′ past 8 in the morning, found by the former directions. Of the rest of the lines on the back of this quadrant. THey are either such as relate to the motion of the Sun or Stars, or to Dialling, or such as are derived from Mr Gunter's Sector. The Tangent of 51 deg. 32′ put through the whole Limb is peculiarly fitted to the Latitude of London, and will serve to find the time when the Sun will be East or West, as also for any of the Stars that have less Declination than the place hath Latitude. Lay the thread to the Declination counted in the said Tangent, and in the Limb it shows the hour from 6 if reckoned from the right edge. Example. When the Sun hath 15 deg. of North Declination the time of his being East or West will be 12 deg. 17′ in time about 49′ before or after six, ferè. The Sun's place is given in the Ecliptic line by laying the thread over the day of the month in the quadrant of Ascensions, of which see page 16 & 17 of the small quadrant. Of the lines relating to Dialling. SUch are the Line of Latitudes, and Scale of hours, of which before, and the line Sol in the Limb, of which I shall say nothing at present, it is only placed there in readiness to take off any Ark from it, according to the accustomed manner of taking off lines from the Limb to any assigned Radius. The requisite Arkes of an upright Decliner will be given by the particular lines on the Quadrant for the Latitude without the trouble of Proportional work. 1 The substiles distance from the Meridian. Accounted the Plains declination as a sine in the fitted hour Scale on the right edge of the fore-side, and just against it in the annexed Tangent, stands the substiles distance from the meridian. If an upright Plain decline 30 deg. the substiles distance will be 21 deg. 41 minutes. 2 The Styles height. Count the Compliment of the Plains Declination in the said fitted hour scale as a sine and apply it with Compasses to the line of sins issuing from the Centre, for the former Plain the styles height will be found 32 deg. 37′. 3 The Inclination of Meridian's. Account the stilts height in the annexed tangent of the fitted hour Scale, and just against it in the sine stands the Compliment of the Inclination of meridians which for the former plain will be found to be 36 deg. 25′ 4 The Angle of 12 and 6. Account the Plains Declination in the Limb on the Backside from the right edge, and lay the thread over it, and in the particular Tangent it shows the Angle between the Horizon and six 32 deg. 9′ in this Example the Compliment whereof is the Angle of 12 and 6, namely 57 deg. 51 min. Also the requisite Arkes of a direct East or West, reclining or inclining Dial may be found after the same manner for this Latit. 1 The substiles distance. Accounted the Plains Reinclination in the Limb on the Backside from the left edge, and in there lay the thread, and in the particular Tangent it shows the Ark sought. So if an East or West plain recline or incline 60 deg. the substiles distance will be found to be 32 deg. 12′. 2 The styles height. Account the Reinclination in the particular Sine on the foreside and in the Limb it shows the styles height, which for the former Example will be found to be 42 deg. 41′. 3 The inclination of Meridian's. The Proportion is, As the Sine of the Latitude, to Radius. So is the sine of the substiles distance. To the sine of the inclination of Meridian's, when the substiles distance is less than the Latitude of the place it may be found in the particular sine on the foreside, by the intersection of the thread, and for this Example will be 42 deg. 53′. 4 The Angle of 12 and 6. Account the Compliment of the Reinclination in the peculiar hour Scale as a sine, and just against it in the annexed Tangent stands the Compliment of the Angle sought, in this Example the Angle of 12 and 6 is 68 deg. 20′. In other Latitudes the Operations must be performed by Proportional work with the Compasses. Of the Lines derived from Mr. Gunter's Sector. Such are the Lines of superficies Solids, etc. Of the Line of Superficies or Squares. THe chief uses of this Line jointly with the Line of Lines in the Limb, is when a square number is given to find the Root thereof, or a Root given to find the square number thereto, these Lines placed on a quadrant will perform this some what better than a Sector, because it is given by the Intersection of the thread without Compasses, the properties of the quadrant casting these lines large where on a Sector they would be narrow. To find the square Root of a number. The Root being given to find the Square Number of that Root. IN extracting the square Root pricks must be set under the first third, fifth, and seventh figure, and so forward and as many pricks as fall to be under the square number given, so many figures shall be in the Root, and accordingly the line of lines, and superficies must vary in the number they represent, I am very unwilling to spend any time about these kind of Lines, as being of small performance, and by myself and almost by all men accounted mere toys. If a number be given in the superficies, the thread in the lines showeth the Root of it, and the contrary, if a number be given in the lines the thread laid over it intersects the Square thereof. The performance thereof by these lines is so deficient that I shall give no Example of it. When a number is given to find the square thereof, if not to large the Reader may correct the last figure of it by multiplying it in his memory. To three numbers given to find a fourth in a Duplicated Proportion. That is to work a Proportion between Numbers and Squares. Example. If the Diameter of a Circle whose Area is 154 be 14, what shall the Diameter of that Circle be whose Area is 616. Example. Lay the thread over 616 in the superficies, and from 14 in the equal parts, take the nearest distance to it, then lay the thread to 154 in the superficies, and enter the former extent between the thread and the Scale, and the foot of the Compasses will rest upon 28 the diameter sought. To find a Proportion between two or more like superficies. ADmit there be two Circles, and I would know what Proportion their Areas bear to each other, in this case the proper use of a Line of superficies would be to have it on a ruler, and to measure the lengths of their like sides, for Circles the lengths of their Diameters upon it, and then I say, the numbers found on the superficies bear such Proportion each to other as the Areas or superficial contents, and for small quantities may be done on the quadrant by entering down the larger extent of the Compasses on the Line of Lines from the Centre, and mind the point of limitation, enter then the other extent on the point of limitation, and lay the thread to the other foot, find what number it cuts in the superficies, and the greater shall bear such Proportion to the lesser as 100, etc. the length of the whole line doth to the parts cut. The Proportion that two superficies bear each to other is the same that the squares of their like sides, and therefore their sides may be measured either in foot or inch measure, and then the Squares taken out as before showed. The line of superficies serves for the reducing of Plots to any proportion. ADmit a Plot of a piece of ground being cast up contains 364 Acres, and it were required to draw another Plot which being cast up by the same Scale should contain but a quarter so much, and let one side of the said Plot be 60 inches, against 60 in the lines, the square of it will be found to be 3600, and the fourth part hereof would be 900, which account in the superficies and you will find the Square Root of it to be 30, and so many inches must be the like side of the lesser Plot if being cast up by the same Scale it should contain but ¼ of what it did before. If the line of Superficies were on a straight ruler, then to perform such a Proposition as this, would be to measure therewith the side of the Plot given, minding what number it reaches to in the Superficies, the fourth part of the said Number being reckoned on the Superficies, and thence taken shall be the length of the side in the Proportion required. Of the Line of Solids. IF a number be duly estimated in the said line, and the thread laid over it, it will in the line of lines show the cube Root of that number, and the converse the Root being assigned, the Cube may be found, but by reason of the sorry performance of these Lines I shall spend no time about it, if this line be placed on a loose Ruler, and the like sides of two like Solids be measured therewith, those Solids shall bear such Proportion in their contents each to other as the measured lengths on the Solids. Three Numbers being given to find the fourth in a Duplicated Proportion. Example. IF a Bullet of 4 inches Diameter weigh 9 pound, what shall a Bullet of 8 inches Diameter weigh? Answer 72 pounds. In this case let the whole line of Solids represent 100, always the Solid content whether given or sought, must be accounted in the line of Solids, and the Sides or Diameters in the Equal parts. Lay the thread to 9 in the line of Solids, and from 8 in the inches take the nearest distance to it, enter one foot of that extent at 4 in the inches, and lay the thread to the other foot: and it will lie over 72 in the Solids for the weight of the Bullet sought. An Example of the Converse. If a Bullet whose Diameter is 4 Inches weigh 9 pound, another Bullet whose weight is 40 pound, what shall be the Diameter of it. Lay the thread to 40 in the Solids, and from 4 Inches in the lines take the nearest distance to it. Then lay the thread to 9 in the Solids, and enter the said extent at the equal Scale, so that the other foot turned about may but just touch the thread, and it it will rest at 6½ Inches nearest, which is the Diameter sought. Of the Line of inscribed Bodies. This Line hath these letters set to it. D Signifying the Sides of a Dodecahedron S Signifying the Sides of a _____ I Signifying the Sides of a Icosahedron C Signifying the Sides of a Cube O Signifying the Sides of a Octohedron T Signifying the Sides of a Tetrahedron And the Letter S Signifieth the Semidiameter of a Sphere, the use whereof are to find the Sides of the five Regular Bodies that may be inscribed in a Sphere. Example. A joiner being to cut the 5 Regular Bodies desires to know the lengths of the sides of the said 5 Regular Bodies that may be inscribed in a Sphere where Diameter is 6 inches. Lay the thread over S▪ and take 3 inches out of the line of equal parts or Inches, and enter that extent so that one foot resting on the said Scale of inches, the other turned about may but just touch the thread, the resting point thus found, I call the point of entrance, from the said point take the nearest distances to the thread laid over the Letters. Inch. Dec. parts D And measure those Extents on the Line of Inches, and you will find them to reach to 2.13 I 3.15 C 3.45 O 4.23 T 4.86 Which are the Dimensions of the respective sides of those Bodies to which the Letters belong. The uses of the Lines of quadrature, Segments, Metals and Equated Bodies, I leave to the Disquisition of the Reader, when he shall have occasion to put them in practice, which I think will be seldom or never; and wherein the assistance of the Pen will be more commendable. These lines were added to this quadrant to fill up spare room, and to show that what ever can be done on the Sector, may be performed by them on a quadrant. A TABLE Of the Latitude of the most eminent Places in England, Wales, Scotland and Ireland. d. m. Bedford 52 8 Barwick 55 54 Bristol 51 27 Buckingham 52 Cambridge 52 12 Canterbury 51 17 Carlisle 55 Chichester 50 48 Chester 53 16 Colchester 51 58 Derby 52 58 Dorchester 50 40 Durham 54 50 Exeter 50 43 Gilford 51 12 Gloucester 51 53 Hartford 51 49 Hereford 52 7 Huntingdon 52 19 Ipswich 52 8 Kendal 54 23 Lancaster 54 10 Leicester 52 40 Lincoln 53 14 London 51 32 Northampton 52 14 Norwich 52 42 Nottingham 53 Oxford 51 46 Reading 51 28 Salisbury 51 4 Shrewsbery 52 47 Stafford 52 52 Stamford 52 38 Truero 50 30 Warwick 52 20 Winchester 51 3 Worcester 52 14 York. 53 58 WALES d. m. Anglezey 53 28 Barmouth 52 50 Brecknock 52 1 Cardigan 52 12 Carmarthen 51 56 Carnarvan 53 16 Denbigh 53 13 Flint 53 17 Llandaffe 51 35 Monmouth 51 51 Montgomeroy 51 56 Pembroke 51 46 Radnor 52 19 St. David 52 00 The ISLANDS. d. m Garnzey 49 30 Jersey 49 12 Lundy 51 22 Man 54 24 Portland 50 33 Wight Isle. 50 39 SCOTLAND. d. m. Aberdean 57 32 Dunblain 56 21 Dunkel 56 48 Edinburgh 55 56 Glascow 55 52 Kintaile 57 44 Orkney Isle 60 6 St. Andrew's 56 39 Skirassin 58 36 Sterling. 56 12 IRELAND. d. m. Autrim 54 38 Arglas 54 10 Armach 54 14 Caterlagh 52 41 Clare 52 34 Cork 51 53 Droghedah 53 38 Dublin 53 13 Dundalk 53 52 Galloway 53 2 Youghal 51 53 Kenny 52 27 Kildare 53 00 Kings town 53 8 Knock fergus 54 37 Kynsale 51 41 Lymerick 52 30 Queens town 52 52 Waterford 52 9 Wexford. 52 18 A Table of the right Ascensions and Declinations of some of the most principal fixed Stars for some years to come. R. Ascension. Declination. Magnitude H m D. m. Pole Star 00 31 87 34 N 2 Andromedas' Girdle 00 50 33 50 N 2 Whales Belly 01 35 12 S 3 Rams head 1 48 21 49 N 3 Whales mouth 2 44 2 42 N 2 Medusa's head 2 46 39 35 N 3 Perseus right side 2 59 48 33 N 2 Bulls eye 4 16 15 46 N 1 Goat 4 52 45 37 N 1 Orion's left foot 4 58 8 38 S 1 Orion's left shoulder 5 6 5 59 N 3 First, in Orion's girdle 5 15 00 35 S 3 Second, in Orion's girdle 5 19 1 27 S 3 Third, in Orion's girdle 5 23 2 9 S 3 Orion's right shoulder 5 36 7 18 N 2 The Wagoner 5 39 44 56 N 2 Bright foot of the Twins 6 18 16 39 N 3 Great Dog 6 30 16 13 S 1 Castor or Apollo 7 12 32 30 N 2 The little Dog 7 22 6 6 N 2 Pollux or Hercules 7 24 28 48 N 2 Hidra's heart 9 10 7 10 S 1 Lions heart 9 50 13 39 N 1 Lions Neck 9 50 21 41 N 3 Great Bear's rump 10 40 58 43 N 2 Lions back 11 30 22 4 N 2 Lions tail 11 31 16 30 N 1 The Virgin's girdle 12 38 5 20 N 3 First in the great Bear's tail next the rump 12 38 57 51 N 2 Vindemiatrix 12 44 15 51 N 3 Virgins Spike 13 7 9 19 S 1 Middlemost in the Great Bear's tail 13 10 56 45 N 2 Last in the end of the Great Bear's tail 13 34 51 05 N 2 Arcturus 14 00 21 03 N 1 South Ballance 14 32 14 33 S 2 Brightest in the Crown 15 24 27 43 N 3 North Ballance 14 58 08 03 S 3 Serpentaries left hand 15 56 02 46 S 3 Scorpions heart 16 08 25 35 S 1 Serpentaries left knee 16 18 09 46 S 3 Serpentaries right knee 16 49 15 12 S 3 Hercules head 16 59 14 51 N 3 Serpentaries head 17 19 12 52 N 3 Dragon's head 17 48 51 36 N 3 Brightest in the Harp 18 25 38 30 N 1 Eagle or Vulture's heart 19 34 08 00 N 2 Upper horn of Capricorn 19 58 13 32 S 3 Swans tail 20 30 44 05 N 2 Left shoulder of Aquarius 21 13 07 02 S 3 Pegasus mouth 21 27 08 19 N 3 Right shoulder of Aquarius 21 48 01 58 S 3 Fomahant 22 39 31 17 S 1 Pegasus upper Wing, or Marchab 22 48 13 21 N 2 Pegasus Lower Wing. 23 55 33 25 N 2 Mr. Sutton knowing that some of the Tables of Declination and Right Ascension in our English Books are antiquated and removed forward, took the pains to Calculate a new Table of Right Ascensions and Declinations to serve for the future, in regard I was not at leisure to accomplish it; which followeth. Days. January ☉ R A. ☉ Decl. H. M. D. M. 1 19 35 21 46 2 19 39 21 36 3 19 43 21 25 4 19 47 21 14 5 19 51 21 03 6 19 56 20 52 7 20 00 20 40 8 20 04 20 27 9 20 09 20 15 10 20 13 20 01 11 20 17 19 48 12 20 22 19 34 13 20 26 19 20 14 20 30 19 05 15 20 34 18 50 16 20 38 18 35 17 20 42 18 19 18 20 46 18 03 19 20 50 17 47 20 20 54 17. 30 21 20 58 17 13 22 21 03 16 56 23 21 07 16 39 24 21 11 16 21 25 21 15 16 03 26 21 19 15 44 27 21 23 15 26 28 21 27 15 07 29 21 31 14 48 30 21 35 14 28 31 21 38 14 09 Days. February ☉ R A. ☉ Decl. H. M. D. M. 1 21 42 13 49 2 21 46 13 29 3 21 50 13 08 4 21 54 12 48 5 21 58 12 28 6 22 02 12 06 7 22 06 11 45 8 22 10 11 24 9 22 14 11 03 10 22 17 10 41 11 22 21 10 19 12 22 25 9 57 13 22 29 9 35 14 22 33 9 13 15 22 36 8 51 16 22 40 8 26 17 22 44 8 06 18 22 48 7 43 19 22 52 7 20 20 22 55 6 57 21 22 59 6 34 22 23 03 6 11 23 23 06 5 48 24 23 10 5 24 25 23 13 5 01 26 23 17 4 37 27 23 21 4 14 28 23 25 3 51 29 30 31 Days. March ☉ R. A. ☉ Decl. H. M. D. M. 1 23 28 3 27 2 23 32 3 03 3 23 36 2 39 4 23 39 2 16 5 23 43 1 52 6 23 46 1 29 7 23 50 1 05 8 23 53 0 41 9 23 57 0 18 10 0 01 North 6 11 0 05 0 30 12 0 08 0 53 13 0 12 1 17 14 0 15 1 41 15 0 19 2 04 16 0 23 2 28 17 0 26 2 51 18 0 30 3 15 19 0 33 3 38 20 0 37 4 01 21 0 41 4 24 22 0 44 4 48 23 0 48 5 11 24 0 52 5 34 25 0 55 5 57 26 0 59 6 19 27 1 03 6 42 28 1 06 7 04 29 1 10 7 27 30 1 14 7 49 31 1 17 8 11 Days. April. ☉ R. A. ☉ Decl. H. M. D. M. 1 1 21 8 33 2 1 25 8 55 3 1 29 9 17 4 1 33 9 38 5 1 36 9 51 6 1 40 10 21 7 1 44 10 42 8 1 47 11 03 9 1 51 11 24 10 1 54 11 44 11 1 58 12 05 12 2 02 12 24 13 2 06 12 45 14 2 10 13 04 15 2 13 13 24 16 2 17 13 43 17 2 21 14 02 18 2 25 14 21 19 2 29 14 40 20 2 32 14 58 21 2 36 15 16 22 2 40 15 34 23 2 44 15 52 24 2 48 16 09 25 2 51 16 27 26 2 55 16 43 27 2 59 17 00 28 3 03 17 16 29 3 07 17 32 30 3 10 17 48 31 Days. May ☉ R. A. ☉ Decl. H. M. D. M. 1 3 14 18 03 2 3 18 18 18 3 3 22 18 33 4 3 26 18 48 5 3 30 19 02 6 3 34 19 16 7 3 38 19 29 8 3 42 19 42 9 3 46 19 55 10 3 50 20 08 11 3 54 20 20 12 3 58 20 32 13 4 02 20 44 14 4 06 20 55 15 4 10 21 05 16 4 14 21 16 17 4 18 21 26 18 4 22 21 36 19 4 26 21 45 20 4 30 21 54 21 4 34 22 02 22 4 38 22 11 23 4 42 22 19 24 4 46 22 26 25 4 50 22 33 26 4 54 22 40 27 4 58 22 46 28 5 02 22 52 29 5 06 22 57 30 5 11 23 02 31 5 15 23 07 Days. June. ☉ R. A. ☉ Decl. H. M. D. M. 1 5 19 23 11 2 5 23 23 15 3 5 27 23 19 4 5 31 23 22 5 5 36 23 24 6 5 40 23 26 7 5 44 23 28 8 5 48 23 29 9 5 52 23 30 10 5 56 23 31 11 6 00 23 31½ 12 6 04 23 31 13 6 08 23 30 14 6 12 23 29 15 6 17 23 28 16 6 21 23 26 17 6 25 23 24 18 6 29 23 21 19 6 33 23 18 20 6 38 23 14 21 6 42 23 11 22 6 46 23 06 23 6 50 23 01 24 6 54 22 56 25 6 58 22 51 26 7 02 22 45 27 7 06 22 39 28 7 10 22 32 29 7 14 22 25 30 7 19 22 17 31 Days. July ☉ R. A. ☉ Decl. H. M. D. M. 1 7 23 22 09 2 7 27 22 01 3 7 31 21 52 4 7 35 21 43 5 7 39 21 34 6 7 43 21 24 7 7 47 21 14 8 7 51 21 04 9 7 55 20 53 10 7 59 20 42 11 8 03 20 30 12 8 07 20 18 13 8 11 20 06 14 8 15 19 54 15 8 19 19 41 16 8 23 19 28 17 8 27 19 14 18 8 31 19 00 19 8 35 18 46 20 8 39 18 32 21 8 43 18 17 22 8 47 18 02 23 8 51 17 46 24 8 55 17 31 25 8 58 17 15 26 9 02 16 59 27 9 06 16 42 28 9 10 16 25 29 9 14 16 08 30 9 17 15 51 31 9 21 15 33 Days. August ☉ R. A. ☉ Decl. H. M. D. M. 1 9 25 15 16 2 9 29 14 58 3 9 33 14 39 4 9 37 14 21 5 9 40 14 02 6 9 44 13 43 7 9 48 13 24 8 9 51 13 04 9 9 55 12 45 10 9 58 12 25 11 10 02 12 05 12 10 06 11 45 13 10 10 11 25 14 10 14 11 04 15 10 17 10 43 16 10 21 10 22 17 10 25 10 01 18 10 28 9 40 19 10 32 9 18 20 10 35 8 57 21 10 39 8 35 22 10 43 8 14 23 10 46 7 52 24 10 50 7 30 25 10 53 7 07 26 10 57 6 45 27 11 01 6 22 28 11 04 6 00 29 11 08 5 37 30 11 11 5 14 31 11 15 4 51 Days. September ☉ R. A. ☉ Decl. H. M. D. M. 1 11 19 4 28 2 11 23 4 6 3 11 26 3 42 4 11 30 3 19 5 11 33 2 56 6 11 37 2 33 7 11 41 2 10 8 11 44 1 46 9 11 48 1 23 10 11 51 0 59 11 11 55 0 3● 12 11 59 0 12 13 12 02 South 11 14 12 06 0 35 15 12 09 0 58 16 12 13 1 22 17 12 17 1 46 18 12 20 2 09 19 12 24 2 33 20 12 27 2 56 21 12 31 3 19 22 12 35 3 43 23 12 38 4 06 24 12 42 4 30 25 12 45 4 53 26 12 49 5 16 27 12 53 5 39 28 12 57 6 02 29 13 01 6 26 30 13 04 6 49 31 Days. October ☉ R. A. ☉ Decl. H. M. D. M. 1 13 08 7 11 2 13 12 7 34 3 13 15 7 57 4 13 19 8 19 5 13 22 8 42 6 13 26 9 04 7 13 30 9 26 8 13 34 9 48 9 13 38 10 10 10 13 41 10 31 11 13 45 10 53 12 13 49 11 14 13 13 53 11 36 14 13 57 11 57 15 14 00 12 18 16 14 04 12 38 17 14 08 12 59 18 14 12 13 19 19 14 16 13 39 20 14 20 13 59 21 14 24 14 19 22 14 28 14 38 23 14 32 14 57 24 14 36 15 16 25 14 39 15 35 26 14 43 15 5● 27 14 47 16 1● 28 14 51 16 29 29 14 55 16 47 30 14 59 17 04 31 15 03 17 21 Days. November ☉ R. A. ☉ Decl. H. M. D. M. 1 15 07 17 38 2 15 11 17 54 3 15 15 18 10 4 15 19 18 26 5 15 23 18 41 6 15 27 18 56 7 15 31 19 11 8 15 36 19 26 9 15 40 19 40 10 15 45 19 53 11 15 49 20 07 12 15 53 20 19 13 15 58 20 32 14 16 02 20 44 15 16 07 20 56 16 16 11 21 08 17 16 15 21 19 18 16 19 21 29 19 16 23 21 39 20 16 28 21 49 21 16 32 21 58 22 16 36 22 08 23 16 40 22 16 24 16 44 22 24 25 16 49 22 32 26 16 53 22 39 27 16 57 22 46 28 17 02 22 52 29 17 06 22 58 30 17 11 23 03 31 Days. December. ☉ R. A. ☉ Decl. H. M. D. M. 1 17 15 23 08 2 17 20 23 13 3 17 25 23 17 4 17 29 23 20 5 17 34 23 23 6 17 38 23 26 7 17 42 23 28 8 17 47 23 29 9 17 51 23 30 10 17 56 23 31 11 18 00 23 31½ 12 18 05 23 31 13 18 09 23 30 14 18 14 23 29 15 18 19 23 27 16 18 24 23 25 17 18 28 23 22 18 18 33 23 19 19 18 37 23 15 20 18 41 23 11 21 18 45 23 07 22 18 49 23 02 23 18 54 22 56 24 18 58 22 50 25 19 03 22 43 26 19 07 22 36 27 19 11 22 29 28 19 16 22 21 29 19 20 22 13 30 19 25 22 04 31 19 30 21 55 A Rectifying Table for the Sun's Declination. Years Years Years 1657 1661. 1665 1669 1673 1659. 1663. 1667 1671 1675 1660 1664 1668 1672 1676 Month's min. min. min. January 3 s 2 a 5 a 4 s 3 a 7 a 5 s 4 a 9 a February 5 s 5 a 10 a 5 s 5 a 11 a 6 s 5 a 11 a March 6 s 5 a 13 s 5 a 5 s 12 a 5 a 5 s 12 a April 5 a 5 s 11 a 5 a 5 s 10 a 4 a 4 s 9 a May 4 a 4 s 8 a 3 a 3 s 6 a 2 a 2 s 4 a June 1 a 1 s 2 a 0 s 0 a 0 s 1 s 1 a 3 s July 2 s 2 a 5 s 3 s 3 a 7 s 4 s 4 a 9 s August. 5 s 5 a 10 s 5 s 5 a 11 s 6 s 5 a 12 s September 6 s 5 a 13 s 6 a 5 s 13 a 6 a 5 s 12 a October 6 a 5 s 12 a 5 a 5 s 11 a 4 a 5 s 9 a Novem. 3 a 4 s 7 a 2 a 3 s 5 a 1 a 2 s 3 a Decemb. 0 a 1 s 1 a 1 s 0 a 1 s 2 s 1 a 3 s The use of the Rectifying Table. NOte that the minutes under the respective years is to be added or substracted to or from the Sun's Declination in the former Table, as is noted with the letter a or s: and also note that the first figure in each month stands for the first 10 days of the month, and the second for the second 10 days, & the third for the last 10 days, except in March or September, which in March will be the first 9 days only, and in September the first 12 days. Example. I would know the Sun's Declination the 15 day of May 1668. Now because this day of the month falls in the second 10 days, I look in the Table under the year 1663., and right against May you shall find that in the second place of the month stands 6 a, which shows me that I must add 6 minutes to the Sun's Declination in the former Table 21 degrees 5 min. that stands against the 15 day of May, and then I find that the Sun will have 21 deg. 11 min. of North Declination, and so for the rest, which will never differ above two minutes from the truth, but seldom so much, and for the most part true. Note that the former Table of the Sun's Declination is fitted exactly for the year 1666. by the Rules Mr. Wright gives in his Correction of Errors, and from his Tables, and may indifferently serve for the years 1658, 1662. 1670, 1674, without any sensible error, and the Table of Right Ascensions will not vary a minute of time in many years. FINIS. Errors in the Horizontal Quadrant. PAge 5 line 6 in an Italian letter should not have been distinct, nor in another letter from the former line. page 5. line 9 for quarter, read half. p. 5. l. 13. r. of a quadrant. p. 11. l. 7. r. 63 d. 26′. p. 19 l. 7. r. the same day to. p. 23. l. 17. r. and ends at 32′ past 9 p. 27. l. 7. for N R, r. N Z. p. 28. l. 4. r. in the parallel. p. 30. l. 9, & l. 10. r. 23 d. 31′. p. 38. l. 4. r. Is to the sine. p. 50. l. 5. r. whereof the Diameter. AN APPENDIX Touching REFLECTIVE DIALLING. By JOHN LYON: Professor of this, or any other part of the Mathematics, near Somerset House in the Strand. LONDON, Printed Anno Domini, 1658. DIRECT DIALLING By a Hole or Nodus. To draw a Dial under any window that the Sun shines upon by help of a thread fastened in any point of the direct Axis found in the Ceiling, and a hole in any pane of glass, or a knob or Nodus upon any side of the window or window-post. CONSTRUCTIO. FIrst, draw on pasteboard or other material, an Horizontal Dial for the Latitude proposed. Then by help of the Sun's Azimuth, which may be found by help of a general Quadrant, at any time, or by knowing the true hour of the day with the help of the said Horizontal Dial: and draw that true Meridian from the hole or Nodus proposed, both above on the Ceiling, and below on the walls and floor of the Room; so that if a right line were extended from the said hole or Nodus by any point in any of those lines, it would be in the meridian Circle of the World. To find a point in the direct Axis of the world, which will ever fall to be in the said Meridian, in which point the end of a thread is to be fastened. FIrst, fix the end of a thread or small silk in the centre of the Hole or Nodus, and move the other end thereof up or down in the said meridian formerly drawn on the Ceiling or wall, until by applying the side of a Quadrant to that thread, it is found to be elevated equal to the Latitude of the place; so is that thread directly situated parallel to the Axis of the world, and the point where the end of that thread toucheth the meridian either on the Ceiling or wall, is that point in the direct Axis sought for, wherein fix one end of a thread, (which thread will be of present use in projecting of hour-points in any place proposed, then: To find the Hour-points either under the window, or any other convenient place in the Room. Place the centre of the said Horizontal Dial in the Centre of the Hole or Nodus; also situate the said Dial exactly parallel to the Horizon, and the meridian of the said Dial in the meridian of the world, which (as before) may easily be done, if at that instant you know the true hour of the day.) Then take the thread whose end is fixed in a point in the direct Axis, and move it to and fro, until the said thread doth interpose between your eye, and the hour-line on the said Horizontal Dial which you intent to draw, and then keeping your eye at that situation, make a point or mark in any place where you please, or under the window, so that the said thread or string may interpose between that point or mark so made, and your eye, as aforesaid; which said point so sound will show the true time of the day at that hour all the year long, the Sun shining thereon, so will that point, together with the said thread, serve to show the hour, instead of an hour-line. In like manner, the said thread fixed in the Axis may be again moved to and fro, until the said thread doth interpose between the eye and any other hour-line desired on the said Horizontal Dial and then (as before) make another point or mark in any place at pleasure, or under the said window, by projecting a point from the eye, so that the said thread also interpose between that point to be made and the eye, so will that point so found show the true time of the day for the same hour that did the hour line on the said Horizontal Dial, which was shadowed by the said thread. In like manner may be proceeded (by help of that thread, and the several hour-lines on the said Horizontal Dial) to find the other hour-points which must have the same numbers set to them as have the hour-lines on the said Horizontal Dial. Otherwise to make a Dial from a hole in any pane of glass in a window, and to graduate the hour-lines below on the Sell, or Beam, or on the ground, that hole is supposed to be the centre of the Horizontal Dial, and being true placed, the stile thereof, if supposed continued, will run into the point in the Meridian of the Ceiling before found, where a thread is to be fixed; then let one extend a thread fastened in the centre of the Horizontal Dial parallelly to the Horizon, over each respective hour-line, and holding it steady, let another extend the thread fastened in the Meridian, in the Ceiling along by the edges of the former Horizontal thread, and so this latter thread will find divers points on the ground, through which if hour-lines be drawn, and the Sun shine through the hole in the pane of Glass before made, the spot of the Sun on the ground shall show the time of the day. For the points that will be thus found on the Beam or Transome, the thread fixed in the Ceiling, or instead of it a piece of tape there fixed must be moved so up and down, that the spot of the Sun may shine upon it, and being extended to the Transome or Beam graduated with the hour-lines, as before directed, it there shows the time of the day. Here note, that it will be convenient to have that pane of Glass darkened through which that spot is to shine. In like manner may a Dial be made from a nail head, a knot in a string tied any where a cross, or from any point driven into the bar of a window, and the hour-lines graduated upon the Transome or board underneath. To make a Reflected Dial on the Ceiling of the Room is only the contrary of this, by supposing the Horizontal Dial with its stile to be turned downwards, and run into the true meridian on the ground, where the thread is to be fixed, and to be extended along by the former Horizontal thread (held over the respective hours as before) upward, to find divers points in the Ceiling, as shall afterwards be showed. Of Dial's to stand in the Wether. These may be also made by help of an Horizontal Dial. DRive two nails or pins into the wall, on which the edge of a Board of competent breadth may rest, then to hold up the other side of the Board, drive two hooks into the wall above, whereto with cord or line the outside of the Board may be sustained, and this Board being Horizontal, place the Horizontal Dial its Meridian-line in the true Meridian of the world. If a Plain look towards the South, the stile of the Horizontal Dial continued by a thread from the centre will run into the Plain, which note to be the centre of the new Dial, as also that line is the new stile, which must be supported with stays, when you fix it up. By a thread from the centre laid over every hour-line on the Horizontal Dial, cross the Horizontal line of the Plain, which note with the same hours the Horizontal Dial hath. The hour-lines on the Plain are to be drawn from the centre before found through those points, and so cut off by the Dial, or continued at pleasure. If the Centre of the Dial be assigned before you begin the work, in such Cases you may remove the Horizontal Dial up and down, keeping it still to the true position or hour, till you find the Axis or stile run into the Centre. But if the Plain look into the East or West, then possibly the Axis of the Horizontal Dial will not meet with the Plain: in such Cases you must fix a board so, that it may receive the Axis, (the board being perpendicular to the Plain) this stile or Axis is to be fastened to the Plain by two Rests, the hour-lines may be drawn by the eye, or shadowed out by a Light: Bring the thread that represents the Axis or stile into any hour-point (on the Horizontal Dial) by your eye or shadow; at the same time the thread or shadow making marks on the Plain, shows where the hour-lines are to pass. After the same manner any hour-line is to be drawn over any irregular or crooked Plain. Further observe, that any point in the middle, or near the end of the stile will as well show the hour of the Day, as the whole stile. Of Refracted Dial's. IF you stick up a pin or stick, or assign any point in any concave Boul or Dish, to show the hour, and make that the centre of the Horizontal Dial, assigning the meridian-line on the edges of the Boul, point out the rest of the hour-lines also on the edges of the Boul, and taking away the Horizontal Dial, elevate a string or thread from the end of the said pin fastened thereto over the Meridian-line equal to the Elevation of the Pole or the Latitude of the place; then with a candle, or if you bring the thread to shade upon any hour-point formerly marked out on the edges of the Boul, at the same time the shade in the Boul is the hour line. And if the Boul be full of water, or any other liquor, you may draw the hour-lines, which will never show the true hour, unless filled with the said Liquor again. Reflected Dialling. To draw a Reflected Dial on any Plain or Plains, be they never so Gibous, and Concave, or Convex, or any irregularity whatsoever, the Glass being fixed at any Reclination at pleasure, (provided it may cast its Reflex upon the places proposed.) Together with all other necessary lines or furniture thereon, viz. the Parallels of Declination, the Azimuth lines, the Parallels of Altitude (or proportions of shadows) the Planetary Hour-lines, and the Cuspis of those Houses which are above the Horizon, etc. 1. If the Glass be placed Horizontal upon the Transome of a window, or other convenient place: How upon the Wall or Ceiling whereon that Glass doth reflect to draw the Hour-lines thereon, although it be never so irregular, or in any form whatsoever. CONSTRUCTIO. FIrst, draw on Pasteboard or other Material an Horizontal Dial for the Latitude proposed. Then by help of the Azimuth, or at the time when the Sun is in the Meridian; or by knowing the true hour of Day, whereby may be drawn several lines on the Ceiling, Floor, and Walls of the Room: so as in respect of the centre of the Glass they may be in the true Meridian-circle of the World: For if right lines were extended from the centre of the said Glass by any point, though elevated in any of those lines so drawn, it would be directly in the Meridian Circle of the World. Now all Reflective Dialling is performed from that principle in Optics, which is, That the angle of Incidence is equal to the angle of Reflection. And as any direct Dial may be made by help of a point found in the direct Axis, so may any Reflected Dial be also made by help of any point found in the Reflected Axis. And in regard the reflected Axis for the most part will fall above the Horizon of the Glass without the window, so that no point there can be fixed, therefore a point must be found in the said Reflected Axis continued below the Horizontal of the said Glass, until it touch the ground or floor of the Room in some part of the Meridian formerly drawn, which point will be the point in the reversed Axis desired, and may be found, as followeth. One end of the thread, being fixed at or in the centre of the said Glass, move the other end thereof in the meridian formerly drawn below the said Glass, until the said reversed Axis be depressed below the Horizon, as the direct Axis was elevated above the Horizon, which may be done by applying the side or edge of a Quadrant to the said thread, and moving the end thereof to and fro in the said meridian, until the thread with a plummet cut the same degree as the Pole is above the Horizontal Glass, and then that point where the end of the thread toucheth the Meridian either on the floor or wall of the room, is the point in the reflected reversed Axis sought for. Now if the Reversed Axis cannot be drawn from the Glass by reason of the jetting of the window or other impediment, that point in the reverse Axis may be found by a line parallel thereto, by fixing one end of it on the Glass, and the other end in the meridian, so as that it may be parallel to the floor or wall in which the reversed Axis-point will fall, and find the Axis point from that other end of the lath: so if the same Distance be set from that point backward in the Meridian on the floor, as is the Lath, the point will be found in the Reversed Axis desired. Thus having found a point in the reflected reversed Axis; it is not hard, by help whereof and the Horizontal Dial, to draw the reflected hour-lines on any Ceiling or Wall, be it never so concave or convex. To do which: First note, that all strait lines in any projection on any Plain, do always represent great Circles in the Sphere, such are all the hour-lines. Place the centre of this Horizontal Dial in the centre of the Glass, the hour-lines of the said Dial being horizontal, and the Meridian of the said Dial in the Meridian of the world, which may be done by plumb lines let fall from the meridian on the Ceiling: Then fix the end of a thread or silk in the said centre of the Dial or Glass, and draw it directly over any hour-line on the Dial which you intent to draw, and at the further side of the room, and there let one hold or fasten that thread with a small nail. Then in the point formerly found on the reversed Axis on the ●oor, fix another thread there (as formerly was done in the centre of the Dial) then take that thread, and make it just touch the thread (on the hour-line of the Horizontal Dial extended) in any point thereof, it matters not whereabouts, and mark where the end of that thread toucheth the Wall or Ceiling, and there make some mark or point. Then again move the same thread higher or lower at pleasure, till it, as formerly touch the said same hour thread, and mark again whereabouts on the wall or Ceiling, the end of the said thread also toucheth. In like manner may be found more points at pleasure, but any two will be sufficient for the projecting or drawing any hour-line on any plain, how irregular soever. For if you move a thread, and also your eye to and fro, until you bring the said thread directly between your eye and the points formerly found, you may project thereby as many points as you please at every angle of the Wall or Ceiling, whereby the reflected hour-line may be exactly drawn. Again, in like manner remove the said thread fastened in the centre of the Horizontal Dial, (which also is the centre of the Glass) on any other hour-line desired to be drawn, and as before fasten the other end of the thread, by a small nail, or otherwise at the further side of the room, but so that the said thread may lie just on the hour-line proposed to be drawn on the Horizontal Dial. Then (as before) take the thread fastened in the point on the reflected Axis, and bring it to touch the thread of the hour-line in any part thereof, and mark where the end of that thread toucheth the said Wall or Ceiling: Then again (as before) move the said thread so, as that it only touch the said thread of the hour-line in any other part thereof, and also mark where the end of that thread toucheth the said Wall or Ceiling: So is there found two points on the Wall or Ceiling, being in the reflected hour-line desired, by help of which two points the whole hour-line may be drawn; for if (as before) a thread be so situated, that it may interpose between the eye and the said two points found, you may make many points at pleasure, whereunto the said thread may also interpose, which for more conveniency may be made at every angle or bending of the Wall or Ceiling, be they never so many: So that if lines be drawn from point to point, that said reflected hour-line will be also exactly drawn. In like manner may the other hour-lines be drawn so, that the Reflex or spot of the Sun from the said Horizontal Glass situated in the said window (as before) shining amongst the said reflected hour-lines drawn on the wall or Ceiling, will exactly show the hour of the day desired. Now if lines be drawn round about the said Room, equal to the Horizon of the said Glass, it will show when the Sun is in or near the Horizon. To draw the Aequator and Tropics on any Wall or Ceiling to any Horizontal reflecting Glass. 1 To draw the Reflected Aequator or Equinoctial-line on the Wall or Ceiling, which represents a great Circle. TAke the thread fixed in the Centre of the Glass, and move the end thereof to and fro in the meridian line drawn on the Ceiling, until by help of a Quadrant the said thread be elevated equal to the compliment of the Latitude, (which will be always perpendicular to the reversed Axis) marking in the Meridian where the end of that thread falls, then on that point and the said meridian line on the Ceiling erect a perpendicular line, which line may be continued on any plane whatsoever, and is the reflected Equinoctial line desired. Note that all great Circles are right lines, & are always drawn or projected from a right line. 2. To draw the Tropics. Note, that all Parallels of Declination are lesser Circles, and are Conic Sections. FIrst, make or take out of some Book a Table of the Sun's Altitude for each hour of the day, calculated for the place or Latitude proposed, when the Sun is in either of the Tropics. Then take the thread fixed in the centre of the Glass, and by applying one side of a quadrant to the said thread, and moving one end of it to and fro in the hour-line proposed, elevate the said thread answerable to the Sun's height in that hour, when he is in that Tropic you desire to draw, and mark where the end of that thread so elevated toucheth in that hour-line proposed. So may you in like manner find a several point in each hour-line for the Sun's height in that Tropic, whereby a line may be drawn on the Wall or Ceiling from point to point formerly made in the said hour-lines, which the Tropic desired. In like manner may any parallel of Declination be drawn: If there be first calculated a Table of the Sun's altitude at all hours of the day, when the Sun hath any Declination proposed, whereby may be drawn either the Parallels of the Sun's place, or the parallels of the length of the day. To draw the parallels of Declination to any Reflected Glass most easily, by help of a Trigon first made on past board or other material. FIx the Trigon to the reflected roversed Axis, so that the centre of the Trigon may be in the centre of the Glass, then will the Equinoctial on the Trigon be perpendicular to the said Axis: then take the thread fixed in the centre of the Glass, and lay it along either of the Tropics or other parallels of Declination required, which is drawn on the said Trigon, which thread must be continued so, that the end thereof may touch any hour-line, and on that hour-line mark the point of touch, the thread being still laid on the same parallel of declination on the Trigon: in the same manner find a point in each hour-line. Lastly, draw a line by those points so found, which will be the Tropick-line or other parallel of declination, as the thread was laid on, on the Trigon. To draw the Azimuth-lines on any Wall or Ceiling to any Horizontal reflecting Glass. Note that all Azimuths are great Circles. FIrst, find a vertical point, either above to the Zenith, or below to the Nadir of the Glass (by some called a perpendicular or plumb line) and mark in what point it cuts the floor of the room, which point I call the reflected vertical point, wherein the end of a thread is to be fixed: For by a point found in the reflected Axis of the Horizon the Azimuths may be drawn, as by a point found in the reflected Axis of the Equinoctial the hour-lines may be drawn. Then on pasteboard or other material draw the points of the Compass or other degrees, and fix the centre thereof in the centre of the Glass, and the meridian thereof in the meridian of the world, as was shown in drawing the hour-lines, being careful to place it horizontal. Then take the thread fixed in the place of the glass, and draw it over any Azimuth, which is desired to be drawn, and at the further side of the Room fasten that thread with a small nail as it was in drawing the reflected hour-lines: Then take the thread whose end is fastened in the said reflect vertical point, and bring that thread so as just to touch the said horizontal thread, and augment it, until the end thereof touch the wall or Ceiling, and there make a mark or point. In like manner, move the said thread, whose end is fastened in the said vertical point, higher or lower at pleasure, till as formerly it touch the said horizontal thread, and mark again whereabouts the end thereof toucheth the said Wall or Ceiling: Now by help of these two points found in the reflected Azimuth line, the whole Azimuth line may be drawn; for if (as before in drawing the Hour-lines) a thread be so situated, that it may interpose between the eye and the said two points, you may make many points at pleasure, to which the said thread so situated may also interpose, which may be made at every angle or bending of the wall or Ceiling (as before) whereby the reflected Azimuth-line desired may be drawn. In like manner may the other reflected Azimuth lines be drawn. Also there may be lines drawn parallel to the Horizon round about the room, by help of the thread fixed in the centre of the Glass, and a Quadrant for the elevation thereof, which will show the Sun's altitude at any appearance thereof. Thus have I showed the drawing of a Reflected Dial from an Horizontal Glass, with all the usual furniture thereon, though the wall or place on which it is to be drawn be never so gibous or irregular, or in what shape soever. Now the Glass may be exactly situated Horizontal, if you draw a reflected parallel for the present day, and know also the true hour, and so place the Glass, that the spot or reflex of the Sun may fall thereon on the Ceiling, for there is no way by an Instrument to do it, the Glass is so small. Of Reclining Reflecting Glasses. Reflected Dialling from any Reclining Glass. I shall now show how to draw any Reflected Dial, with all the Furniture (that possible may be) the Glass being set at any possible Reclination. In the drawing of which there is principally to be considered, 1 The Reflected Horizon. 2 The Reflected Meridian. Note, the Horizon & Meridian are two great circles. 1 To draw the Reflected Horizon according to the situation of any reclining Glass whatsoever. FIrst, let two pieces of nealed wire be fastened on the window on each side of the said Glass, the ends thereof being without the room in the air, at whose ends let there be fastened a thread which may be pulled strait at pleasure, by bending of the wire, then bend those wires upward or downward, until the thread fastened at the end of each wire be exactly horizontal with the centre of the Glass, which may be tried by a quadrant: Then I tie a string or thread cross the room, in such sort that I may from most part of the thread see the reflecting glass, and therein the said horizontal thread without the room: Then on the said thread cross the room, I tie a slipping knot to move to and fro at pleasure, which knot I move to and fro on the said thread, until by looking in the said Glass I find from my eye the said knot and part of the horizontal thread without, all as it were in a right line, the one interposing the sight of the other. Then being careful to keep the knot in that position, fasten one end of a thread in the place of the centre of the reclining reflecting glass, and bring that thread so, as just to touch the aforesaid knot, augmenting that thread, until the end thereof touch the wall or Ceiling, and there make a mark or point, so is there one point found on the Wall or Ceiling in the Reflected Horizon of the World. Then I begin again, and remove the position of that thread (which went overthwart the Room) either higher or lower at pleasure, still having regard that I may from the most part of the said thread see the Reflecting Glass, and therein the same horizontal thread without the room. Then, as before, I move the said knot on the said thread to & fro, until (as before) by looking in the said Glass I find from my eye the said knot, and part of the Horizontal thread both in one right line, the one interposing the sight of the other; and by the said knot I bring that thread, whose end is fastened in the centre of the said glass, and keeping it just to touch the said knot, I continue it, until the end thereof touch the Wall or Ceiling, as before, and there I make another mark or point; so is there two points found in the said reflected Horizon on the wall or Ceiling. By which said two points, if a thread (as before) be so situated, that it may interpose between the eye and the said two points, there may be many points made to be in the same interposition of the thread, which (as before) may be made at every bending or angle of the Wall or Ceiling, whereby the reflected Horizon desired may be drawn, by drawing a line from point to point round about the Room; Which will be the true reflected Horizon according to the situation of the glass. 2 To draw the Reflected Meridian, according to the situation of any Reclining Glass whatsoever. FIrst, take a lath or thin piece of wood of any convenient length at pleasure, as some one and an half, or two foot long, and at each end thereof make a hole, the one to hang a thread and plummet, and the other is to put a small nail therein to fasten it in some part of the window over the centre of the Glass, so that the thread and plummet may hang without the room: then by help of the Sun's Azimuth you may draw the meridian line, (as before) as if the Glass were horizontal, and move the lath with the thread and plummet at the end of it to and fro, until the thread and plummet be in the direct meridian of the world with the centre of the Glass. Then (as before) tie a thread cross the room, in such sort that from or by some part of the said thread both the Reclining glass and the thread to which the plummet is fastened may be seen at one time. Then (as before) on the said thread, which crosses the room, I tie a slipping knot, which I move to and fro on the said string, until by looking in the said Glass I find from my eye the said knot and some part of the perpendicular thread without, all as it were in one right line, the one shadowing or interposing the sight of the other, being then very careful to keep that knot in the same position, then take the thread (whose end whereof being fastened in the said centre of the Glass) and bringing it just to touch the said knot, I augment that thread, until the end thereof touch the said wall or Ceiling, and the said thread also touch the knot, as before: then in that place where the end of the said thread toucheth the wall or Ceiling, I make a mark, which mark or point will be directly in the reflected meridian of the world, according to the situation of that Glass. Then again I remove that thread (overthwart the room) on which the said knot is, either higher or lower than it formerly was at pleasure, still having regard that from some part of the said thread within, you may see both the Reclining Glass, and the perpendicular thread without at one time; and (as before) move the said slipping knot on the said thread, until by looking in the said Reclining Glass, you see the said knot and some part of the perpendicular thread without in one right line, so as the one shadows or hinders the sight of the other, (as before) which knot then must not be removed from its situation, then take that thread (whose end is fastened in the Glass) and bring it to touch that knot, the end of the said thread being continued to touch the wall or Ceiling: so is that point of touch on the Ceiling another point found in the Reflected Meridian of the world. So is there two points found in the said Reflected Meridian, on the wall or Ceiling; by which, if a thread (as before) be so situated, that it may interpose between the eye and the said two points, many points thereby in the said reflected Meridian may be made at every bending or angle of the wall or Ceiling, whereby the Reflected meridian desired may be drawn, by drawing a line from point to point obliquely in the Room, which will be the true Reflected Meridian of the world, according to the situation of that Glass. Now this Reflected Horizon and Meridian being first drawn, they will be of great use in drawing the Hour-lines, together with all the furniture that possibly can be drawn on any Dial. To draw the Reflected Hour-lines to any Reclining Glass on any plane whatsoever, that the Sun will be reflected on: By help of an ordinary Horizontal Dial for that Latitude. FIrst, extend several threads from the centre of the Glass to the extremity of the Reflected Horizon in the Room (which for more conveniency and use may be the several hour-lines, and may also serve as a bed to situate the Horizontal Dial on the Reflected Horizon) having regard to situate the centre of the Dial on the centre of the Glass, and the Meridian of that Dial on the Reflected Meridian of the World: Then to find the point in the Reflected reversed Axis on the floor of the Room; Take a thread, one end thereof being fastened in the centre of the Glass, and move the other end thereof to and fro in the reflected meridian under the Reflected Horizon, until by help of a Quadrant the said thread is found to be depressed under the reflected Horizon, equal to the latitude of the place, and where the end of the said thread intersects or meets the Reflected Meridian either on the floor or wall, that point is the reflected reversed Axis, as was required. In which point fasten one end of a thread, which thread will be of great use in drawing the reflected hour-lines on any wall or Ceiling whatsoever. Now if this thread, whose end is fastened in a point on the reflected reversed Axis, be taken and brought to touch any part of any one of the threads of the hour-lines (produced to and fastened in the reflected Horizon) the said thread being continued so, as the end thereof may touch the wall or Ceiling, and also any part of the said thread touch the hour-line or thread proposed; that point on the wall or Ceiling is in the reflected hour-line desired to be drawn: Also the other point in the same reflected hour-line may be found; If the said thread, whose end is fastened in the Reflected Axis, be brought to touch some other part of the same hour-thread proposed; so that when (as before) the end of the said thread toucheth the wall or Ceiling, some part of that thread may also touch the hour-line desired, which point of touch on the wall or Ceiling, is also another point in the said reflected hour-line desired. By which two points so found (as before) the reflected hour-line may be drawn by a thread, projecting by those points from the eye, as it was formerly directed in drawing the reflected hour-lines to an Horizontal Glass. To draw the Reflected Equinoctial line, and also the Tropics on any wall or Ceiling, to any Reclining Reflecting glass. 1 To draw the reflected Equinoctial line on the Wall or Ceiling. TAke that thread, whose end is fastened in the centre of the reclining glass, and move the other end thereof to and fro in the said Reflected meridian formerly drawn, until (by help of a quadrant) the said thread is elevated above the reflected Horizon formerly drawn, equal to the Compliment of the Latitude, (which as before will be always perpendicular to the reversed Axis) and make a point in the said reflected meridian, where the end of the said thread toucheth; then on that point and the said reflected meridian on the Ceiling, raise a perpendicular line, which is the Reflected Equinoctial line desired. 2. To draw the reflected Tropics, or other Parallels of Declination. FIrst, (as before) make or take out of some Book a Table of the Sun's Altitude for each hour of the day, calculated for the place or Latitude proposed, when the Sun is in either of the Tropics, or other parallel of Declination: then take that thread, whose end is fastened in the centre of the Glass, move the other end thereof to and fro in the hour-line proposed, until by applying one side of a quadrant to the said thread you find the said thread elevated above the reflected Horizon answerable to the Sun's height in that hour proposed, when he is in that Tropic or degree of Declination proposed. Which altitude required will be found in the foresaid Table for that end calculated, which said thread being of the elevation above the reflected Horizon, as the said Table directeth: then mark where the end of the thread (so elevated) toucheth the Wall or Ceiling in that hour-line: so is one point found in the reflected parallel of Declination desired to be drawn. In like manner, find in the said Table in the same parallel or degree of declination what altitude the Sun hath at the next hour, and elevate the said thread, whose end is fastened in the centre of the Glass, equal to the Sun's altitude in that hour above the said reflected Horizon, by help of the said Quadrant, and where the other end of the said thread falleth in the hour-line proposed, make another mark or point. And so in like manner make the points (belonging to that parallel of Declination) in the remaining hour-lines, according to the several Altitudes found in the said Table of Altitudes: Then drawing by hand a line to pass through those several points so found, as before, which line is the reflected parallel of the Sun's declination desired. In like manner may be drawn all or any other parallel of Declination, which may have respect to the Sun's place, or the length of the day, as shall be desired. Or, To draw the said reflected Tropics, or other parallels of Declination, without any Tables calculated, only, by help of a Trigon first made on pasteboard or other material. Note that all Parallels are lesser Circles. FIrst (as formerly is showed in drawing the parallels of Delination to a Reflecting Horizontal Glass) fasten the Trigon on the reflected reversed Axis, so that the centre of the Trigon may be in the centre of the Glass, than also will the Equinoctial on the Trigon be perpendicular to the said reflected reversed Axis: then take the thread fixed in the centre of the said Glass, (which is also in the centre of the Trigon) and lay it upon that parallel of Declination, drawn on the said Trigon, whose reflected parallel is required to be drawn on the plane or Ceiling: then move the Trigon, the thread lying on the said parallel, until the end of the said thread touch any hour-line on the said wall or Ceiling, in which point of touch on that hour-line make a mark, so will that point be in the reflected parallel of Declination desired. In like manner, move the said Trigon, still keeping the thread on the same parallel, until the end of that thread touch another hour-line on the said plane or Ceiling, and there also make another mark. And so in like manner find a point in each hour-line through which that reflected parallel must pass; then drawing a line to pass through those several points on the said plane or Ceiling, which line is the reflected parallel of the Sun's Declination desired. In like manner may be drawn any other reflected parallel of Declination required. To draw the reflected Azimuth-lines to any reclining Glass, on any plane whatsoever that the Sunbeams will be reflected on. Here note that Azimuths are great Circles. FIrst, know that the reflected vertical point in the Axis of the Reflected Horizon, will always be found in the reflected meridian. And look how many degrees the reflected Horizon differs from the direct Horizon, so many must the reflected Axis of the Horizon differ from the direct Axis of the Horizon: Hence the reflected vertical point, whereby the reflected Azimuth-lines are drawn, may be thus found. Take that thread whose end is fixed in the centre of the Glass, and move the other end thereof to & fro in the reflected meridian, until by applying one side of a quadrant thereto, you find the said thread depressed just 90 degrees, or perpendicular under the reflected Horizon; then make a mark or point where the other end of the said thread toucheth the said reflected Meridian on the Wall, Ground, or Floor of the Room, which point so found is the reflected vertical point desired, in which point fasten one end of a thread: Then on pasteboard or other material draw the points of the Compass or other degrees, placing the centre thereof in the centre of the Glass, and the meridian thereof in the reflected meridian of the world, which said pasteboard must be also situated in the reflected Horizon just as the Horizontal Dial was formerly directed to be situated for drawing the reflected hour-lines: And as the threads from the centre fastened in the reflected Horizon were also the hour-lines on the Horizontal Dial, whereby the reflected hour-lines were drawn. So now the threads from the centre fastened in the Reflected Horizon may be the Horizontal Azimuth lines, whereby the reflected Azimuth-lines may be drawn: Or if that thread which fastened in the centre of the glass be drawn exactly over any Azimuth-line, the end whereof being fastened by a nail or other means in the reflected Horizon on the other side of the Room, there may several points be found in the wall or Ceiling, through which the reflected Azimuth line must pass, as followeth: Take that thread, one end of which is fastened in the said vertical point, and bring it just to touch the Azimuth thread formerly fastened, and continue it until the end thereof touch the wall or Ceiling, (and also the thread itself touch the said Azimuth itself, as before) in which point of touch on the wall or Ceiling make a mark, through which point that reflected Azimuth-line must pass. Then move the said string fastened in the said vertical point, so that it may just touch the said thread again, but in another place: then as before continue that thread, until the end thereof touch the wall or Ceiling again, as before, and there make another mark, through which the said reflected Azimuth line must also pass; In like manner may more points be found for your further guide, in drawing that Azimuth-line. But two points being found will be sufficient. To draw any reflected line by any two points given over any plane whatsoever, without projecting by the eye. FAsten two threads in the place of the centre of the said reclining Glass, drawing the said threads strait, fastening each of the other ends in the two reflected Azimuth-points formerly found on the wall or Ceiling. Then situate a thread cross or thwart the room, so as it may cross those other threads from the centre, near at right angles, and also just touch both of them in that situation. By which said thread cross the room may any number of points in the said reflected Azimuth-line to be drawn, be found at pleasure: For if the end of another thread be also fastened in the centre of the said Glass, making the other end thereof to touch the wall or Ceiling, but so that it may also just touch the said thread, which is fastened cross the room, which point of touch on the said wall or Ceiling is another point in the said reflected Azimuth line required to be drawn. In like manner may more points be found at every angle or bending of the wall or Ceiling for the exacter drawing the reflected Azimuth line required, which doth find points, whereby is drawn the same reflected Azimuth line (or other lines) as was formerly done by a thread so situated, that it may interpose between the eye and any two points assigned on the wall or Ceiling. In like manner, if the thread fastened on the further side of the room were removed on another Azimuth line on the said pasteboard, and then fasten it again on the further side of the room (as before) you may by help of the said thread fastened in the said vertical point find several points on the wall or Ceiling, through which that Azimuth-line will pass; So may you either by this or the former way draw what Azimuth lines you please, either in points of the Mariner's Compass or degrees, as you please, by drawing it first on pasteboard, as before is directed. And note generally, that such relation the point found on the floor or ground in the reflected reversed Axis, hath to the hour-lines drawn on the Horizontal Dial, in drawing the reflected hour-lines; The same hath the Reflected vertical point found on the floor or ground, to the Azimuths drawn on the pasteboard in drawing the reflected Azimuth-lines. To draw the reflected parallels of the Sun's altitude, or proportions of shadows to any reclining Glass on any Plane whatsoever, that the Sunbeams will be reflected on. Here note, that parallels of Altitude are lesser Circles, therefore are not represented by a right line. FIrst, know generally that what respect the parallels of Declination have to the hour-lines, such have the parallels of Altitude to the Azimuths. For if one end of a thread be fastened in the place of the centre of the reclining Glass, and the other end moved to and fro in any reflected Azimuth line, until the said thread be elevated any number of degrees proposed above the reflected Horizon (the Elevation of which thread being found, by applying a Quadrant thereto, and making a mark or point where the end of the said thread toucheth the said reflected Azimuth drawn on the wall or Ceiling, that point so found is the point through which that Almicanter or reflected parallel of the Sun's altitude must pass. In like manner, remove the other end of the said thread fastened in the centre of the Glass to another reflected Azimuth-line, and (as before) move it higher or lower, until by applying the edge of a quadrant to that thread, you find the said thread above the reflected Horizon the same number of degrees first proposed, and at the end of the said thread in that Reflected Azimuth-line drawn on the wall or Ceiling I make another mark or point, through which the same Reflected Almicanter or parallel of Altitude must also pass: And so in like manner I find a point on each reflected Azimuth-line, through which the same parallel of Altitude must pass. Then drawing by hand a line to pass through these several points so found, as before, that line is the Reflected parallel of the Sun's Altitude proposed. In like manner may be drawn all the other parallels of Altitude desired, which will show the Sun's altitude or the Proportion of any shadow to its altitude, at any appearance of the Sun's reflex thereon. To draw the Jewish or old unequal hour-lines to any Reclining Glass on any plane whatsoever that the Sunbeams will be reflected on. Here note that the Jewish hour-lines are great Circles. FIrst, (by the Rules formerly given) draw two reflected parallels of Declination of 16 d. 55′, the one being near the Summer, and the other near the Winter-Tropick: for when the Sun hath that Declination, the day is 15 hours long in the Summer, and 9 in the winter: Then (as is formerly directed) situate a thread just between the eye, and those three points in the said Reflected Dial, as is expressed in the ensuing Table, so may you thereby draw all or any of those Jewish hour-lines desired, which will at any appearance of the spot by the reflex of the Glass amongst those hour-lines, show how many of the equal hours is passed since Sunrising, as was desired. Now in this Latitude of 51 deg. 30′, If the parallels of the Sun's declination be drawn, both when the day is 9 and 15 hours long, that is, when it is 16 d. 55′, any of those Jewish hour-lines will intersect the common hour-lines, either upon the hours, half hours, or quarters. And such a declination may be found, that it shall so do in any Latitude desired. Unequal Hours. 15 H. M Equ. H. 9 H. M. 0 4 30 6 7 30 1 5 45 7 8 15 2 7 00 8 9 00 3 8 15 9 9 45 4 9 30 10 10 30 5 10 45 11 11 15 6 12 00 12 12 00 Unequ. hours 15 H. M. Equ. H. 9 H. M. 7 1 15 1 0 45 8 2 30 2 1 30 9 3 45 3 2 15 10 5 00 4 3 00 11 6 15 5 3 45 12 7 30 6 4 30 To draw the Circles of Position to any reclining Glass on any plane whatsoever, that the Sunbeams will be reflected on. NOte that all Circles of Position are great Circles of the Sphere, and do always intersect each other in that point of the Reflected meridian which toucheth the Reflected Horizon, which may be called the common intersection; which said Circles of Position are reckoned upon the Reflected Equinoctial both ways from the said meridian down to the said Horizon: The Horizon Eastward being the Cuspis of the first House, and the Horizon Westward being the Cuspis of the seventh House; and the Reflected meridian the cuspis of the tenth House. So that those Meridian-planes, whose Reclination is 60 degrees Westwards, (being measured from the meridian in the Equinoctial) lies in the Cuspis of the eighth House, and 30 degr. Westward lies in the Cuspis of the ninth house, and 30 deg. Eastward in the Cuspis of the eleventh House, and 60 deg. Eastward in the Cuspis of the twelfth House: which are all the Houses above the Horizon. Now to draw any Circle of Position, or the Cuspis of any House on any Ceiling or wall to any reclining Glass is done as followeth: First, fasten a thread, in such sort, within the Room, as that it may interpose between the eye and the said common point of intersection on the wall or Ceiling, and also between that point where the reflected hour-line of 4 (being 60 deg. Westward from the said Meridian) intersects the reflected Equinoctial also on the Ceiling, whereby points may be made at every bending or angle of the wall or Ceiling, to which the thread so situated may also interpose, by which points the Reflected Cuspis of the eighth House may be drawn. In like manner may the Cuspis of any other House above the Horizon, as the 9 th'. or 10 th'. which is the Meridian (or Medium Coell) or 11 th'. or 12 th'. be drawn also. For if (as before) the said thread be again so fastened within the Room, as that it may also interpose between the eye and the said common point of intersection, and also those points where the reflected hour-line of 2 (being 30 deg. Westward from the said meridian) do cut the reflected Equinoctial, whereby may be drawn the reflected Cuspis of the ninth House. Or where the Reflected hour-line of 10 (being also 30 deg. Eastward from the meridian) do also cut the said reflected Equinoctial, whereby may be drawn the Cuspis of the 11 th'. House. Or where the reflected hour-line of 8 (being 60 deg. Eastward from the meridian) do also cut the said reflected Equinoctial, whereby may be drawn the Cuspis of the 12 th'. House. The Horizon always being the Cuspis of the first and seventh Houses, and the meridian the Cuspis of the tenth house or Medium Coeli: wherein generally it is to be noted, That in all planes which cut the common Intersection of the meridian and Horizon, (as doth the Horizontal, and also all meridian planes both Direct and Reclining) these Circles of Position are all parallel to the meridian, and therefore parallel each to other. For look what respect the hour-lines in all Direct or Reclining Polar Planes, or Direct meridian Planes have to the Axis of the World: Such respect have the Circles of Position, in all Horizontal, or Direct meridian or Reclining meridian Planes, to the Axis of the Prime vertical: For as the hour-lines in the first are all parallel to the Axis of the Equinoctial, in whose Poles they meet: So the Circles of Position in the second are all parallel to the Axis of the Prime Vertical, in whose Poles they also meet. The reason why Glasses reflect a double Spot, is because they are polished on both sides, which may be remedied with a Pumex-stone. Those that desire to read more of this Subject may see what is written by Kircher, in primitiis Gnomicae Catoptricae, and since him by Magnan and others, VALE. FINIS.